Home

R&S®FSMU-W Operating Manual

1. else ret value SRO TIMEOUT gt return ret value y of WaitForMeasurement unknown 4 124 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation Test Objective Quotation from 1 The transmit intermodulation performance is a measure of the capability of the transmitter to inhibit the generation of signals in its non linear elements caused by presence of the wanted signal and an interfering signal reaching the transmitter via the antenna The transmit intermodulation level is the power of the intermodulation products when a WCDMA modulated interference signal is injected into an antenna connector at a mean power level of 30 dB lower than that of the mean power of the wanted signal The frequency of the interference signal shall be 5 MHz 10 MHz and 15 MHz offset from the subject signal carrier frequency but exclude interference frequencies that are outside of the allocated frequency band for UTRA FDD downlink specified in subclause 3 4 1 The requirements are applicable for single carrier This test is used to measure the intermodulation products of the base station A 3GPP modulated signal is fed to the output of the base station and the possible 3 and 5 order intermodulation products are measured These measurements are analogous to the ACLR spectrum emission mask and spurious emissions test cases They have already been described in the relevan
2. Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CLS wait for next external trigger and for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate IMMediate OPC Fomu 1bRa analyzer 10 String sizeot 1b String status questionable register indicates sync Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition Fsmu ibRdln analyzer 10 string enzeort 1b String 7 Status atoL XD Strang y NO SYNC if 2nd bit is set if status amp 0x02 Fsmu MessageBox ERROR Sync FAILED abort emu Closersq analyzer j return E EE o E EE read in the summary result see evm c for a detailled information on reading in the result in other format Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer FORMat REAL 32 TRACe DATA Trace2 J cime a miM read an d Fomu 1bRa analyzer 10 string 2 unknown 4 155 E 1 Test Case 6 7 2 Peak Code Domain Error R amp S FSMU W a skip the get length of next field Leno thot data gb Strung DE eet esas SSS iiem read in lll length Femu 2bBRd a alyzer 2b string length of data rb String iength or data XO x Length OF date e wool xb USES x NEL read in the data Femu IBRA analyzer char amp result summary Length of datar se ERU read i
3. conditions OF the 520 handling JOULIUB 55 y define SRO BREAK 0x01 tdefine SRQ OPC 0x02 define SRQ ERROR QUEUE 0x04 define SRO ERROR ESR 0x08 define SRQ TIMEOUT 0x10 ga Sano one element of the peak list as returned by the FSQ T typedef struct float frequency pa Hz frequency of peak mur float level pe dB level of peak m float delta JL dB delta to limitline Af peak value waits for the measurement ready indicated by status registers i unsigned int WaitForMeasurement int ud unknown 4 112 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions A kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkx void MeasureSpuriousEmissions void f E K K k k k k k k k de k ke k k de k k k k d k k k k e k k ke k k k k he k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk kkk kk kkk kkk measure the spurious emissions kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkx variables change the following variables according to your needs po 2110 lt tcl lt fc2 lt 2170 m double fcl 2110 MHz lower carrier fal double fc2 2115 l MHz upper carrier ez ii d leave the following variables untouched variables for GPIB bus char ib St
4. status Fsmu DWartborsRBO D T35 7 A CE check if we got an SRQ or a time out if status read in the status register via serial poll an ESR would interrupt the query above Fsmu ibRHsp analyzer serial poll 7 bit 2 is set if there is an error in the queue this occures here if no peak data are available so we get 200 Execution error Function not available TRACe FINali i if serial poll amp 0x04 we read in the error queue to empty it Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SYSTem ERRor Fomu zbhd analyzer ab String Sizeor 1b string 7 strcat result string no peaks found JA AR if bit 5 is set data are available if serial poll amp 0x10 a read in the data in binary format format Of Dinary data fdlll lt data gt start identifier S a one ascii digit defining the length of the next field oLII ascii digits defining the number of bytes which follow dl number of l s is defined by d see above no terminating y0 lt data gt data in 4 byte ieee float format dj can directly stored in a bloat field i d etm EE MEM Emm skip the 4 Fomu 1DBd analyzer 15 string 1 7 JA a EISE read in d gt 2 Fomu zbBd analyzer 10 String 1 5 ASA SAA read in lll length length or data zb string O0 0
5. if status amp 0x02 ksmu MessageBox ss ERROR v sync FAILED dot y Fsmu ClosePsq analyzer recurn A a li mmis read in the summary result see evm c for a detailled information on reading in the result in other format unknown 4 25 E 1 Test Case 6 2 2 CPICH Power Accuracy R amp S FSMU W c Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer FORMat REAL 32 TRACe DATA Trace2 A eanne read i d es Fomu 2oRd analyzer 10 String 2 y a skip the get length of next field length Of data e xb string L1 0 gt SS A read in lll length Pemu 1bBRa analyzer XD String Length of data j ib string length of data O length of data atol 10 string 5 jM O read in the data Fomu BRA analyzer char amp result summary length of data 7 eie read in trailing LF from FSQ Fst 1DROa analyzer 2D string 1 y a ARA AAA Display the result sprinti result String y Absolute channel power CPICH Ss 9 2f dBm result summary power abs channel Esmu Mess gebox Resule result String y pa A Reset the analyzer bemu Closebsq analyzer unknown 4 26 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 3 Frequency Error Test Case 6 3 Frequency Error Test Object
6. 17161514113121110 4 4 44 4 4 d LT E 11 1 99 e OPC Operation Complete P LIFE bp eee DE nor used dd Sse 0x04 x Query Error LP Seeee 0x08 X Device Dependent Error m Lo Wo eee Ox10 X Execution Error e 0x20 X Command Error Sa Se 0x40 User Request E 0x60 Power On 2i we enable Status Operation ESB and Error Queue Ox3D 61 gt M H Ha A OPC Query Err Dev Dep Err Exec Err Comm Erro Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer ESE 61 Set mask for Status OPERation register OPC is set when the sweep has finished all other bits inaicaete Various errors x x contents of status register STB x unknown 4 118 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions LAOISE a T2 AA TA aa 15121 2101 OXxDOUI CALibrating pamm UNO ns 0x0004 pe Ox0008s pS Ox0010 ee UxU0ZU a 0x0040 pese e Spe 0x0080 HOOP in progress fence centers eie OxOIOD AA MMC MEI EE CUTE MEE 0x0200 A a a 0x0400 x SWEEP BREAK O E peius xOSUU A A A uisi tn in ccrrl Ux DUDS e Se See C Ox2000 SS A a 0x4000 y erede A A O E on etie
7. PEAK SEARCH PR A a a a x A ai x eee let FSQ search maximum values in each range pa o ns x pe Bess Eee set margin for peak list to 20 dB Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulatel PEAKsearch MARGin 20dB pe a set number of peaks per range to 3 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulatel PEAKsearch SUBRanges 3 A a a a a clear status registers Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CLS calculate the peak list and wait for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulatel PEAKsearch OPC Pemu SDRO analyzer ib String sizeof 10 StcLag 7 che read in the peaks if any available Note if no peaks available the operation TRACe FlNall leads to an error and an ibRead after the operation runs into a time out unknown 4 120 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions SRO can be used to indicate which of the two events occured see user manual of FSQ for further explanation of the SRQ handling e anro Set mask for service request in the SRE register enable SRO for error event 0x04 and measurement available 0x10 x Oxid 205 ESB MAV ErrorQueue contents of status register STB 171615141 131211101 I 1 0x01 not use
8. 2 Set the SMU to the basic state e Initialize the SMU by pressing the the PRESET key 2 2 gt a Fsmu InitSmu amp generator Peru tbWrtlm generator EST i if 0 Peto sa e Trigger slope POSitive or NEGative Fa Femu SbWrtln generator sINPut TRIGG r BBANG SLOPe POSa3tlve 7 Fsmu ibWrtln generator INPut TRIGger BBANd SLOPe NEGative tendif onsec Switch on the generator RF channel A and B a Femu 2oWrtin generator 30U0IPUtlioLATe ON 5 Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator Fsmu ibWrtln generator OUTPut2 STATe ON Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator A O ea Sw Se Ce Gest Case WwiZOE SS SOS SS SS ra M i oas EAter lest Cases Test Case ale Ss eee ar Fomu 2DWPtIm generator 290URIBBIWSGPSISZOIAISTCASe TOTA4 y 3 a ae Seu de Mods Cos Accord ng eo Standard SS SS SeSS s7 Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 EMODe STANdard OW Sea See eae Set Trigger COoniigurar nom and select Autos A Fem 10Wet La generator S90URSBBIWOGP TSOZOIATLTRIGger AUTO 3 E EE oet Marker Contigurabion apnd Select Auto SESS ESS n Esmu 2sbWrctlr generator S90URSBBIWOGPITO2OIAI TRIGger tOUTPUt AUTO 7 descr eee oet Baseband A Signal Routing to RF O ubLput DOLE Ax 7 Fomu 2DWrPtlm generator 290URSBBSZWSGPSTO2OIAI RBOUIe A 3 Doo mc aS Heer Ss eramol11ng cod Scrambling M
9. 3 ION EE Y Y a E T EAT Fig 4 115 shows an achieved example signal flow within the SMU after pressing the Apply Settings button Marker i 1 Radio Frame CUT z Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame 4 Radio Frame RFA Mod A config Graphics config config On On TRIGGER 1 config Baseband B RFJA Mod B config config On al Dighod Fig 4 115 Routing of baseband A to RF port A and B Both RF ports Aand B hold a reference measurement channel signal that is disturbed by AWGN and multipath fading effects The test setup pictured in Fig 4 116 is suitable to measure the base station demodulation performance BS tester Base Station under test Fig 4 116 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T The RMC data rates are 12 2 kbps 64 kbps 144 kbps and 384 kbps 1166 1560 12 4 232 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T The data rate variations are denoted by r 12 2 64 144 384 the required BLER bounds by b 0 1 0 01 8 2 1 Demodulation of DCH in Static Propagat
10. ccooccccocnccccnccccnconnncocnnnnnncnnnnconcnnnanonnnnnnnnnos 1 2 Fig 1 2 Transducer table with some values entered oocccconnccocnccccnccccnconnncnnnnonnnonnnnconnnonanonnnnnnnonos 1 2 Fig 1 3 Level relationships in the R amp S FSQ oocconccccnccnccoccnocononococononocnnoonnnonononononononannnnnnnnononnnonanenonos 1 3 Fig 1 4 R amp S FSQ display when there is no trigQer ccooccccoccccccnccccnconcnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 1 4 Fig 1 5 R amp S FSQ display when the instrument is overdriven cooocccoccccccnccccnccncnconnnconnnnnnnonnnnnnnonos 1 5 Fig 1 6 Error that occurs with no external trigger cooocccconccccncoccnconnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnonanonnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 1 7 Fig taf Overflow tridder iaa 1 8 Fig 1 8 Error screen for Incorrect PHOLU ici ben eee e nero oe us e I e Ud EE M sse 1 9 FIG 1 9 Ernmorscreen Tor Syho Falled usas M etai qos ea esu M MuR M MM EIDEM 1 10 Eg 1910 Panel S SPP FDD saa n ol D I M DEM 1 12 Fig TST Upper panel Dalai ipse dee Ee tea tup tse Mel M eU IM IM ME CUM Eel MIELE e DUE 1 13 El 11 2 Lower panel Daft ocio i aii Mta M MINE MM ELE IM DUE 1 16 Fig 1 13 R amp S SMU synchronization by start trigQ r ooccconccoccnconcncccnonncnccnnnonanononnnnnnnnonononanononos 1 17 Fig 1 14 R amp S SMU synchronization to clock master slave ooocccoccoconnccocncoocnnonnoconnnonononannnonos 1 17 Fig 1 15 Baseband Gain Setting for improved ACLR Perf
11. endif E Se A pay A a ee A SP ESSE Ser lng y dece E MEE Ue Vr n reference sensitivity levelin WY as Se ee a ee MqU ke Xp E Fomu MessageBox QU Result cU result String 3 ogg cr eme close OM on GLI sesos OS Pa Esmu Close5mu generator 7 1166 1560 12 4 166 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case 7 3 Dynamic Range Test Purpose The test case shall verify that a BS receiver has the capability to demodulate the signal that is sent by the SMU but superimposed by a heavy AWGN The test is passed when the resulting BER calculated internally by the BS is below a specified thresh old at the test frequencies B M and T Quotation from 1 Receiver dynamic range is the receiver ability to handle a rise of interference in the reception fre quency channel The receiver shall fulfil a specified BER requirement for a specified sensitivity degradation of the wanted signal in the presence of an interfering AWGN signal in the same re ception frequency channel Test Setup The test setup pictured in Fig 4 78 is suitable to measure the base station dynamic range Base Station BS frame trigger Rx Tx or Rx RF signal Fig 4 78 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A For routing baseband A signal to RF port A this port is connected to the base station Rx port The SMU will start signal generation by the first BS frame trigger sent to trigger p
12. start with preamble length arbitrary data i LO set UPC o Mak OULDUL power and LO enable detection of TPC data by BIS Bend Marker L DO EXigger ESQ aller preamblie continu with dynamic steps 0101 GIOI CIOIL QI al alternating power steps length one frame d next frame one power step lower total length of pattern in Frames dj Preamble Longo Sa 20 frames dynamic steps 1 frame per dynamic step pattern Fsmu nrts mu generator y A aan create and fill the data list select a data list create it if it does not exist Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB DM DLISt SELect TPC LIST start a new list and fill preamble data into it fill exactly 15 TPC Dits 1n tO send exactly lt preamble tr mes gt Irane use more or less TPC bits here to fine adjust starting point of measurement with FSQ Femu ibWrtln generator BB DM DLISt DATA 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 send 0 up to preamble length 1 frames with TPC 1 for frame index 0 frame index lt preamble length 1 frame index Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB DM DLISt DATA APPend 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A send alternating TPC pattern alternating bit pattern length must be multiple of 15 uf d append dynamic steps to the list yd for frame index 0 frame index lt dynamic steps frame index Fomu ibWrtln g
13. Esmu 1 bWrtln analyzer CALCulatel MARKer1 FUNCtion POWer RESult CPOWer Fsmu ibRdln analyzer ID String SIZeOt 15 SLEIDO gt result atoi 10 string A display the result Sprinter cFesulte Seciad y BTS Maxpower measured with analyzer 7 2f dBm result Fomu MessageBox s Result r sult string j see sss 5 ss55 5555 s5 close FSQ on GPIB Fsmu CloseFsq analyzer return result unknown 4 17 E 1 Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power R amp S FSMU W Sample Program Measurement with Option K9 Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 3 section General Routines f Fk e e e ke ke e e e ke he e e e ke ke e e e ke he e e e ke e e e ke A void MeasureBtsPowerWithK9 void S EK k k k k k k k k e k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k e k k k k e k k k k e k k k kkk kk kkk ke e kkk ke e e kk he e e ke ke e e e ke kk ek measure the output power using the analyzer s option K9 power meter kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk variables change the following variables according to your needs double frequency 2 14 GHz ut leave the following variables untouched variables f
14. Fig 4 97 Structure of the Blocking Characteristics measurement Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Set the frequency to M during the course of the measurements 1166 1560 12 4 199 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BTS to the basic state Initialize the BTS oet the scrambling scheme oet the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel 12 2 kbps Set the frequency to M 2 Set the SMU to the basic state Initialize the SMU by pressing the the key unless some settings e g in terms of I Q and RF blocks have to be kept 3 Set the test case wizard Press Test Case and select Test Case 7 5 The panel adapts to its test case Press Edit Mode and select According to Standard This selection guides the user close to TS 25 141 Press Trigger Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Marker Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Baseband A Signal Routing and select which RF output port A or B is connected to the BTS Enter Scrambling Code Scrambling Mode according to the BTS scrambling scheme Enter the Power Class of the BTS under test Enter the Blocking Scenario In case of the Wideband Blocking the user is asked to enter the the Operating Band that influences the kind
15. dynamic steps need to be gt 10 this is ensured at the very s eG Tinian OF Be function 4 pP Falling slope 7 fein sdve 8016 7 p maxl power CONEFOL Steps Ul Levelsy p max mio power Control steps 10 level p min power control steps dynamic steps Level p mrul plo power control Steps Tdynamic steps 10 Llev l 7 jo ues Ng lope 7 p mina PLO powerecontsol steps paynamrc sbepe uw JOlslevel p max2 power control steps 2 dynamic steps Level 7 p maza mid cpower Control steps 2 dynamre steps dl bevels TALEND Ses tO res 77 display the result for aggregated power a pS e a a A N Jm i aggregated power control stepsin SSS runc falling Lope ts v maxs chanel poWebtfa cus OS ae od sw mm IO BOW ty OW GIES uasa caster ut qos desc 7 2f dBmin e m EI EM cw OB in mains Channel POWE a xp cae EHE codd mmm dq 0 GB Up Channel DOWer 2 29 ol we dB erus A E Quer Bm E rising Slope a maxs Channel POWS Ea marea 7 2 dBmin CLO AB down POWELL SVO xiBmn MA rc RPM DL E oTr OBNO mim Channel HOWE fx cp lar com VIN SO aio Channel OWT Jones ou BXIU IY LS MI c PP TT ei oer dB SSS dynamic steps Mr iu sk cu REN A ae as stats teat Bete edu Zt Bm I A falling Slope J p maxi p maxl MLO p maxl p maxl ml0 p min p mind pro p mint pro p sim OU GUST 25d 056 p max
16. change default values for range 1 to 3 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGel INPut ATTenuation 10 DB Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGel TRANsducer FSMU wbd Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGel SWEep TIME 500ms Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe2 INPut ATTenuation 10 DB Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe2 TRANsducer FSMU wbd Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe2 SWEep TIME 500ms Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe3 INPut ATTenuation 10 DB Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe3 TRANsducer FSMU wbd Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe3 SWEep TIME 500ms change stop frequency of range 4 ge to 20 MHz below lower edge of band and add a break point as next range has a different transducer table Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe4 FREQuency STOP 2090 MHz Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe4 INPut ATTenuation 10 DB Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe4 SWEep TIME 100ms Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe4 POINts 5001 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe4 TRANsducer FSMU wbd Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe4 BREak ON ranges 5 and 6 are for inband measurement enter a new range 5 from 20 MHz below edge of band UD to fel 12 5 MEE y Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe5 FREQuency STARt 2090 MHz sprinti 15 String LIST RANGe5 FREQuency STOP 7 1 MH
17. M ca ido x EA VERIFICATION OF THE INTERNAL BER CALCULATION AA A E iu e ceci i eee oa Steps for Carrying OUt A Messen AF 7 SA Dl DS be Bis Go Che Da sie State tas ete aj Fomu MessageBox TAFE User Into v Enttialize tbe BTS n Set the scrambling scheme n Set the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel i222 kbps a Set the frequency for example to M n Connect frame trigger of BTS to SMU Trigger 1 2 Set the SMU to the basic state A Initialize ehe SMU Dy pressing the the PRESET key e e a Fsmu InitSmu amp generator Fomu LOWrelnm generator RSi y if 0 SS ee Trigger Slope POS TteIve O Fr INEGa ts Ve Au Fomu DWrtln generator SINPUL TRIGger BBANO SBOPe POSItlve Fsmu 1ibWrtln generator INPut TRIGger BBANd SLOPe NEGative tendif ud dece Switch on the Generator Re channel A only e auf Psu 2bWrtln generator S90UIPUtlioLrATe ON 7 Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator z DAE ES oy IS DU Last Case Wizard gt oa OS S Ae Seas c Enter Test Case Test Case das Cangen SSeS T Fomu bWrcln generator S90UBTBBTWOGP ITSZOIAI TCASe TCTS 4 OW Sea See eae See Ed Le Mode TO According to standard A Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 EMODe STANdard E EE oe
18. occcocccccccoccconncocncocnnonnnes 4 85 Parameters for computing the peak list for the spectrum emission mask 4 86 Test setup for Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR ueeuesss 4 93 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR with four carriers sss 4 94 tructure of the Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio ACLR measurement 4 95 Measurement of the ACLR for a single carrier base station eseseessesssse 4 97 Measurement of the ACLR for a multi carrier base station seseseessssesse 4 97 Measuring the ACLR with Fast ACP cccccscccsssecsseeceseeceeeeeaeeceaeeseueesueeseeeseaeessaeess 4 98 Measuring the ACLR with Fast ACP ccoccccnccnccccnononccocnncnnnocnanncnannonnnocannonannonannonancnnnninaness 4 99 Test setup for Spurious emissions ocoocccccncccncccncocnncoononononononononanocnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 103 Test setup for Protection of other services co existance und co location 4 104 Measurement range for spurious emissions single carrier seseeessssss 4 104 Measurement range for spurious emissions multicarrier eeeseseeessesss 4 105 Structure of the Spurious emissions MeasureMent ocoocccncccncccconnconnconnconnconnnonnnnnnnononanos 4 105 Limit line for
19. E EA A a E E lla ba F i w fr a f 2 w 3 Ip gv lil li Center 2 14 GHz 2 55 MHz Span 25 5 MHz Fig 4 36 Ranges during measurement of the spectrum emission mask The softkey PEAKS PER RANGE is used to define the maximum number of peaks to be displayed per range The maximum permissible value is 50 peaks and the default value is 25 The terms defined below are illustrated graphically in Fig 4 37 Parameters for computing the peak list for the spectrum emission mask Peaks are displayed only if their value is greater than Limit Margin Limit is determined by the standard but you can also edit it see the FS K72 manual Chapter Signal Power Check SPECTRUM EM MASK The MARGIN softkey is used to specify the current value for the margin in limits of 200 dB to 200 dB The default value is 6 dB unknown 4 85 E 1 Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask R amp S FSMU W Peak list 2 144 2 1442 2 1444 211446 2 1448 2 145 2 1452 2 1454 2 1456 2 1458 15 21 23 25 27 f GHz Fig 4 37 Parameters for computing the peak list for the spectrum emission mask Between two peaks the measurement curve is expected to drop by at least the peak excursion This keeps too many peaks from being displayed when the signal is noisy You can edit this value using the PEAK EXCURSION softkey after pressing the key and
20. GHz receiver freq is lower dU int ue scrambling code 0x00 7 scrambling code of UE in hex 7 used for simulation only mE int bts scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code of BIS in hex S int smu trigger delay 0 y Erame tragget to SMU in chips du JB 222232223 27 leave the following variables untouched mU 1166 1560 12 4 213 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W pe pude cue variables Tor GPLPO DUS eeeemee M eter cene Ss ri char Jb SCING BOBO PF Strings written o gpib bus mr Tin analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer a Tam generator GPIB handle for Generator ab Tue status PF GCF Service register a LE SaveTimeOut save value when changine device s default time out via ibtmo A ME EI SS Calculation sana result ue ccce 2 char result string 10000 7 ascir String of result message m ifdef CRTU al Erequency OIlSoO 3 GHZ Of transmitter ari dl ul duplex 000768 j7 GHz receiver freq is Lower A Uplink level 20 05 dBm my smu trigger delay 38380 Jae Chips ub tendif y A C x ee o o ia e s INTERMODULATION CHARACTERISTICS s 2 Jie A ee a ee eee a Steps Tor Carrying Out a Measurement erected Aa P RRR re li ee te Bis Co Che De Se State queue esee AF Foma MessageBox Pp User nto eee Enttralize the BTS in Set the scrambling sch
21. Select the Select Data List menu On drive d you should be able to find the file fsmu power control steps dm igd that was created or copied during step 1 Select it n Read Out Mode select Single All 1 After processing the list the base station will return to maximum power and the measurement can be repeated if this is necessary unknown 4 44 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps gt Press the key The menu for configuring a 3GPP FDD measurement will appear again 4 Set the length of the generated pattern gt Select Filter Clipping ARB Setting gt Select Sequence Length Foreach power step enter a fame plus the length of the preamble Ifthe measurementis to be repeated sufficient frames are required for the subsequent 1 s until the base station is returned to its maximum power level For a base station with 25 power steps and a frame preamble this will be 26 frames Press the key The basic configuration menu will appear again 5 Set the length of the trigger sequence Select Trigger Marker n case of External Inhibit indicate the length of the desired pattern in chips as was computed in the previous step For the example shown here this will be at least 28 38400 1075200 chips 6 Set the length of the marker sequence Select the Period menu and set the same number of chips as was computed in step 4 1075200 chips in the example Press the key The basic config
22. dexseEdEeecuee e Ru juu exec De ac e A hu uu LEE LL E S E x FILE myfile y Lrle open VerDiieation of toe internal BLER Calculation dat w if myfile fprizntt myfile This is a data file fclose myfile j j endif Ee ae ae Display ne esti OS NO E ar SP IC SSL ping a Sa O cedi e v i Verification of the internal BLER calculatrionwNn LA RECIBA REUS SERI CERE ayer Sie AE NEA ELN n Fomr Messagebox QUT Result TOYS result GCI 3 fe Xue cc eo Close SVU or GPE SSeS SaaS SSeS ea Sa ea map Esmu Closesmu generator 1166 1560 12 4 255 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case 8 8 1 RACH Preamble Detection in Static Propagation Conditions Test Purpose The test case shall verify that a BS receiver has the capability to detect the RACH preamble sent by the SMU but disturbed by AWGN The test is passed when the probability of detection of preamble Pd is below a specific threshold at the test frequencies B M and T Quotation from 1 The performance requirement of RACH for preamble detection in static propagation conditions is determined by the two parameters probability of false detection of the preamble Pfa and the probability of detection of preamble Pd The performance is measured by the required Ec NO at probability of detection Pd of 0 99 and 0 999 Pfa is defined as a conditional probability of errone ous detection of the preamble when input is only noise
23. gt gt AS char result string 100007 ascii string of result message ub ifdef CRTU aL Frequency eqs loo 3 GHz Of transmitter Pi al ub duplex 0 00768 GHz receiver freq is lower ar uplink level 20 0 dBm ai smu trigger delay 38380 JA Chios e tendif p re M x REA e pS BLOCKING CHARACTERISTICS S 5 te 00 A A A A A A A eee Sees Steps for Carrying Ole a Measurement SS 95 ua 7 SA Dl ee ne Bis 10 Che baste stare ts oS de psmu MessageBox TAFE User Into Ses Enttialize tbe BTS n Set the scrambling scheme n Set the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel i222 kbps a Set the frequency to MAn Connect frame trigger of BTS to SMU Trigger 1 2 Set the SMU to the basic state PA Inagtszallze he MU iby pressing the che PRESET key B ns Fsmu InitSmu amp generator Fomu LOWrelm generator Roi y if 0 ses SSS Sse Trigger Scopes POSi ive or NHGative 2 2 gt us Fomu JDWrtcln generator SINPUL TBRIGger BBANO OLBOPe POSItIlve Esmu 1ibWrtln generator INPut TRIGger BBANd SLOPe NEGative tendif eee duce Switch on the Generator RF channel A and B x Psu 3bWrPrtln generator S0UIPUtlioLrATe ON 7 Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator Femu 3bWrtin generator OUIPUt2toLATe ON 7 Fsmu Devi
24. set length of data to enable triggering of FSQ sprintf ib string BB W3GPp SLENgth d preamble length dynamic Steps Esmu ibWrtin generator 16 string y P se gt set length of marker to length of ARB data Fsmu_ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp TRIGger OUTPutl MODE CSPeriod trigger mode delay only positive values are allowed sprintf ib string BB W3GP TRIGger EXTernal DELay d unknown 4 57 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W smu trigger delay komnu DWICLLIS generator 2b String j A 2 AA trigger slope POSitive or NEGative Fsmu ibWrtln generator INPut TRIGger BBANd SLOPe POSitive A an we use Trigger 1 as output marker esce start trigger of FSQ after preamble sprintf ib string BB W3GPp TRIGger OUTPutl DELay d FOMU chips per frame preamDle length Femu 1bWrtln generator ib string pe aaa cime Adjust output power to 0 dB Fsmu ibWrtin generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust a Ss A Switch on 3GPP mode this may take a long time set time out to 100 sec and save original time out value for later restore d Fsmu ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo generator T100s Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GP STAT ON OPC Fsmu ibRd Generator ib String Si
25. slot index t strcat 10 String LO delete trailing ff 7 ib String Strlen ib strinmg 1 0 penu 2DWrtln generator 10 String j Fomu MessageBox User Info Set BTS to Test Model 2 Max Power n Make BTS to answer SMU n Connect frame trigger of BTS to SMU Trigger 1 JR ars apps ao x A iere Er eiue initialize SMU as UE x switch off the UE of SMU to speed up data transfer set frequency to ul frequency of BTS set output level to 111 dBm depending on type of BS 10 dB above reference sensitivity level Switch on misuse IPC send a TPC pattern starting with some 1 to set channel 120 to max output power see above for calculation set frame length to appropriate length at least TPC slots set trigger to frame length set trigger input delay polarity mode and input selector adjust output power of SMU to 0 dB switch on base band and SMU an ibit trigger until ESO is Setup E y E dE E NE Fsmu SetupInstrumentSmu generator INIT UL al frequency dl ul duplex aras set SMU to the UL frequency of the base station sprintf ib string FREQuency FIXed g GHZ dl frequency dl ul duplex Esmu 10WccLa generator rb String 7 a ET set output level sprintf ib string POWer LEVEL IMMediate AMPLitude g dBm uplink level Fomu 2DWitin
26. 1 Set the BTS to the basic state Initialize the BTS oet the scrambling scheme Set the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel 12 2 kbps Switch off the TPC function oet the frequency for example to M Set the SMU to the basic state Initialize the SMU by pressing the the key unless some settings e g in terms of I Q and RF blocks have to be kept Set the test case wizard gt Press Test Case and select Test Case 7 2 The panel adapts to its test case Press Edit Mode and select According to Standard This selection guides the user close to TS 25 141 Press Trigger Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Marker Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Baseband A Signal Routing and select which RF output port A or B is connected to the BTS Enter Scrambling Code Scrambling Mode according to the BTS scrambling scheme Enter the Power Class of the BTS under test Press RF Frequency and enter the same frequency e g M the BTS has set to Press Apply Settings The SMU is now ready to start signal generation Y VV VV WV Start the measurement gt Send a start trigger impulse e g SFN modulo 4 from the BTS to the SMU The SMU will start signal generation Calculate the result gt The BTS internally calculates the BER 1166 1560 12 4 162 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases
27. For automatic setting of the reference level and the input attenuator it is necessary to switch on the multicarrier mode provided by the R amp S FSQ Peculiarities for Diversity If the base station supports at least one of the two diversity modes Space Time Transmit Diversity STTD or Closed Loop Diversity then the measurement has to be performed with antenna diversity deactivated on the antenna connector for antenna 1 and also with antenna diversity activated on both antenna connectors The R amp S FSQ needs to be set accordingly unknown 4 139 E 1 Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM R amp S FSMU W Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T Base stations that support antenna diversity have to be tested with antenna diversity deactivated on the main antenna and also with antenna diversity activated on both antenna ports This is represented in the diagram using ant Antenna 1 Antenna 2 Error Vector Magnitude EVM power dynamic range frequency accuracy ant Antennal Antenna2 BTS set to max power 18 dB Test Model 4 FSQ auto adjust measure EVM power frea error BTS f ant BTS set to max power Test Model 5 BTS set to max power adjust F
28. If Pattern is selected input also the pattern SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal DPCCh TPC RDATa PATTern HO HFFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF PatternLength If Data List is selected input also the data list name SSOURSBBIWSGP TS251A21 WSIGDal DPOCh TPC RDATa DSELect FileName In case of Marker Configuration Auto the Marker1 starts delayed by the TPC start pattern length A slot taking 0 625 ms consists of 2560 chips where depending on the slot format 1 or 2 TPC bits are sent unknown 4 35 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps Fig 4 15 and Fig 4 16 show an achieved example signal flow within the R amp S SMU after pressing the Apply Settings button Marker 1 Radio Frame Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame config Ca TRIGGER 1 BB In config On Baseband B config On DigMod Fig 4 15 Marker 1 Radio Frame 2 Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame e Radio Frame config Ca TRIGGER 1 Baseband B config On DigMod Fig 4 16 4 Radio Frame FadingA config M on Std Del Fading B config On Std Del Fading A config M on Std Del Fading B config On Std Del AWGN IMP B AWGNIIMP Al OLIT AWGNIIMP A RF A Mod A config On config IMP Graphics config contig On On RFIA Mod B config VQ Mo
29. SS uem Close OM Om GLI 9 O Se nay Fsmu CloseSmu generator 1166 1560 12 4 238 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case 8 3 1 Demodulation of DCH in Multipath Fading Case 1 Conditions This test case is identical to test case 8 2 1 except from the channel simulation that is set to Multipath Fading Case 1 and Ej N test requirements E No test requirements Measurement channel Received Ep No Received Ep No Required BLER for BS with Rx diversity for BS without Rx diversity 12 2 kbps n a 12 5 dB n a 19 7 dB lt 10 12 5 dB 19 7 dB 107 64 kbps 6 8 dB 12 2 dB lt 10 9 8 dB 16 5 dB lt 10 144 kbps 6 0 dB 11 4 dB lt 107 9 0 dB 15 6 dB lt 107 384 kbps 6 4 dB 11 8 dB lt 10 9 4 dB 16 1 dB lt 10 Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the options e R amp S FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main module R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and e R amp S FSMU B3 consisting of R amp S SMU B14 Fading simulator R amp S SMU B152x Fading simulator extension R amp S SMU K71 Dynamic Fading are required to set up the R amp S SMU 1166 1560 12 4 239 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case 8 3 2 Demodulation of DCH in Multipath Fading Case 2 Conditions This test case is identical to test case 8
30. Test Setup The test setup pictured in Fig 4 72 is suitable to measure the base station reference sensitivity Base Station BS frame trigger Rx Tx or Rx RF signal Fig 4 72 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A For routing baseband A signal to RF port A this port is connected to the base station Rx port The SMU will start signal generation by the first BS frame trigger sent to trigger port Trigger 1 Recommended Options The basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W is sufficient to set up the R amp S SMU completely 1166 1560 12 4 157 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case Wizard Panel The Fig 4 73 and Fig 4 74 show the input parameters for both kinds of Edit Modes According to Standard and User Definable ES 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 7 2 Reference Sensitivity Level Test Case 7 2 Reference Sensitivity Level General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF Port A Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power Class Wide Area BS Power dBm 0 998 0 995 1 1 001 1 002 Frequency GHz State On Reference Measurement
31. i e Medium Range BS e Local Area BS Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 BSPClass WIDE MEDium LOCal The middle part displays the input output parameters of the selected test case and further configuration entries besides the default settings The following chapters give a detailed description of the test cases After pressing the Apply Settings button at the bottom Fig 1 12 a partial reset not a general R amp S SMU reset initializes the R amp S SMU which e switches off all the baseband modules fading modules AWGN blocks but the impairment settings of AWGN remain unchanged e does not switch the RF modules On or Off e does not alter any other configuration besides the active baseband modules the fading modules the AWGN blocks Next all the baseband modules fading modules AWGN blocks which are in use according to the entered test case are prepared for operation and all the database and GUI settings are refreshed showing the current state Apply Settings Fig 1 12 Lower panel part Apply Settings Updates the R amp S SMU settings according to the test case Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP T825141 TCASe EXECute A few seconds later the R amp S SMU is ready to start For synchronisation reasons R amp S SMU baseband A and baseband B if the test case requires are set to mode armed auto external trigger1 Unless oth erwise noted the trigger delay is set equal to zero Thus the base station
32. kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk variables change the following variables according to your needs double frequency 2 14 GHz ur Zn scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code in hex Tr JU psg ie i Ge leave the following variables untouched y SA ai ce vetiaples for GPIB DUS DA ir d char Lib StL ing 1000 s strings written to gpib bus a int analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer yr int status of service register A RM EE calculation and result display 2 a char result string 1000 strings read in from gpib bus mur Fsq ResultSummary result summary structure of the results Ry nt length of data in Bytes n k ull ee LLL e LL a x initialize BTS Femu MessagebBos gt ra User nto 99 Set BTS to Test Model 2 Max Power initialize FSQ Fsm u Initrsq s analyzer j Fomu setupiastrumentrsq analyzer 7 Set the instrument to the frequency of the base station sprintf ib string SENSel FREQuency CENTer g GHZ frequency Pemu ipWrtln analyzer D string s Switch on 3GPP FDD BTS measurement this sets the instrument to continous sweep implicitely M rr r
33. 1166 1560 12 1 4 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Information about the R amp S FSQ Error The Instrument is Overdriven The instrument indicates an overdrive condition in the output screen using the IFOVL or OVLD indicator E shown below Att 5 dB SWT 100 mns Center 2 14 GHz 10 ms Tx Channel W CDMA 3GPP FWD Bandwidth 5 MHz Power A 5 51 dBm Fig 1 5 R amp S FSQ display when the instrument is overdriven Interpretation OWLD indicates that the input mixer is overdriven gt Increase the input attenuation IFOVL indicates that the IF is overdriven gt Increase the reference level 1166 1560 12 1 5 E 1 Information about the R amp S FSQ R amp S FSMU W Tips and Special Tricks for Code Domain Measurements Operation of the R amp S FSQ when making measurements in the code domain does not differ significantly in the different test cases This section summarizes the tips and special tricks for all of the test cases that apply to the code domain The test cases are as follows eum We ooo e EAN Setting the Input Attenuator The input attenuator is set automatically after you press the ADUST REF LVL softkey The input attenuator of the R amp S FSQ is set so that the peak value of the input signal at the R amp S FSQ s mixer has a value of less than 5 dBm For a multicarrier signal the entire signal must be taken into account oee also Chapter 6 section Optimum Setting of the Reference Level and the Input Attenuator of the R amp S
34. Fsq ResultSummary lt channel number gt lt power abs channel gt lt power lt I O offset gt lt I Q imbalance gt IA 1 34 Spreading number code of channel dBm Local in the function power control steps aggregated as returned by FSQ in binary format i E El y i aie i f ali 2 ag ut n my E ii E 1 R amp S FSMU W Notes on programming examples Structure for recording the power control steps in the R amp S FSQ Power Steps versus Time with binary data transmission See Fsmu SetupInstrumentSmu on page 1 34 peak value otructure for recording the peak listen with binary data transmission see page 1 34 Declaration in Spectrum emission mask und spurious emissions one element of the peak list as returned by the FSQ ai typedef struct Eloat frequency F3 Hz frequency of peak A float level vs dB level of peak a float delta au dB delta to lami line m peak value 1166 3363 12 1 35 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Contents Contents SEV c ee 2 1 Basic DOWD e T Er M 2 1 A 2 2 RALES TANIA CICO E 2 2 R amp S SMU Trigger ereptus 2 3 Reference Frequency caida A AA a AAA AAA 2 4 Measurements Only with the R amp S FSQ 00occcccoccccccocccconocconoconcnnonnnnnncononnnnononancnnnnnnconnnnnrnnnnnanenenananos 2 6 Standard Test Setup with the R amp S FSQ oococccccocncococnncconcn
35. Interpretation of the Measurement Results The internally calculated BER shall not exceed 0 001 Note TS 25 141 Annex C General Rules for Sta tistical Testing where test conditions in terms of test methods and test conditions are defined Tips and Special Tricks Ensure that the RF blocks are switched on while the measurement procedure is running Since the test case wizard does not activate or deactivate the RF ports these have to be switched on before or after the Apply Settings button is pressed The signal quality can be enhanced or for test purposes modified by additional settings in the impair ments section of the AWGN block in the l Q modulator block and in the RF block Usually the test case wizard does not alter these settings In case of an channel coded signal e g an RMC is activated the base station that triggers the SMU signal generation shall emit an SFN System Frame Number mod 4 periodic trigger A simple SFN periodic trigger probably will disturb the channel coding scheme Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 6 section General Routines pa dir dir di di div dir dir di dir dir dir di di dir dir dir di div dir dir di div dir dir di dir dir dir dir dio dir dir di di div dir dir di dio dir dir di dio dir dir dir dir div di dir dio div di dir dir dios dir dir dir dir dir dir dir dir div
36. Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 AWGN POW NOI Se Eb NO read only if Accord Sets Displays the ratio E No In case of User Definable the user can ing to Standard enter an arbitrary figure In case of According to Standard it is deter mined by the Required BLER value Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 AWGN ENRatio Fading State read only Displays whether the signals are disturbed by a fading process or not Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS825141 FSIMulator STATe E No requirements in AWGN channel Transport Block size TB and TTI in frames 168 bits TTI 20 ms 360 bits TTI 20 ms E No for required E No for required E No for required E No for required BLER lt 10 BLER lt 107 BLER lt 107 BLER lt 10 BS with Rx Diversity 4 5 dB 5 4 dB 4 3 dB 5 2 dB BS without Rx Diversity 7 6 dB 8 5 dB 7 3 dB 8 2 dB Both RF ports A and B hold a UL RACH CPCH reference measurement channel signal that is disturbed by AWGN and multipath fading effects The test setup pictured in fFig 4 129 is suitable to measure the base station RACH CPCH demodulation performance Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T The Transport Block sizes are 168 bits and 360 bits 1166 1560 12 4 270 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a me
37. are described in Chapter 3 section General Routines A kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk double MeasureBtsPowerWithAnalyzer int InteractiveMode RR K k k k k KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kkk kkk kk kkk kk kkk kk kk measure the output power using the analyzer s function parameter InteractiveMode true SMU or BTS needs to be configured false Just measure return power of BTS in dBm kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk change the following variables according to your needs ncn tu du variables assi 3552 44 25 double frequency 2 14 GHz m A n nanana leave the following variables untouched A aeeses 2 2 2 S variables for GPIB bus int analyzer GPIB handle for analyzer mu char ib string I000 3 strings written to gpib bus y A a A AA calculation po char result string 1000 strings read in from gpib bus m double result dBm Eg A E E E E E ee eee pS A initialize BTS bsmo MessageBox User Into Set BTS to Test Model 1 Max Power A a A Eutr net initialize FSQ Fsmu InitFsq amp analyzer Famu SetuplinstrumentFsq analyzer set the instrument to the frequency of the base station
38. ibn um RE Desc in che summary result ae chanel power 4 Fomu IDNFLIM analyser FORMat ASC11 TRACSIDATA Irace2 Jj Fomu 1bRd analyzer iD String Ssizeof 25 string 7 E extrac he reguit OL interes gt gt i gtatus Fomu ConvertPFsghesultoummafty m 1D String result summary 7 JI Status f 1 E m Fomu Messagebox Wrong result format Iib string 3j Femu CloseFsq analyzer 7 s return E E ao n A E E e E E E oso ams x read in in binary format Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer FORMat REAL 32 TRACe DATA Trace2 Pe A A C A RI A A Formas or Dinary Gata fdlll lt data gt start identifier oq one ascii digit defining the length of the next field III ascii digits defining the number of bytes which follow j number of l s is defined by d see above no terminating l10 data data in 4 byte ieee float format can directly stored in a bloat field ta 2 2 read in d Femu XbBd analyzer 10 String 2 7 Skip the get length of next field length Of data xb String 1 0 j read in l11 length Femu IDRA analyzer XD String length of data y ib string length of data 10 unknown 4 147 E 1 Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitud
39. later restore 7 Fsmu_ibGetTmo analyzer amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo analyzer T100s Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer OPC Fsmu ibRd analyzer 10 String S2Zze60t 1b SUtrIDO y Fsmu ibTmo analyzer SaveTimeOut check Status error Register whether sycnc has failed Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition unknown 4 52 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps Foma i6Rdim analyzer 1b string sizeof 10 string 5 Status atoll ib string fe 2 2 check whether sync passed qa 2nd bit is set in status byte 1f sync failed Sul if status amp 0x02 Fomu Messagebox Tr ERROR Amm Sync FAILED ADPOLL 7 Fsmu CloseFsq analyzer return a EISE switch to binary input Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer FORMat DATA REAL 32 Ra read in the measurements results from all frames power step index 0 for frame index 0 frame index lt dynamic frames frame index unsigned int length of data must be 16 see K72 manual select current frame and wait for execution sprintf ib string CDPower FRAMe VALue 3d OPC frame index Femu tbWrtinianalyzer 2D string Psmu 1bBd analyzer zb string sizeor ib string Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer TRACe DATA Trace2 JE q O ae Se Se ee ee format of Dinary dates fdlll lt data gt st
40. limit Index sprintr slumzt uf limit rndexl 905 19 PR M M M higher part of inband 1st range carrier incl 60 MHz range within inband region limits change at 50 MHz and 60 MHz region near by carrier fc2 if UpperBand gt 092 60 0 freq index sprintf amp freq buf freq index i 7 3f MHz 7 3 MHz 7 3f MHz 7 3f MHz Ioz vb DU Oz 907 Tes OU Tos OU 3 limit index Sprintf limit buf limit ndex Ta PLA E FEO Sa 3 j 2nd range carrier incl 50 MHz range within inband region limits change at 50 MHz region near by carrier fc2 and UpperBand else if UpperBand gt fc2 50 0 freq index sprinttf amp treq bur freq index 7 3 MHz 7 3 MHz 7 3 MHz 7 3 MHz fc2 50 fc2 50 UpperBand UpperBand limit index Sprintti limit burl lame index Oy LU eB 925 maut j 3rd range carrier up to 50 MHz range within inband region limits change at UpperBand only A P else freq index sprintf amp freq buf freq index i 7 3 MHz 7 3f MHz UpperBand UpperBand Limit index sprintf limit bur limit Xndex se La 20 7 j freq index sprintf amp freq buf freq index 12750 MHz limit index Sprints limit bDurllimit index y 28 3 F RA wideband independant from carrier end 20 MHz below 3GPP band start 20 MHz above 3G
41. sEgpo Tec II ERLE Pan ee x Ji A A si RACH PREAMBLE DETECTION IN STATIC PROPAGATION CONDITIONS Jie A Lu E ei yup EU Steps Tor Carrying OUE sa MegSuUreNent P 2r dr LL lI Ser the BI oO Tus baste State SS rese a Foma MessageBox QUSS User nro 4 4 Initialize the BrS n Set the scrambling scheme n Set the BTS to detect RACH preambles n Set the frequency for example to M n Connect frame trigger of BTS to SMU Trigger 1 DE SS 2w Der The SMU to tie basic State 2 xy pe Initialize the SMU by pressing the the PRESET key gt 23 25 gt gt a Fsmu InitSmu amp generator Femu 2bWretin generator BST y if 0 jur eter uec Trigger Stopes POSitlive or NBEOSdLIye HssS2 Sur Esmu bWrcln generator TINPUuL TRIGger BBANd SLOPe POS3CIVe 7 Fsmu ibWrtln generator INPut TRIGger BBANd SLOPe NEGative tendif DUE Eee eee owitcoh on the generator BF channel A only e at Fsmu ibWrtln generator OUTPutl STATe ON Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator A O ea Sw DU LES Gest Case WIZOTOL seso SS eue AF y E EU Bicer Nest Cases Test Case Oe eee ecc Ag 1166 1560 12 4 264 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Femu bWrtln generator 90UR SBB WSGP TS290141 TICA5e TC8S91 M E Set Edic Mas 59 ABOCOPdrIngio e tanda rd neto aap Fomu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP T525141 EMODe STANdard y AR oet Trigger
42. 3gpp tests h EEE AAA void MeasureDemodulationOfDchInStaticPropagationConditions void KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK measures demodulation of DCH in static propagation conditions KK KK kCk KK KK KK KK kCk kCk KK KK KK kk KK kck KK kCk KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK kck KKK KK KK KK a variables SS SS SS SS jor A E change the following variables according to your needs TA 1166 1560 12 4 235 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W double dl frequency 2414 2 J GHz of transmitter A double dl ul duplex 0 19 GHz receiver freq is lower d int ue scrambling code 0x00 scrambling code of UE in hex A used for simulation only ab imt bts scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code of BIS im hex ae int smu trigger delay 0 Trame tr1gger tO SMU in chips nU Pe sea aaa So leave the following variables untouched Tur EA E variables for GPL DUS x char 1b String LIO DOT 3 FF SEvinGs wiit enn togpib bus EA int analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer 4 Tum generator GPIB handle for Generator Tur Tam status POF Service Hegqister NE LOT SaveTimeOut save value when changine device s default time out via ibtmo n 7 SS SS SS calcularon dnd resulte eee euet eee d char result string 10000 4 4 ascii string of result message mE tifdef CRTU al Frequency HDD Lo F GHz Of transmitter i d
43. 4 48 Measurement range for spurious emissions Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T Fig 4 49 Structure of the Spurious emissions measurement Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station unknown 4 105 E 1 Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions R amp S FSMU W The other parameters such as the scrambling code etc can be set to any value Set the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BS to the basic state Test model 1 Set the frequency for example to M Maximum output power Any scrambling code Set the R amp S FSQ to the basic state The spurious emissions are measured using a special measurement function provided by the basic INS In this test it is assumed that you are starting from the INS s basic state gt Press the key This will put the INS in its predefined basic state See the R amp S FSQ Manual Chapter 4 Basic Settings of the R amp S FSQ PRESET Key Set Single Sweep mode You can skip this step but they instrument will continue measuring continuously For use in searching for peaks you must select Single Sweep mode gt Press the key The sweep configuration menu will a
44. 5 result String y dM A Chose OM Oro SS eee ecce ra Femu Close3mu generator 1166 1560 12 4 204 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case 7 6 Intermodulation Characteristics Test Purpose The test case shall verify that a BS receiver has the capability to demodulate a signal that is sent by the SMU but superimposed by two heavy interfering signals in the adjacent channels where the receiver intermodulation products disturb the wanted signal The test is passed when the resulting BER calculated internally by the BS is below a specified thresh old at the test frequencies B M and T Quotation from 1 Third and higher order mixing of the two interfering RF signals can produce an interfering signal in the band of the desired channel Intermodulation response rejection is a measure of the capability of the receiver to receiver a wanted signal on its assigned channel frequency in the presence of two or more interfering signals which have a specific frequency relationship to the wanted signal Test Setup The test setup pictured in Fig 4 98 is suitable to measure the base station intermodulation characteristics Base Station BS frame trigger Rx Tx or Rx Combiner gt RF signal R2 Fig 4 98 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A For routing baseband A signal to RF port A this port holds the wanted signal whereas RF port B holds the infering signal
45. After combining the sum is fed into the base station Rx port The R amp S SMU will start signal generation by the first BS frame trigger sent to trigger port Trigger 1 Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the options e R amp S FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main module R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and e R amp S FSMU B2 consisting of R amp S SMU B11 Baseband generator R amp S SMU K42 Digital standard 3GPP FDD R amp S SMU K43 Enhanced BS tests for 3GPP FDD incl HSDPA are required to set up the R amp S SMU 1166 1560 12 4 205 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case Wizard Panel The Fig 4 99 and Fig 4 100 show the input parameters for both kinds of Edit Modes According to Standard and User Definable Egi 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 7 6 Intermodulation Characteristics 7 6 intermodulation Characteristics General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard gt Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 y Marker Configuration Auto e Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF PortA y Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex 0 Power dBm Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power Class Wide Area BS 1 005 1 01 1 015 1 02 Frequency GHz State On Refe
46. Esmu SbWICIDn generator SBBESNSGPITIRIGger bXECute OPC Fsmu ibRd generator D String sizeof nb String s j endif A RM ML a O x Eje EE The SMU LS now ready to Starr Signal generation ee A P toe et cn VH PEE qe MC FUN E xl eee Ecc Ae Seek che moasgbemernt eeeeeete enel eue e A E Send Stark pRigger IMSS CO chic OMUL Sesso Eee He E pe TS ae O Mal e a e e e a e Ses sesos ass ag d E Os Cabetila ts he SOS E Meester SS SOS d pO Whe Bls terna Lily Ca leu tales the Po eee cepe ecce e ra ifdef FSMU LOG DATA V eec Ens O dul ud Lu DM M ul tl MM uuu LM D i x LAM E ES WELLES Gut puc dara ELLE n EeseEseeceseeee m jul exec Dec ac e A ucc su uu LEE EI OM S ME x FILE myfile myfile fopen RACH preamble detection am Static propagation condi trons dat wt if myfile Fprintt myfile This is a data file fclose myfile j j tendif C uc m Display ne Testi Ue eet a SP nt reoule Senado Se O SES XD RACH preamble detection in static propagation conditions Mn Mu e eere A o e e A M eiue Xn E Fomr MessageBox QUT BeSUB COPS pesubE St Eig 3 E lE EE Close SM on CPI pop UE Ee a Fsmu CloseSmu generator 1166 1560 12 4 266 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case 8 8 2 RACH Preamble Detection in Multipath Fading Case 3 This test case is identical to test case 8 8 1 except from the channel simulation that is set to Multipath Fading Case 3 by defau
47. In case of an channel coded signal e g an RMC is activated the base station that triggers the SMU signal generation shall emit an SFN System Frame Number mod 4 periodic trigger A simple SFN periodic trigger probably will disturb the channel coding scheme Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 6 section General Routines KKXKXXKXXKXKXKXXKXKXXXKXKXXKXKKXKXKKXKXKKKKKKAKKAKKKAAKAAARARAAA KK SK KO S GG M MA KG KG KG M KG KK KK KO MK Kk KK Ko KR Kk Kk MK X ok X Module VerificationOfTheInternalBerCalculation c x D Opyrudghits c 2004 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Project FSMU Description measures the verification of the internal BER calculation i according to test case 7 8 KK KK Ck Ck k kk kCk kk k k Ck kk kCk kCkCk k Ck k k kk kk kk k kc k kk kk kk k kc k kk kk kk kk k kk kk kk kk ck ck ck kk kk ifdef CVI this is needed by Labwindows CVI compiler only EJ include ansi c h gt else ANSI C Comp i hers include lt stdlib h gt PO A include lt stdio h gt js Spr 34 tinclude string h pe strcat Scien Ef tendif riaciude Esmu qlobal n tinclude 3gpp tests h EEE AAA void MeasureVerificationOfThelInternalBerCalculation void KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK Kk RARA RA KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK x measures the verification of the internal BER calculation ACKkCkCk kk kCk kCkCk Ck kk
48. Interpretation of the Measurement Results The spectrum is measured in the range 7 5 MHz In the range up to 4 MHz a 30 kHz filter is used for the measurement In case of larger offsets a 1 MHz filter is used The filter is switched automatically within the sweep An increase in the displayed noise will be displayed at the switchover frequencies In recording the spectrum the power of the base station is also measured The measurement result is used for selecting the limit mask since the standard specifies different limits depending on the power range of the base station unknown 4 84 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask To evaluate the spectrum the limit line measurement function provided by the R amp S FSQ is used If the measured spectrum exceeds the limit line at least at one point then the limit check will produce a FAIL The result is displayed continuously on the screen The Peak Search function provided by the R amp S FSQ is used to generate a list of the peaks in the trace It is possible to determine the points in the trace that are closest to the limit or that exceed it by the most Tips and Special Tricks Modifying the Peak Search The peak search is performed in three ranges Fig 4 36 Ranges during measurement of the spectrum emission mask shows how the ranges are divided for the spectrum mask K range 1 range 2 range 3 Ret 46 4 dBm ALL 10 dB SWT SO ms l LIMIT CHE A Ji
49. R amp S FSMU B3 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 Demodulation in static propagation conditions 8 3 Demodulation of DCH in multi path fading conditions 8 4 Demodulation of DCH in moving propagation conditions 8 5 Demodulation of DCH in birth death propagation conditions Verification of internal BLER calculation 8 8 1 RACH preamble detection in static propagation conditions 8 8 2 RACH preamble detection in multi path fading case 3 8 8 3 Demodulation of RACH message in static propagation conditions 8 8 4 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 R amp S FSMU B3 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 Demodulation of RACH message in multi path fading case 3 8 9 1 CPCH AP CD preamble detection in static propagation condition R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 R amp S FSMU B3 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 8 9 2 CPCH AP CD preamble detection in multi path fading case 3 8 9 3 Demodulation of CPCH message in static propagation conditions 8 9 4 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 R amp S FSMU B3 Demodulation of CPCH msg in multi path fading case 3 Measurement can be performed as a two step measurement Test case partly requires large offset frequencies of interfering signal beyond R amp S SMU capabilities Probability of false detection of preamble Pfa test is not supported 1166 1560 42 4 7 E 1 R amp S Overview of the standard R amp S FSMU W The next chapters of this manual describe the RX and TX tests to be per
50. R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and is required to set up the R amp S SMU 1166 1560 12 4 228 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case Wizard Panel The Fig 4 113 and Fig 4 114 show the input parameters for both kinds of Edit Modes According to Standard and User Definable EE 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 8 2 1 Demodulation of DCH in Static Propagation Condition 2l xl Test Case 8 21 Demodulation of DCH General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto Diversity Off Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF Port A Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex E Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power Class Wide Area BS Power dBm 0 939 0 995 1 1 005 1 01 Frequency GHz State On Reference Measurement Channel RMC 12 2 kbps RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 100 28 dBm State On Required BLER Power Level within 3 84 MHz BW 4 00 dBm Eh HU Fig 4 113 Test case panel for According to Standard 1166 1560 12 4 229 E 1 Receiver Test Cases Test Case Edit Mode Trigger Configuration Marker Configuration Diversity Baseband A Signal Routing Scrambling Code hex Scrambling Mode State RF Fre
51. Spurious emissions xeadkisuidatecnad ti estu teta Rd 4 106 Form for entering sweep lists oooccccocccconccccnnononoconnncannonancononnnnnnonnnnnnnnonannonannonanonos 4 107 Ranges 6 and 7 when entering the sweep liStS oocccoccccccnocccnccocnconononncncnnnnnnnnnnos 4 108 Ranges 6 and 7 when entering the sweep liStS oocccoccccocnccccnccocnnoncncnnnncnanonennnnns 4 108 User input when making measurements with sweep lists sse 4 109 1166 1560 42 I 4 7 E 1 Contents R amp S FSMU W Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig 4 52 4 53 4 54 4 55 4 56 4 57 4 58 4 59 4 60 4 61 4 62 4 63 4 64 4 65 4 66 4 67 4 68 4 69 4 70 4 71 4 72 4 73 4 74 4 75 4 76 4 71 4 78 4 79 4 80 4 81 4 82 4 83 4 84 4 85 4 86 4 87 4 88 4 89 4 90 4 91 4 92 4 93 4 94 4 95 4 96 4 97 4 98 4 99 4 100 4 101 4 102 4 103 4 104 4 105 4 106 4 107 4 108 Peaks for Spurious emissions oocoocccccncccnnccnoconconoconononononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnanonannnannnanonaninanes 4 110 Display of the peak list for spurious eMiSSIONS occcocccocncocncocncocncoonon
52. Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BS to the basic state Test model 1 oet the frequency for example to M Maximum output power Any scrambling code 2 Set the R amp S FSQ to the basic state See Chapter 3 section Basic State of the R amp S FSQ for Measurements on 3G Base Stations Internal trigger FREE RUN Internal reference frequency 3 Activate the power meter Press the PWR METER hotkey If you do not see this hotkey at the bottom edge of the screen then press the MORE hotkey until the PWR METER hotkey does appear Measurement with the power meter has now been activated The screen will divide and the measurement with the power meter will run in parallel to the analyzer measurements see the following figure 4 Set the value of the attenuator R1 opt If the value of the external attenuator R1 needs to be taken into account in displaying the measured values then you need to enter it in this step You can skip this item if the attenuation of the external circuitry itself is already included in the result gt Press the key The Amplitude menu should open gt Press the key The side menu for the Amplitude menu should appear unknown 4 14 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power Press the REF LEVEL OFFSET softkey gt Use the keypad to enter the desired external attenuation in the input field e g 10 and complete your entry by pressing the key 5 Set automatic fre
53. analyzer 2b String Sizeor 1b String Pp em check limit line if BTS failed Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate LIMit FAIL Fsmu ibRdln analyzer AID String Slzeor 150 String 7 a e prepare the result Af ato 1b string 0 stropy result string emission mask is within limits Vn else stropy result string emission mask is outside limaite Xn Jk A eee E eR let FSQ search maximum values in each range unknown 4 89 E 1 Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask R amp S FSMU W Sa set margin for peak list to 20 dB Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulatel PEAKsearch MARGin 20dB pe a cec set number of peaks per range to 3 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulatel PEAKsearch SUBRanges 3 an a e clear status registers Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CLS a ii calculate the peak list and wait for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulatel PEAKsearch OPC Fsmu zbRd analyzer ib String Sizeor ab String 7 Ss Besse s 2245 2 5 read in the peaks if any available Note if no peaks available the operation TRACe FINall leads to an error and an ibRead after the operation runs into a time out SRO can be used to indicate which of the two events occured see user manual of FSQ for further explanation of the SRQ handlin
54. e RMC 144 kbps 144 kbps measurement channel if User Defin able or static multipath propagation is selected e RMC 384 kbps 384 kbps measurement channel channel if User Definable or static or multipath propagation is selected e AMR 12 2 kbps channel coding for the AMR coder channel if User Definable is selected Remote control command SOUR BB W36P T525141 WS1Gnal DPDCEA CCOD1ING TYPE MIUZKZ M64K M144k M384k AMR Sets the RF frequency of the wanted signal Remote control command gt SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal FREQ 100 0 KHz 6 0 GHz 4 230 R amp S FSMU W Power Level read only AWGN State Required BLER only if According to Standard Power Level within 3 84 MHz BW Eb NO read only if According to Standard Fading State read only 1166 1560 12 Receiver Test Cases Displays the RF power level of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal POW 145 0 dBm 20 0 dBm Enables Disables the signal generation of the AWGN In case of Ac cording to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User De finable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TSA25141t fAWGN STATe ON OFF sets the required BLER in case of According to Standard The items are selectable by the rules when Static Propagation AWGN e lt 0 1 e lt 0 01 when Multipath Fading Case 1 e lt 0
55. generator D String 7 unknown 4 49 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W JN eese cipes set test model DPCCH DPDCH 60 KHz 4 3 25 nu this switches on the MSTationl implicitely Sy Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp SETTing TMODel MSTation DPCCH DPDCH 60ksps pS E set scrambling code 1x prints an integer in hex at least one digit P d sprintf ib string BB W3GP MSTationl SCODe H 1x ue scrambling code Fsmu ibWrtln generator ib string ph RSS ans a set scrambling mode i OFF do not use a scrambling code ae LONG use a long code AP SHORTS use a short code wy Fsmu ibWrtin generator BB W3GP MSTationl SCODe MODE LONG SAS TCP Data cll AAA select our data list Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp MSTationl DPCCh TPC DATA DSELect TPC LIST pe San a ee use data list for TPC bits Fsmu ibWrtin generator BB W3GPp MSTationl DPCCh TPC DATA DLISt pa meds E repeat the data list for ever Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp MSTationl DPCCh TPC READ CONTinuous TRIGGERING and MARKING e AR disable external trigger set SMU to internal Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GP TRIGger SOURce INTernal 5 a Re trigger mode armed auto trigger once run forever Fs
56. ifdef FSMU LOG DATA EILE mytile j mytile open adjacent channel selectivity dat Tw if myfile forintf mytile This is a data file fclose myfile j j tendif Lo A E Display Tue este SS O SS SPrINEE MRSSULE GECIT y Me Sass SoS SaaS SOS SO RSS MTM i adjacent channel selectivity n MA ee ee te et Lam E Fomu MessageBox q Result 75 result String 7 A SS uc ue CLose DMU Oro psss SOS Fsmu Closesmu generator e 1166 1560 12 4 187 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case 7 5 Blocking Characteristics Test Purpose The test case shall verify that a BS receiver has the capability to demodulate a signal that is sent by the SMU but superimposed by a heavy interfering signal in the not adjacent channel The test is passed when the resulting BER calculated internally by the BS is below a specified thresh old at the test frequency M Quotation from 1 The blocking characteristics is a measure of the receiver ability to receive a wanted signal at its assigned channel frequency in the presence of an unwanted interferer on frequencies other than those of the adjacent channels The blocking performance requirement applies as specified in ta bles 7 4A to 7 4J The requirements shall apply to the indicated base station class depending on which frequency band is used The requirements in Tables 7 4D to 7 4J may be applied for the protection of FDD BS receivers when GSM900 DCS1800 P
57. in the housing that are not designed for this purpose Never pour any liquids onto or into the housing This can cause short circuits inside the product and or electric shocks fire or injuries Use suitable overvoltage protection to ensure that no overvoltage such as that caused by a thunderstorm can reach the product Otherwise the operating personnel will be endangered by electric shocks Rohde amp Schwarz products are not protected against penetration of water unless otherwise specified see also safety instruction 1 If this is not taken into account there exists the danger of electric shock or damage to the product which can also lead to personal injury Never use the product under conditions in which condensation has formed or can form in or on the product e g if the product was moved from a cold to a warm environment Do not close any slots or openings on the product since they are necessary for ventilation and prevent the product from overheating Do not place the product on soft surfaces such as sofas or rugs or inside a closed housing unless this is well ventilated Do not place the product on heat generating devices such as radiators or fan heaters The temperature of the environment must not exceed the maximum temperature specified in the data sheet Batteries and storage batteries must not be exposed to high temperatures or fire Keep batteries and storage batteries away from children If batteries
58. mp string Jj Psmu MessageBox Psu Closersq analyzer 7 unknown display the result CAPA Result i RN close FSQ on GPIB pesulr string y 4 102 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions Test Objective Quotation from 1 Spurious emissions are emissions which are caused by unwanted transmitter effects such as harmonics emission parasitic emission intermodulation products and frequency conversion products but exclude out of band emissions This is measured at the base station RF output port The requirement applies at frequencies within the specified frequency ranges which are more than 12 5 MHz under the first carrier frequency used or more than 12 5 MHz above the last carrier frequency used The requirements shall apply whatever the type of transmitter considered single carrier or multi carrier It applies for all transmission modes foreseen by the manufacturer s specification Unless otherwise stated all requirements are measured as mean power RMS This test measures the spurious emissions of the base station with a spacing from the carrier of 12 5 MHz and compares them against specified limits In this example a 2 carrier BS is assumed which transmits at the two lowest frequencies in operating band 2110 MHzand 2115 MHz Whatis described is a test of the spurious emissions for category B sect 6 5 3 4 2 Example In this example a
59. press the MORE hotkey until the 3G FDD BS hotkey is displayed 1166 1560 12 2 8 E1 R amp S FSMU W Default Instrument Settings Default State of the R amp S SMU for Measurements on 3GPP Base Stations 1 Reset the instrument Press the key The instrument is in its default state 2 Load a suitable user correction table opt You can skip this step if the attenuation of the circuitry is automatically included in the result Press the key oelect the RF A Mod menu The menu for entering the user correction data is displayed Select the User Correction Data menu You can now either enter new data or call the file manager Call the File Manager menu A list of the previously selected user correction data sets and a list of the currently available data sets are displayed Select the desired data set and confirm with ENTER Select State OFF changes to ON and the selected user correction table is activated Press the key The selection of the transducer table is terminated Set the center frequency to the receive frequency of the base station Press the key The frequency menu is ready for entries Enter the desired frequency in the entry field using the numeric keypad and terminate by pressing the unit key Example 2140 MHz Set the transmission level Press the key The level menu is ready for entries Enter the desired level in the entry fi
60. sprintf ib string SENSel FREQuency CENTer g GHz frequency Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer ib string switch on 3GPP FDD BTS measurement this sets the instrument to continous sweep implicitely wait until operation is completed i A iS SN E ge Ey Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INSTrument SELect WCDPower OPC Esta 10Ra analyzer XD String sizeot Ib String y set instrument to single sweep Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer INITiatel CONTinuous OFF Single or Multi Carrier mode if Fsmu GetMultiCarrier Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe ON else Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe OFF Saa switch on BTS max power measurement Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MEASurement POWer a A cune auto adjust the FSQ settings unknown 4 16 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power wait for the command execution e Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel OPC Fsmu 1bRa analyzer ob string sizeor 10 String 7 start a single measurement and wait for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INIT OPC Fsm zxDRd analyzer 10 String Sizeor 1p string 7 read in the result in dBm
61. y Fsmu ibRd generator XDb String Srazeof rnb string 4 j else Esmu DWILlIn generator SBBSNWSGPTTRIGQger EbEXEbECUute OPC Fsmu_ibRd Generatory XD astring y sizeor ib String 3 fendif 1166 1560 12 4 175 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W pe SaaS aes The SMU X5 now ready to Stark s1g al generation x P pce E EM CERE MN ke ee x jov EIE iE ds Stet che measurement bees cus SS Eme y p end de Stare rigger IMUSIC Be QU edere c eve EOS e pe She SMU WILL Star sona Generacion SPSS SS SO SS A7 A SS Ow Ce UCL ate Ele osu SISI SS SOS y je Phe BIS Laterna lly Celeulalos the BE Pess HRS ea ifdef FSMU LOG DATA Vr ume s I A Lu il A ML E x TE RS Write output data Tile e 2n m E DEC x EILE mytile mytile open dynamic range dat y y if myfile EPprinte mytile This is a data file fclose myfile j j tendif Lo See See E Display Che Gest SS pasa Sees SSeS e a a Ser Gee reste Seca y SS SS O SS SS SS OS MID y dynamic range n CT Pc T E am k Fomu MessageBox 1 Result 47 result String y A SS O AS CN E cer Ee A7 Fsmu Close3mu generator 1166 1560 12 4 176 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case 7 4 Adjacent Channel Selectivity Test Purpose The test case shall verify that a BS receiver has the capability to demodulate a signal that is sent by the SMU but superimposed by a heavy WCDMA signal in the
62. 1 e lt 0 01 when Multipath Fading Case 2 e 0 1 e 0 01 when Multipath Fading Case 3 e 0 1 e 0 01 e 0 001 when Multipath Fading Case 4 e 0 1 e 0 01 e 0 001 when Moving Propagation e 0 1 e 0 01 when Birth Death Propagation e 0 1 e 0 01 Remote control command CSOUESBBIWSGPS TSZ5IdLSAWGNS BBLOOkSRATE BO BOL BOOL BOOOL Displays the AWGN power level in case of According to Standard e 84 dBm when Wide Area BS e 7 4 dBm when Medium Range BS e 0 dBm when Local Area BS In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 AWGN POW NOI Se Sets Displays the ratio Eb NO In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary figure In case of According to Standard the figure is read only and determined according to the table Eb NO requirements Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 AWGN ENRatio Displays whether the signals are disturbed by a fading process or not Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 FSIMulator STATe 4 231 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Table 4 17 E No test requirements in AWGN channel Measurement channel Received Ep No Received E No Required BLER for BS with Rx diversity for BS without Rx diversity 12 2 kbps n a 5 5 dB n a 8 7 dB Ts 8 7 dB G4 Kbps 1 9 db 5 108 Ar 824b 3 Lo T 4adB
63. 1 01 Frequency GHz State On Transport Block Size 168 bits RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 103 00 dBm E State On Required BLER 0 1 Power Level within 3 84 MHz BW 64 00 dBm Eb NO r60 dB Fading Configuration State Off Fig 4 131 Test case panel for According to Standard 1166 1560 12 4 268 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases EX 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 8 8 3 Demodulation of RACH Message in Static Propagation Co 0 xl Test Case General Settings Edit Mode User Definable Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto Diversity Off X Power dBm Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF Port A Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex E Scrambling Mode Long scrambling Code 0 995 1 1 005 Frequency GHz State On Transport Block Size 168 bits RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 103 00 dBm 7 Stat EN Power Level within 3 84 MHz BW 84 00 dBm Eb NU Fig 4 132 Test case panel for User Definable The input ouput parameters of the wizard panel read as follows Wanted Signal State Enables Disables the signal generation of the wanted 3GPP signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote
64. 2 2 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR Test Case 6 5 2 2 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR Test Objective This test is used to verify that the transmitted power of the base station in the adjacent channels does not exceed the specified limit Quotation from 1 Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio ACLR is the ratio of the RRC filtered mean power centered on the assigned channel frequency to the RRC filtered mean power centered on an adjacent channel frequency The requirements shall apply whatever the type of transmitter considered single carrier or multi carrier It applies for all transmission modes foreseen by the manufacturer s specification Test Setup The measurement can be performed using the standard test setup see Chapter 3 section Standard Test Setup with R amp S FSQ Only the R amp S FSQ is required to perform the measurement Internal triggering FREE RUN and the internal reference frequency of the R amp S FSQ are sufficient ji al Base Station oco R1 n as 6 MS EFE 9 8 TX signal Value see text 5 Fig 4 38 Test setup for Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly Recommended Options The measurement can be performed without any additional options Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station
65. 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurements must be made at frequencies B M and T unknown 4 130 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M Tj The variety of interferer offset frequencies is denoted by o 85 10 115 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation Init BTS Init SMU FSQ Set BTS to f Set BTS to test model 1 maximum power Set SMU Test Case Wizard Set FSQ to f Trigger FSQ Measure out of band emission Measure spurious emission Fig 4 64 Structure of the Transmit Intermodulation measurement unknown 4 131 E 1 Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation R amp S FSMU W Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Frequency B MandT Transmit power Maximum Scrambling code Any oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BS to the basic state Initialize the BS Set the scrambling scheme Set the BS to transmit test model 1 Set maximum transmit power Set the frequency for example to M Set the R amp S SMU
66. 4 197 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 198 Structure of the Blocking Characteristics measurement eeeeeeeeeeess 4 199 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 205 Test case panel for According to Standard ocooccicnncccncccncconnconococnconnconnnonononononnnonanonanos 4 206 Test case panel for User Definable occoocccocccocccocncocnconococnconnnonnnonnnonnconnnononononononons 4 207 ROUTING of baseband A to RF port B iter e ees ter e Qe vei een tet bus 4 210 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 210 Structure of the Intermodulation Characteristics measurement 4 211 BER insertion into the information data ccoooccocccocccocncocncocnnocnnonnnonnnonnnonncnononononanonanos 4 217 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 217 Test case panel for According to Standard ccccccccccsecceeeeeceeeeseeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeseeeaes 4 218 Test case panel for User Definable cooncccnnccnncccncconcconcconcconocononnnoconnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnonons 4 218 Routing of baseband A to RF port A in case of BER test ooccocccocccocncocnccncccocncocncononos 4 220 1166 1560 42 4 8 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Contents Fig 4 109 Routing of baseb
67. Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Select the Diversity reception capabilities of the BTS under test In case of no Rx diversity press Baseband A Signal Routing and select which RF output port A or B is connected to the BTS Enter Scrambling Code Scrambling Mode according to the BTS scrambling scheme Enter the Power Class of the BTS under test Press RF Frequency and enter the same frequency e g M the BTS has set to Select the Reference Measurement Channel among 12 2 kbps 64 kbps 144 kbps and 384 kbps Select the Required BLER among 1 and 10 Press Apply Settings The SMU is now ready to start signal generation 4 Start the measurement gt send a start trigger impulse e g SFN modulo 4 from the BTS to the SMU The SMU will start signal generation 5 Calculate the result gt The BTS internally calculates the BLER 1166 1560 12 4 234 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Interpretation of the Measurement Results The internally calculated BLER shall not exceed the required BLER settings Note TS 25 141 Annex C General Rules for Statistical Testing where test conditions in terms of test methods and test conditions are defined Tips and Special Tricks Ensure that the RF blocks are switched on while the measurement procedure is running Since the test case wizard does not activate or deactivate the RF ports these have to be switched on before or after the Apply Settings b
68. BS to the basic state Test model 2 oet the frequency for example to M Maximum output power oet and note the scrambling code owitch off antenna diversity mode Set the R amp S FSQ to the basic state See Chapter 3 section Basic State of the R amp S FSQ for Measurements on 3G Base Stations We recommend using external triggering to increase the measurement speed but this is not absolutely necessary Internal reference frequency The default for the measurement is the channel with code 0 i e the CPICH Set the R amp S FSQ to multicarrier mode opt okip this item if there is only one carrier Single Carrier Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the key The side menu for the settings will open Press the MULTI CARR ON OFF softkey The green marking will switch from OFF to ON and the R amp S FSQ will be in multicarrier mode Set the scrambling code Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the SCRAMBLING CODE softkey Enter the scrambling code for the base station as a hexadecimal number Range of values O to 1FFF Enter hexadecimal numbers by preceding them with a decimal point Example Enter the scrambling code 1F2a by typing 1 52 0 Choose the optimum setting for the reference level and input attenuator of the R amp S FSQ Press the RESULTS hotkey The softkeys for configuring
69. Baseband A Signal Routing and select which RF output port A or B is connected to the BTS Enter Scrambling Code Scrambling Mode according to the BTS scrambling scheme Enter the Power Class of the BTS under test Press RF Frequency and enter the same frequency e g M the BTS has set to Select the Required Pd among 99 and 99 9 Press Apply Settings The SMU is now ready to start signal generation V Y VV VV WV 4 Start the measurement gt Send a start trigger impulse e g SFN modulo 4 from the BTS to the SMU The SMU will start signal generation 5 Calculate the result gt The BTS internally calculates the Pd 1166 1560 12 4 262 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Interpretation of the Measurement Results The internally calculated Pd shall be equal or above required Pd settings Note TS 25 141 Annex C General Rules for Statistical Testing where test conditions in terms of test methods and test conditions are defined Tips and Special Tricks Ensure that the RF blocks are switched on while the measurement procedure is running Since the test case wizard does not activate or deactivate the RF ports these have to be switched on before or after the Apply Settings button is pressed The signal quality can be enhanced or for test purposes modified by additional settings in the impair ments section of the AWGN block in the I Q modulator block and in the RF block Usually the test case wizard does not alter t
70. Bater as y acumuladores son deshechos problem ticos Por favor tirenlos en los recipientes especiales para este f n Por favor tengan en cuenta las prescripciones nacionales de cada pa s referente al tratamiento de deshechos Nunca sometan las bater as o acumuladores a un corto circuito 28 Tengan en consideraci n de que en caso de un incendio pueden escaparse gases t xicos del producto que pueden causar da os a la salud 29 Por favor tengan en cuenta que en caso de un incendio pueden desprenderse del producto agentes venenosos gases l quidos etc que pueden generar da os a la salud 30 No sit e el producto encima de superficies veh culos estantes o mesas que por sus caracter sticas de peso o de estabilidad no sean aptas para l Siga siempre las instrucciones de instalaci n del fabricante cuando instale y asegure el producto en objetos o estructuras por ejemplo paredes y estantes 1171 0000 42 02 00 31 32 Las asas instaladas en los productos sirven solamente de ayuda para el manejo que solamente est previsto para personas Por eso no est permitido utilizar las asas para la sujecion en o sobre medios de transporte como por ejemplo gr as carretillas elevadoras de horquilla carros etc El usuario es responsable de que los productos sean sujetados de forma segura a los medios de transporte y de que las prescripciones de seguridad del fabricante de los medios de trans
71. Configuration R amp S SMU B103 HF Path 100 kHz to 3 GHz R amp S SMU B 11 R amp S SMU B13 R amp S SMU K42 R amp S SMU K43 R amp S SMU K62 Universal Coder with 16 64 M samples Base band module 3GPP FDD WCDMA personality 3GPP FDD HSDPA personality Additive White Gaussian Noise Most of the tests described within the next chapters of this manual can be performed with this standard configuration In addition to the standard configuration the following extension options are available on R amp S SMU Table 4 4 Extension options of R amp S SMU R amp S FSMU B1 Package for R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz 2nd signal generator RF path R amp S FSMU B2 Package for 2nd signal generator base band R amp S SMU B13 R amp S SMU K62 R amp S SMU B36 R amp S SMU B11 R amp S SMU K42 R amp S SMU K43 R amp S SMU B14 R amp S SMU B15 Base band main module Additive white Gaussian noise High output power Base band generator Digital standard 3GPP FDD Enhanced BS tests for 3GPP FDD incl HSDPA Fading simulator Fading simulator extension R amp S FSMU B3 Package for fading The next table lists for each test to be performed the configuration of R amp S SMU needed to carry out the measurement 2xR amp S SMU K71 Dynamic Fading 1166 1560 42 4 6 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Overview of the standard Table 4 5 Required options on R amp S SMU to perform the tests Transmitter tests 6 2 1 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp
72. DPCCH PD Overall Symbol Rate DPDCH 60 ksps y Power Ratio DPCCH DPDCH 000 dB Propagation Delay 0 00 Chips TPC Start Pattern Max Pow Less N Steps y Power Up Steps oa Power Down Steps 1 TPC Repeat Pattern Single Power Steps y Apply Settings Fig 4 14 Test case panel for User Definable The input ouput parameters of the wizard panel read as follows Wanted Signal State Enables Disables the signal generation of the wanted 3GPP signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP T825141 WSIGnal STATe ON OFF RF Frequency Sets the RF frequency of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal FREQ 100 0 KHz 6 0 GHz Power Level read only in Displays the RF power level of the wanted signal in case of case of According to According to Standard Standard e 120 3 10 dBm when Wide Area BS e 110 3 10 dBm when Medium Range BS e 106 3 10 dBm when Local Area BS Incase of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level figure Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal POW 145 0 dBm 20 0 dBm Slot Format DPCCH Sets the slot format Slot formats O to 5 are available for the DPCCH channel The slot format defines the FBI mode and the TFCI status The user can choose from e 0 no FBI field TFCI
73. EE Donat 4 1 Table 4 2 Standard configuration of R amp S FSQ o oooccccnccncccccnccoconocannnonocnononnnononnnonannnonannnnnnnnononenonananes 4 6 Table 4 3 Standard configuration of R amp S SMU sssssssssssssssssesssseee nennen nnne nennen nnns 4 6 Table 4 4 Extension options of R amp S SMU ssesssesssseesseeeseee nennen nnne nnni nnne se nasa ananas nns 4 6 Table 4 5 Required options on R amp S SMU to perform the tests oocoocccocncocncocncccncconcconocononannnnnos 4 7 Table 4 6 Settings to make on the base sStatiON ccconccccccccccnccocnconcnonanononnnonnnnonnnnnnnnonanonnnnnnnonos 4 141 Table 4 7 Interferer power level ambiguity in case of colocated basestation interference 4 192 Table 4 8 Blocking characteristics for Wide Area BS occoooncccccnccccnccccncconnnonononcnonnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 4 193 Table 4 9 Blocking characteristics for Medium Range BSO ooccoocncnccnccccncccnncncnnoncnonnnnnnnnnnonnnonnnonanos 4 194 Table 4 10 Blocking characteristics for Local Area BS ooccconcccccnccccncoccncoonncncnnoncnonnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 4 195 Table 4 11 Blocking performance requirement for Wide Area BS when co located with BS in OME DANOS eH TP 4 195 Table 4 12 Blocking performance requirement for Medium Range BS when co located with BS in ONMEDA NER IE 4 196 Table 4 13 Blocking performance requirement for Local Area BS when co located with BS in Omer DOS st id 4 196
74. Electrostatic operating indication for electric Hot PE terminal Ground me terminal sensitive instructions units gt 18 kg shock surface devices Device fully Standby Pont Alternating Direct alternating protected by voltage a ON OFF indication DC current AC current DC AC a Supply Direct 1171 0000 42 02 00 Sheet 1 Safety Instructions Observing the safety instructions will help prevent personal injury or damage of any kind caused by dangerous situations Therefore carefully read through and adhere to the following safety instructions before putting the product into operation It is also absolutely essential to observe the additional safety instructions on personal safety that appear in other parts of the documentation In these safety instructions the word product refers to all merchandise sold and distributed by Rohde amp Schwarz including instruments systems and all accessories Tags and their meaning DANGER This tag indicates a safety hazard with a high potential of risk for the user that can result in death or serious injuries WARNING This tag indicates a safety hazard with a medium potential of risk for the user that can result in death or serious injuries CAUTION This tag indicates a safety hazard with a low potential of risk for the user that can result in slight or minor injuries ATTENTION This tag indicates the possibility of incorrect use that can cause damage to the product NOTE This tag indi
75. FSMU W Receiver Test Cases T 4 Adjacent Channel Selectivity ACS General Settings Edit Mode UserDefinablee gt Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Ao e Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF PortA y Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex 0 Long Scrambling Code Power dBm Scrambling Mode 0 998 1 1 002 1 004 1 006 1 008 Frequency GHz State On Reference Measurement Channel RMC 12 2 kbps RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 115 00 dBm Frequency Offset 5 000 000 00 MHz r Cl Modulation W CDMA 3GPP FDD Fig 4 87 Test case panel for User Definable The input ouput parameters of the wizard panel read as follows Wanted Signal State Enables Disables the signal generation of the wanted 3GPP signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal STATe ON OFF Reference Measurement Sets the reference measurement channel The user can choose from Channel e RMC 12 2 kbps 12 2 kbps measurement channel e RMC 64 kbps 64 kbps measurement channel e RMC 144 kbps 144 kbps measurement channel e RMC 384 kbps 384 kbps measurement channel e AMR 12 2 kbps channel coding for the AMR coder In case of According to Standard the choice is fix
76. FSQ page 1 3 Setting the Reference Level The reference level is set automatically after you press the ADUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S FSQ s reference level is set so as to just avoid overdriving the instrument i e the reference level is set approx 3 dB above the peak value of the signal that is present after the IF filter For a multicarrier signal the carrier to whose center frequency the R amp S FSQ is set and its two neighbours all make a contribution oee also Chapter 6 section Optimum Setting of the Reference Level and the Input Attenuator of the R amp S FSQ page 1 3 1166 1560 12 1 6 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Information about the R amp S FSQ Error Automatic Level Setting is Stuck The R amp S FSQ is stuck during automatic level adjustment after pressing the ADJUST REF LVL softkey as shown in the following figure A Code Power Relative 3R 15 ksps Chan Code o CP 2 14 GHz CPICH Slot 3 Chan Slot 2 Ref 54 6 dEm Att 15 db CLRYR Start Ch 0 64 Ch Stop Ch 511 Result Summary SR 15 ksps Chan Code 0 CF 2 14 GHz CPICH 3lot 3 Chan Slot 2 Ref s 54 6 dEm Att Adj Ref Lvl aborted 15 db 1 CLRYR Fig 1 6 Error that occurs with no external trigger The trigger source is missing and the Apply an external trigger signal R amp S FSQ is set for external triggering Or Switch over to Free Run Press the key and then the FREE RUN softkey 1166 1560 12 1 7 E 1 Information about the R amp S
77. FSQ R amp S FSMU W Error R amp S FSQ is Overdriven After Automatic Level Adjustment The R amp S FSQ is experiencing an overflow after automatic level adjustment after pressing the ADJUST REF LVL softkey as shown in the following figure E Code Power Pelative SE l5 kzp z Chan Code O CF 2 14 GHz CPICH Slot Chan Slot 2 Result Summary SE 15 keeps Chan Code O CF 2 14 GHz CEPICH Slot 2 Chan Slot 2 Fig 1 7 Overflow trigger error CIT Rm The R amp S FSQ was not set to multicarrier Set the R amp S FSQ to multicarrier mode and perform the automatic but multiple carriers are present Multi level setting again Carrier gt Press the SETTINGS hotkey then the NExT key and the MULTICARRIER ON OFF softkey The green marker should switch from OFF to ON and the R amp S FSQ is now in multicarrier mode Press the RESULTS hotkey then the ADJUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S FSQ will make the automatic level setting for multicarrier The R amp S FSQ is set to the wrong Set the R amp S FSQ to the frequency of the base station frequency gt Press the FREO key and enter the frequency in the input window The green marker should switch from OFF to ON and the FSQ is now in multicarrier mode Press the RESULTS hotkey then the ADJUST REF LVL softkey The FSQ will make an automatic level setting for multicarrier 1166 1560 12 1 8 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Error INCORRECT PILOTS Information about the R amp S FSQ The fo
78. FSQ er PA pa nime initialize BTS ccccec ecce Pema MessoageBoOx User INLO St Set BTS to Test Model 3 Max Power J meminit mmt initialize FSQ Fsmu InitFsq amp analyzer Fsmu SetupInstrumentFsq analyzer Set the instrument to the frequency of the base station sprintf ib string SENSel FREQuency CENTer g GHZ frequency Esmu 1bWrtin analyzer 16 string PE Switch on 3GPP FDD BTS measurement this sets the instrument to continous sweep implicitely pm e Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INSTrument SELect BWCD PR oa set instrument to single sweep Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiatel CONTinuous OFF set instrument to external trigger opt offset 100 usec set trigger to external after switch on code domain power measurement as negative trigger offsets are only allowed in zero span Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer TRIGgerl SEQuence SOURce EXTernal Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff 100us F ee Set FSQ to Single or Multi Carrier mode if Fsmu GetMultiCarrier Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe ON else Fsmu i
79. GecBtssHUulatron void 4 None Value of the module global variable s MultiCarrierMode 1 BTS is emulated by the R amp S SMU gt The R amp S SMU is configured as a BTS in the tests 0 Users are prompted to configure the BTS Fsmu SetBtsEmulation Description see Parameters Declaration Parameters Returned value 1166 3363 12 void Esmu SecBrssmulatrson int mode 5j 1 The module global variable s BtsEmulationMode Is set All others The module global variable s BtsEmulationMode is reset None 1 32 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Notes on programming examples Fsmu GetSkipReset Declaration int Fsmu GetSkipReset void Parameters None Returned value Value of the module global variable s SkipResetMode 1 Instrument reset is skipped in the Fsmu_SetupInstrumentSmu or the Fsmu SetupInstrumentFsgqg function 0 Reset is always performed Fsmu SetSkipReset The function indicates whether the instrument reset is to be skipped see Parameters Declaration void Fsmu SetSkipReset int mode Parameters de The module global variable s SkipResetMode Is set All others The module global variable s SkipResetMode is reset Returned value None 1166 3363 12 1 33 E 1 Notes on programming examples Data types Fsmu InitMode R amp S FSMU W The enum notifies the Fsmu_SetupInstrumentSmu function whether the R amp S SMU is to be configured for the uplink or downlink Declaration define typedef enum INIT DL INIT
80. Interfering Signal mean power mean power Interfering Signal ing Signal 1920 1980 MHz 40 dBm 115 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1900 1920 MHz 40 dBm 115 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1980 2000 MHz 1 MHz 1900 MHz 15 dBm 115 dBm CW carrier 2000 MHz 12750 MHz 1850 1910 MHz 40 dBm 115 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1830 1850 MHz 40 dBm 115 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1910 1930 MHz 1 MHz 1830 MHz 15 dBm 115 dBm CW carrier 1930 MHz 12750 MHz 1710 1785 MHz 40 dBm 115 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1690 1710 MHz 40 dBm 115 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1785 1805 MHz 1 MHz 1690 MHz 15 dBm 115 dBm CW carrier 1805 MHz 12750 MHz 1710 1755 MHz 40 dBm 115 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1690 1710 MHz 40 dBm 115 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1755 1775 MHz 1 MHz 1690 MHz 15 dBm 115 dBm CW carrier 1775 MHz 12750 MHz 824 849 MHz 40 dBm 115 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 804 824 MHz 40 dBm 115 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 849 869 MHz 1 MHz 804 MHz 15 dBm 115 dBm CW carrier 869 MHz 12750 MHz 810 830 MHz 40 dBm 115 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 840 860 MHz 1 MHz 810 MHz 15 dBm 115 dBm CW carrier 860 MHz 12750 MHz The characteristics of the W CDMA interference signal are specified in Annex of TS 25 141 1166 1560 12 4 193 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Table 4 9 Blocking characteristics for Medium Range BS Operating Center Frequency of Interfering Wanted Signal Minimum
81. Offset Type of Interfering Band Interfering Signal Signal mean power of Interfering Signal Level Signal 1920 1980 MHz 35 dBm 105 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1900 1920 MHz 35 dBm 105 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1980 2000 MHz 1 MHz 1900 MHz 15 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier 2000 MHz 12750 MHz 1850 1910 MHz 35 dBm 105 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1830 1850 MHz 35 dBm 105 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1910 1930 MHz 1 MHz 1830 MHz 15 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier 1930 MHz 12750 MHz 1710 1785 MHz 35 dBm 105 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1690 1710 MHz 35 dBm 105 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1785 1805 MHz 1 MHz 1690 MHz 15 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier 1805 MHz 12750 MHz 1710 1755 MHz 35 dBm 105 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1690 1710 MHz 35 dBm 105 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1755 1775 MHz 1 MHz 1690 MHz 15 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier 1775 MHz 12750 MHz 824 849 MHz 35 dBm 105 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 804 824 MHz 35 dBm 105 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 849 869 MHz 1 MHz 804 MHz 15 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier 869 MHz 12750 MHz 810 830 MHz 35 dBm 105 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 840 860 MHz 1 MHz 810 MHz 15 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier 860 MHz 12750 MHz Note The characteristics of the W CDMA interference signal are specified in Annex l 1166 1560 12 4 194 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Table 4 10 Blocking characteristics for Local Area BS Center Frequency of Interfe
82. PD099 Donde c PSs APPI oett Noe ROS O OS na This may take a long time so set time out temporarily to 100 sec Fsmu_ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu_ibTmo generator T100s Fomu bWrtin generator 390URTBBIWSGP TS20141 TCADe mxbCute Fsmu WaitForDevice generator ESmu OWL ln genera tory TROPE A7 Fsmu ibRd Generator 2D String cSTZeor 1b String Fsmu_ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut fe eS Examples of SMU settings after the test case wizards 5b tif 0 M E input trigger delay only positive values are allowed Sur Sprint nb sbrringy BB WSGPSTRIGGQers sbxTernaltDbLbay 90 smu trigger delay Femu bWrtln generator xb string y E E EE cause OULU Dover Ou BB prese ee STO ra Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust dI E STOP SMU ES dec derned E Ting gt e Femu SbDWrclno generator SBB WSGPpS TRIGQer ARMEPEXEROUtOe TOPCP Fsmu ibRd Generator 2D string SiZeof iib string 7 pp eee ae ad ust output power to 0 dB and Walt TOL execution Aa Fsmu ibWrtln generdtor BB WGPp POWer ADJust OBC 2 Esmu sbhRd generator ib string sizeck 1b string 7 SA ic enable external trigger Imro MU SR eee mi 1166 1560 12 4 265 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W if 1Fsmu GerBtshmulatiomt Fomu rbWrrtln generator SBBSWOGPTTRIGger SOURCOe ExTernal OPC2 Fsmu ibRd generator ID String SSt2690f 10 Sring else
83. Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal POW 145 0 dBm 20 0 dBm oets the interference scenario The user can choose from e Wideband Baseband B generates a W CDMA interference signal e Narrowband Baseband B generates a GMSK interference signal Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 IFSignal BWIDth WIDE NARRow Enables Disables the signal generation of the CW interference signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command CSOOURIBBSWNSGPITS2OIdL LLESIOgnals oNSSGCAYTe ON y ORF Sets frequency offset of the CW interference signal versus the wanted signal RF frequency In case of According to Standard the choice is fixed to 10 MHz for wideband interference signal and 3 5 MHz for narrowband interference signal In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary frequency offset figure Remote control command SOOUR BB IWS3GP TS25141 IFSignal CW FOFFSet Displays the RF power level of the CW interference signal in case of According to Standard when Wideband interferer e 48 dBm when Wide Area BS e 44 dBm when Medium Range BS e 38 dBm when Local Area BS when Narrowband interferer e 47 dBm when Wide Area BS e 43 dBm when Medium Range BS e 37 dBm when Local Area BS In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level figure Remote control command
84. SFSMU26 W the options e R amp SFSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main module R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and e R amp SFSMU B2 consisting of R amp S SMU B11 Baseband generator R amp S SMU K42 Digital standard 3GPP FDD R amp S SMU K43 Enhanced BS tests for 3GPP FDD incl HSDPA are required to set up the R amp S SMU 1166 1560 12 4 177 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case Wizard Panel The Fig 4 86 and Fig 4 87 show the input parameters for both kinds of Edit Modes According to Standard and User Definable ES 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to T5 25 141 7 4 Adjacent Channel Selectivity ACS 7 4 Adjacent Channel Selectivity ACS General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard gt Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto e Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF PortA y Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex E scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power Class Wide Area BS Power dBm 1 002 1 004 1 006 71 008 Frequency GHz State On Reference Measurement Channel RMC 12 2 kbps RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 115 00 dBm State On Frequency Offset 45 MHz Cl Modulation W CDMA 3GPP FDD Fig 4 86 Test case panel for According to Standard 1166 1560 12 4 178 E 1 R amp S
85. SMU The currently displayed measurement trace can be read out from the R amp S FSQ and stored in the R amp S SMU as a user correction table An external program is required for this purpose The CD contains a sample program and its source text can be found in the section on Frequency Correction of the Test Setup page 3 8 Using the Correction Values In the R amp S FSQ 1 Load a transducer table Press the SETUP key gt Press the TRANSDUCER Y softkey gt A selection window with the stored transducer tables should appear Select the desired table using the Y or key and press ENTER Mark the selected table with the v mark Press the ENTER key again to deactivate the transducer table Press the ESC key In the R amp S SMU 1 Load a transducer table Select Config in the RF A MOD A menu The menu for RF module A and the analog module will appear Select User Correction The menu for configuring the RF output will appear gt There select Select User Correction Data in the User Correction Data menu A file selector box will appear showing the available files 1166 1560 12 3 7 E 1 Sample Program R amp S FSMU W Select the desired file and press ENTER Select Off in the State menu The color of the button will change to blue and On will be displayed The user correction table has now been activated Press the ESC key Sample Program A function is indicated below as an exa
86. SO0UR BBIWSGPITS25IAI IESIgHaoal iCW POW 4 208 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Modulated Signal State Modulation Type Frequency Offset Power Level Receiver Test Cases Enables Disables the signal generation of the modulated interference signal e g 3GPP or GMSK In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 IFSignal MODulated STATe ON OFF Sets the type of interference signal modulation In case of According to Standard the baseband B generates for wideband test a W CDMA Interferer another reverse link 3GPP signal determined by e mode DPCCH DPDCH e DPDCH with 240 ksps O dB relative power PRBS23 data source e DPCCH with 5 46 dB relative power and slot format 2 e Same scrambling code as the wanted signal And for narrowband a GMSK signal 270833 kHz bandwidth PRBS9 data source In case of User Definable and selected narrowband test the user may activates an QPSK signal 3 84 MHz bandwidth root cosine filter 0 22 PRBS9 data source as an alternative Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 IFSignal MODulated TYPE WCDMa GMSK QPSK Sets frequency offset of the modulated interference signal versus the wanted signal RF frequency In case of According to Standard the choice is fixed to 20 MHz for wideband interference signal and 5 9 MHz for narr
87. Sample Prodi dicesS nui a test chasseur destin hehe xes tiep dite detur a epos a 4 133 Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM oocccccoccccccnccccnccccncconnconnonanonnnnnoncnonanonnnos 4 137 TES PO DISCCUY 6 sabes dear a si eed ze fi ds 4 137 E400 ccr 4 138 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiON coocccocccocncocncocnconnccnnccononanonanos 4 138 Peculiarities for Multicarrier coooccconcconcconoconcconoconoconoconononononnnonnnnnnnnnnnnanonanenanos 4 139 Peculiarities for DiVersity ooccoocccocccocncocnnocncccnoconocononononononanonononannnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnns 4 139 Structure of the Measurement ocoocccccccccncccncconoconoconononoconoconoonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 140 Settings on the Base Station coocccccccccncccncconoconcconoconoconocanocnnnonnnonnnonnnnnnononononinonnnos 4 141 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent coocccccncncncocncocnnocnnocnnonnnonnnonnnonnnonncnnncnoncnancnns 4 141 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS ocooccconccocncocnconnconnnonnnconocanocanocononoss 4 143 NOS ANG Special Mae CAMERE T S 4 144 Sampe ad 219 AN RINT a E EM 4 145 Test Case 6 7 2 Peak Code Domain Error coocccocccccccocncocccocncoconocononnnocnnonnnnononononanonanenanos 4 149 TEST ODJECUVO rn 4 149 TESTS AUD a a a aE RE a EA ea a E ade 4 149 Recommended ODLIOFIS 3 1 asa O ides 4 149 Variation in
88. Slot o Chan Slot 0 1 2 2 4 5 6 7 8 3 10 11 12 13 14 Fig 4 22 Measuring the Power control dynamic range unknown 4 46 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps Tips and Special Tricks Setting the Trigger for the R amp S FSQ The exact length of the preamble can be determined by testing during measurement of the aggregated power steps To do this all you need is to repeat the measurement on the R amp S FSQ since the R amp S SMU will send the required signals continuously Sample Program Signal Generation with the Generator Measurement with the Analyzer Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 2 section General Routines The sample program that is provided also includes code for simulating the base station with the R amp S SMU This code is not printed here For computation of the aggregated power this sample program reads the power values for all of the measured timeslots and performs its own evaluation Usage of markers is illustrated in part for the alternating power steps Aggregated Power A ecce local structures define TPC LIST Esmu aggregated Result as returned by FSQ in binary format my typedef struct Float index clgat Level power step A kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkx void MeasurePowerControlStepsAggregated void S E K K k k k k k k k de k k
89. Steps sprintf ib string SENSe CDPower LCODe VALue H 1x bts scrambling eode Fsma 1bWetin analyzer 10 String 5 use auto detection of test model best results in most cases alternatively use predefined test model 2 5b or 5 as appropriate Psmu xDNFtInfjanalyzer CONF1gure WeDPOWer BIS CIABIeS SIAte ONU 4 Son DNICIDIADSGIYZer UIDUNEIQUIGINCDFOWerEISICIABIGeLsSELnAUI TJCE 2 7 zd Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle STATe OFF A eenn eE set antenna diversity OFF Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower ANTenna OFF A iia select code 120 128 480 Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer SENSe CDPower CODE 480 etm Switch to power versus slot measurement Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate2 FEED XTIM CDP PVSLot Sean 54 read in power steps as differential values Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower PDIFf ON pa messer set instrument to internal trigger Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer TRIGgerl SEQuence SOURce IMMediate aan perform an auto adjust the FSQ settings wait for the command execution as we do not have an external trigger here we trigger internally Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel OPC Fsmu ibRd analyzer ib string sizeor 1b string 7 A a Stop SMU to get
90. UL Esmu InutMoge Fsq ResultSummary how 3nrtialrsatron should be done xy The results of the K72 result summary are stored in the result summary On Intel systems the results of the R amp S FSQ can be read directly into the specified structure if the compiler used supports the IEC IEEE float format which is the case with LabWindows CVI from National Instruments and Visual C from Microsoft This feature is used in the test case examples ASCII format must be used on machines with big endian format This is clearly shown in the EVM test case using the function Fsmu_ConvertFsqResultSummary see page 1 22 Declaration nd summary result is returned in the following string composite EVM gt lt peak CDE gt lt carr freq Error gt lt chip rate error total power gt lt trg to frame gt lt EVM peak channel gt lt EVM mean channel clas rel S gt channel timing offset typedef struct E Lost float float float float float float Float float Float FLOSC float float float float power step Declaration typedef struct float index float level power step Result 1166 3363 12 composite evm peak domain error carr reg error GIMp cate error total power trg to frame evm peak channel evm mean channel Class Channel number power abs channel power rel channel CINIDg Offset 19 OLE Seu IQ imbalance
91. acedctas 4 9 Variation in the Parameters of the Base Stati0N cooccccocnccccncoccnconcncnonocnnncnnononanononos 4 9 Peculiarities for Multicarrier oocooccconncccncccncccnoconoconoconocnononononononnnonanonanonanonanonaninoss 4 10 Structure of the Measurement cooocccccnccncnccocnoconncnoncononononnonannonannonnnonnnnonannnnanonunnnnunnss 4 11 Settings on the Base Station ooccooccoocconoconocinonononenononononononorronrrnonrnnrrnnnronnrnnnenanes 4 11 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMenNt occocccccccccccocccconnconoconnnonncncncnnncnnnnnnnnnnnonenenenonons 4 12 Interpretation of the Measurement ResultS oocococccocccocccocncocccococoroconnnonononinononos 4 13 A E nena ui binant iad ah dane onan ea E ues ue demu 4 13 Tips ana Special TICKS diia radio 4 13 Sample Program Measurement with the Analyzer coocccocccocncocncconcconiconccnncnannnnnos 4 16 Sample Program Measurement with Option K9 o oocccccccccccnccccncccnncncnconcncnnnonononononos 4 18 Test Case 6 2 2 CPICH Power Accuracy narnia 4 20 Ice 4 20 TeSt SU a 4 20 Recommended Opos esa dai 4 20 Variation in the Parameters of the Base Stati0ON ooccccccnccncncccnncccnccncnonannconcnnnnnnnos 4 20 Pecullaritles TOF MUITCAIIGE y TET DEM 4 20 Structure of the Measurement 5 tandas 4 21 Settings on he Base Stalon uei eoru ida 4 22 Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement oocccoccccccnccccnconcncnccnnncnnnnnncnncnnnnnnonancnn
92. adjacent channel The test is passed when the resulting BER calculated internally by the BS is below a specified thresh old at the test frequencies B M and T Quotation from 1 Adjacent channel selectivity ACS is a measure of the receiver ability to receive a wanted signal at is assigned channel frequency in the presence of an adjacent channel signal at a given fre quency offset from the center frequency of the assigned channel ACS is the ratio of the receiver filter attenuation on the assigned channel frequency to the receive filter attenuation on the adja cent channel s The interference signal is offset from the wanted signal by the frequency offset Fuw The interfer ence signal shall be a W CDMA signal as specified in Annex I Test Setup The test setup pictured in Fig 4 85 is suitable to measure the base station adjacent channel selectivity Base Station BS frame trigger 65580606 i Rx Tx or Rx Combiner gt RF signal R2 Fig 4 85 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A For routing baseband A signal to RF port A this port holds the wanted signal whereas RF port B holds the infering signal After combining the sum is fed into the base station Rx port The SMU will start sig nal generation by the first BS frame trigger sent to trigger port Trigger 1 Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp SFSMU3 W R amp SFSMU8 W or R amp
93. amp S FSQ will measure the ACLR The softkeys for configuring this measurement will appear gt Press the OCCUPIED BANDWIDTHE softkey The R amp S FSQ will measure the OCCUPIED BANDWIDTH The softkeys for configuring this measurement will appear Set the multicarrier measurement mode You will have to skip this step for a single carrier base station Press the key The softkeys for selecting measurements in spectral mode will appear gt Press the MULT CARR ACLR 4 softkey The R amp S FSQ will measure the ACLR The softkeys for configuring this measurement will appear gt Press the CP ACP CONFIG 2 softkey The menu for configuring the ACLR measurement will appear gt Press the NO OF TX CHAN softkey Enter the desired number of carriers in the input field gt Press the key The menu for the multicarrier ACLR measurement will appear again Choose the optimum setting for the reference level and input attenuator of the R amp S FSQ Press the ADJUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S FSQ will make a measurement of the power of the base station and will set the reference level and the attenuator to their optimum values Read off the result gt The results will be displayed continuously in the marker field unknown 4 96 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 2 2 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR Fig 4 41 Measurement of the ACLR for a single carrier base station HSA HA Lt da EEL las SERRE Fig 4 4
94. base station The preamble threshold factor is chosen to fulfil the requirements on Pfa and Pd in subclauses 8 8 1 and 8 8 2 Only one signature is used and it is known by the receiver Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the option R amp S FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main mod ule R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and is required to set up the R amp S SMU Test Case Wizard Panel The Fig 4 131 and Fig 4 132 show the input parameters for both kinds of Edit Modes According to Standard and User Definable E 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 8 8 3 Demodulation of RACH Message in Static Propagation Ct E x 8 8 3 Demodulation of RACH Message in Static Propagation Conditions General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto Diversity Off To Path and RF Port A Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power Class Wide Area BS 60 FO o0 e 90 100 110 y Power dBm Baseband A Signal Routing 120 m 130 140 RES 150 i 0 99 0 995 1 1 005
95. baseband A to RF port A aid astu 4 170 ROUTING of baseband ATO RF pot B dotis ce ae reg aa i lace alae Eii 4 170 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 171 Structure of the Dynamic Range MeasureMeNt ooccoocnncncnccccnncncnnoncncnnnnnnnnnnnanonnnnnoncnnnnos 4 171 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 177 Test case panel for According to Standard c oocccccnccccnconcncconccncnconcncnncnonanonnnnonncncnncnnnanonos 4 178 Test case panel for User Definable ccoonccccnccconccccncconnoconnocannnnanconnnonnnnnnannonanconanonos 4 179 Routing of baseband A To RF Pon A aic a ias 4 181 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 181 Structure of the Adjacent Channel Selectivity measurement 4 182 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 188 Test case panel for According to Standard ccoocccconncccnccncnccocnoconnncanconancnnnnonannnnannonaninos 4 189 Test case panel for User Definable oocoocccccncccncccncccnoconoconocanocanocanocanonannnanonanonaninoso 4 190 Routing of baseband A to RF port A sesseessssesssesseeee nennen nennen nnne nnn nn nnns 4 197 Routing of baseband A to RF port B ccoocccccccccccccncnccoccncnnnonanonnonnononononnnnnnnnannnnannonanonos
96. basic state oee Chapter 3 section Basic State of the R amp S FSQ for Measurements on 3G Base Stations We recommend using external triggering to increase the measurement speed but this is not absolutely necessary Internal reference frequency Set the R amp S FSQ to multicarrier mode opt okip this item if there is only one carrier Single Carrier Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Pressthe NEXT key The side menu for the settings will open Press the MULTI CARR ON OFF softkey The green marking will switch from OFF to ON and the R amp S FSQ will be in multicarrier mode Set the scrambling code Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the SRAMBLING CODE softkey Enter the scrambling code for the base station as a hexadecimal number Range of values O to 1FFF Enter hexadecimal numbers by preceding them with a decimal point Example Enter the scrambling code 1F2a by typing 1 52 0 Choose the optimum setting for the reference level and input attenuator of the R amp S FSQ Press the RESULTS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the measurement results in the code domain will appear Press the ADJUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S FSQ will make a measurement of the power of the base station and will set the reference level and the attenuator to their optimum values Select the CPICH sl
97. can measure the frequency response of the cables using the R amp S FSMU W and store the result in the R amp S FSQ in the form of a transducer table Using an external program the R amp S FSQ s transducer table can be transferred to a user correction table in the R amp S SMU For this measurement the R amp S SMU and R amp S FSQ are operated with option FSP B10 External Generator Control as a scalar network analyzer R amp S 1103 9735 00 Fig 3 2 Rear connection of the R amp S SMU and R amp S FSQ to the scalar network analyzer The following table lists the pin allocation in the control cable between the R amp S FSQ and R amp S SMU ES 9 pol D Sub R amp SFSQ AUX Control BNC SMU Instrument Trigger In addition the R amp S FSQ s 2 GPIB bus must be connected to the R amp S SMU s GPIB bus via the supplied GPIB bus cable Steps for Measuring the Frequency Response Using the R amp S FSMU W This section explains how to measure the frequency response of the test setup using the R amp S FSMU W and how to take it into account in the measured values The numbers given in the example are based on a setup in the inband frequency range Normalizing the Instruments and the Auxiliary Cable During the first step the frequency response of the R amp S SMU R amp S FSQ and an auxiliary cable are recorded This frequency response is subtracted from the frequency response recorded subsequently of the test setup including the equipment so
98. can select from e Maximum Power Less n Steps A continuously sent power up command will force the base station to maximum power by n power down commands the base station will finally start n power steps e g 1 dB or 0 5 dB below its maximum transmit power e Data List if User Definable After selecting the data list item a box opens on the right side to enter an arbitrary power control pattern stored in the R amp S SMU data list format that will be sent before the periodical TPC Repeat Pattern Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal DPCCh TPC SDATa PMAX DLISt If Data List is selected input also the data list name SOUR BB W3GP T525141 WSIGnal DPCCh TPC SDATa DSELect FileName 4 34 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Power Up Steps when Maximum Power Less n Steps is selected Power Down Steps when Maximum Power Less n Steps is selected TPC Repeat Pattern Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps Sets the number of power up commands 1 in the TPC start pattern The total TPC start pattern length is the number of power up commands plus the entered number of n power down 0 steps Remote control command CODOOURSBBIWSGP TS254 4413 NWNSIGnaliDPCChtTPUCSDATStPUSTeD5S 0 1000 Sets the number of power down commands 0 in the TPC start pattern The total TPC start pattern length is the number of power up commands plus the entered number of n power down 0
99. channel signal disturbed by an interfer ing AWGN signal The test setup pictured in Fig 4 83 is suitable to measure the base station dynamic range 1166 1560 12 4 170 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Base station SMU RF A under test Hybrid RX4 RX2 Termination BER measure if needed optional Signal generator for the wanted signal Signal generator for the AWGN interfering signal BER Measure if needed Fig 4 83 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T Range Init BTS l Set BTS to RMC 12 2 kbps Init SMU Fig 4 84 Structure of the Dynamic Range measurement 1166 1560 12 4 171 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Parameter Value RMC 12 2 kbps Scrambling code Any oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements Frequency B MandT Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BTS to the basic state Initialize the BTS oet the scrambling s
100. config contig config On On On On DigMod Std Del IMP Fig 4 108 Routing of baseband A to RF port A in case of BER test Marker Ira 1 Radio Frame OLIT z Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame 4 Radio Frame FadingA AWGNIIMP Al HQ Mod A RFIA Mod A config config config config ri On On On Std Del IMP TRIGGER 1 BBIn Graphics config config config On On Baseband B Fading B AWGNIIMP B RE A Mod B config contig config config On On On DigMod Std Del IMP Fig 4 109 Routing of baseband A to RF port B in case of BER test In case of routing to path A B the RF port A B holds a corrupted reference measurement channel signal In case of BLER tests both RF ports are active and can be connected to the base station for diversity reception The test setup pictured in Fig 4 110 is suitable to verify the base station internal BER and BLER calculation 1166 1560 12 4 220 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Base Station under test BS tester RX A Fig 4 110 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T 1166 1560 12 4 221 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measureme
101. control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal STATe ON OFF Transport Block Size TB Sets the Transport Block Size The user can select from e 168 bits e 360 bits Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal PRACh CCODing TYPE TB168 TB360 RF Frequency Sets the RF frequency of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal FREQ 100 0 KHz 6 0 GHz Power Level read only Displays the RF power level of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal POW 145 0 dBm 20 0 dBm 1166 1560 12 4 269 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W AWGN State Enables Disables the signal generation of the AWGN In case of Ac cording to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Defin able the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 AWGN STATe ON OFF Required BLER displayed if Sets the Required Pd The user can select from According to Standard e 0 1 e 0 01 This figure determines the ratio Eb NO according to the list of Ej No test requirements Remote control command CSOURTBB WSGP OTS25141 AWGNTRBLHOGKSEATE BOL BOQI Power Level within 3 84 Displays the AWGN power level in case of According to Standard MHz BW e 84 dBm when Wide Area BS e 4 dBm when Medium Range BS e 0 dBm when Local Area BS In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level figure
102. de materias residuales En el caso de que se produjeran agentes de peligro o combustibles en la aplicaci n del producto que debieran de ser transferidos a un tratamiento de materias residuales como por ejemplo agentes refrigerantes que deben ser repuestos en periodos definidos o aceites para motores deberan ser tenidas en cuenta las prescripciones de seguridad del fabricante de estos agentes de peligro o combustibles y las regulaciones regionales para el tratamiento de materias residuales Cuiden tambi n de tener en cuenta en caso dado las prescripciones de seguridad especiales en la descripci n del producto Ciertos productos como por ejemplo las instalaciones de radiaci n HF pueden a causa de su funci n natural emitir una radiaci n electromagn tica aumentada En vista a la protecci n de la vida en desarrollo deber an ser protegidas personas embarazadas debidamente Tambi n las personas con un bypass pueden correr 1171 0000 42 02 00 10 11 peligro a causa de la radiaci n electromagn tica El empresario est comprometido a valorar y se alar areas de trabajo en las que se corra un riesgo de exposici n a radiaciones aumentadas de riesgo aumentado para evitar riesgos La utilizaci n de los productos requiere instrucciones especiales y una alta concentraci n en el manejo Debe de ponerse por seguro de que las personas que manejen los productos est n a la altura de los requerimientos necesarios referente
103. defined timing Bet instrument to external trigger offset 100 usec e mor Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer TRIGgerl SEQuence SOURce EXTernal Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer TRIGgerl SEQuence HOLDoff 100us X menm EE EH define length of frames to be captured sprintf ib string SENSe CDPower IQLength d dynamic steps Fomu tbWitln analyzer 150 String 7 a x eene BEC Start SMU and FSQ read in the results A is x pp AA EE Clear status registers Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CLS LM EE start measurement on FSQ Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate IMMediate enable external trigger in SMU Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GP TRIGger SOURce EXTernal OPC Fsmu ibRd Generator 1b String Sizeot Lb String 7 E aaa Wait for next external trigger and for result Timeout SFN 0 trigger has got a period of 40 96 sec adjust time unknown 4 59 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W DUL Dn GEIS Dus SOOOPOIDSIY later restore e and save original time out value for Fsmu ibGetTmo analyzer amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo analyzer TI008 Fomu ibWrtln analyzer OPC EFsmu_1bRd analyzer 16 string Ssizeor Fsmu ibTmo analyzer SaveTimeOut ID String 7 Check Status error Register whether sycnc has
104. dir di di di dir dir Module ReferenceSensitivityLevel c sOOpyrcght c 2004 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Project FSMU Description measures the reference sensitivity level s according to test case 7 2 KK KK kk Ck kk kCk kk Ck k Ck kk kk KK KK k kk kk kk kk k kk kk kk kk k k k kk kk kk kk k kc k kk kk kk ck ck ck kk kk ifdef CVI this is needed by Labwindows CVI compiler only S include ansi c h else F gt ANSTI G compilers 7 include lt stdlib h gt FE aor EJ include lt stdio h gt PE Springs include lt string h gt L Serat SbrLhem 77 tendif include fsmu global h include 3gpp tests h EEE AAA void MeasureReferenceSensitivityLevel void KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK RARA KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK measures the reference sensitivity level KK KK KK kCkCk Ck KK KK kCk KK Ck k KK KK KK KK KK KK kCk KK KK k k k KK KK KK kck KK KK KK kck KKK KK KK KK KK ia E variables SHS S SS HR gt SRP SAS n RUE EA eb change the following variables according to your needs f 1166 1560 12 4 163 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W double dl frequency 2414 2 J GHz of transmitter A double dl ul duplex 0 19 GHz receiver freq is lower d int ue scrambling code 0x00 scrambling code of UE in hex A used for simulation only ab imt bts scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code of BIS im hex ae int
105. failed Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition Fsmu 1ibRdln analyzer ib string sizeot 10 string j Status atoll 1D String y check whether 2nd bit ist set in status Byte AX Status x DxU2 Fsmu MessageBox Fsmu CloseFsq felon ERROR Sync FAILED abort close FSQ on GPIB analyzer Fsmu ibWrtln switch to binary input analyzer FORMat DATA REAL 32 read in the measurements results from all frames tc E SEPTIMO A A diim euenit ca for frame index frame index lt dynamic steps frame index select current frame and wait for execution sprintf ib string CDPower FRAMe VALue 3d OPC frame index Fsm ibWrtln analyzer ib string 3j FSU ORG analyzer 15 String Srzeor 1D String 7 ESmu LoOWeceLa first slot was used for ramp down so skip it analyzer CALCulate2 MARKerl X 1 move marker to next minimum Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibRdln p step mim Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fomu xbsdlnu p Step max sprintf Cline analyzer analyzer analyzer float atof Ww analyzer analyzer analyzer float atof Ww ez tlt oledki STL CALCulate2 MARKer1 MINimum RIGHt CALCulate2 MARKerl Y 1b String Sizer 1b String 7 10 String 3 find maximum value CALCulate2 MARKerl MAXimum PEAK CALCulate2 MARKerl Y ib st
106. frame timing is able to syn chronise the R amp S SMU by an SFN System Frame Number periodic trigger In case the R amp S SMU of fers a channel coded signal e g as all the Reference Measurements Channels require the base station shall emit an SFN mod 4 periodic trigger see Fig 1 13 1166 1560 12 1 16 E 1 Information about the R amp S SMU R amp S FSMU W The R amp S SMU itself is able to synchronize further measuring instruments by its Marker1 trace R amp S SMU Base BS frame Station trigger Measuring Instrument Fig 1 13 R amp S SMU synchronization by start trigger R amp S SMU Clock Master External clock T reference SMU clock reference Fig 1 14 R amp S SMU synchronization to clock master slave Note When building up the measurement setups according to TS 25 141 it might be useful that all the instruments share a common reference clock However after the R amp S SMU uses its internal clock reference by default In order to feed in the clock of an external clock master the RF module configuration should be switched to external clock referency Before triggering the R amp S SMU the user is able to change the settings This applies particularly to RF power levels in order to compensate cable loss and additionally inserted attenuators These RF power levels can easily be adjusted in the right upper corner of the SMU GUI Table 1 2 gives a summary of all the steps required t
107. generator Fsmu ibRd generator j else Esmu L6BWetin Generator Fsmu ibRd generator j tendif R amp S FSMU W BB W3GP TRIGger SOURce EXTernal OPC 10 SELINA SiZeor Lb String x BB W3GP TRIGger EXECute OPC LSI Leer AID StESDL rl x jy mene a The SMU is now ready to start signal generation nu TE x A AAA Ds el Cle ESO CDO ErequenCy Ms ESAS cec Ay Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer a er Os Stall hue measurement dE a F Send a Start trigger impulse bo the SMU sand ESQ 252 id The SMU will Statt signal generation ald gt 3 2 3 E P phe ESO DES qedsurenont procedures RAR u p SEES c ie callate he Testi ess See ae SS E ra The FSQ calculates the out of band emission and NS NN AR ES Ol Sa ee EI EDD IE 7 ifdef FSMU LOG DATA a EEEIEE EET E OEE P UTR i jw Sean eS Werte OUPDUE dara Ie f APA es Jr eee et eee a x BILE S myrixle mytile ropen transmit 2mntermodulationsdat Tw 7 if myfile Ttprbprntr mMytile T This is d da Ge Lille fclose myfile j j endif Dy mc d Display be resul ass OR ARS aF SpESNDI deste SEEL y SPSS SO SO esee qe Aq j Verification of transmit intermodulationin AA a a ane Tae eee MEM Fomu MessageBox Quem RESULT 4s result String y ASS
108. ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe6 INPut ATTenuation 10 DB Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe6 INPut GAIN STATe OFF Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe6 POINts 313 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe6 TRANsducer FSMU ibd Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe6 BREak ON range 7 from 20 MHz above edge of band up to 12 75 GHz Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe7 FREQuency STARt 2190 MHz sprintf ib string LIST RANGe7 FREQuency STOP 9 3f MHz max frequency analyzer 10 string j analyzer LIST RANGe7 FILTer TYPE NORMal analyzer LIST RANGe7 BANDwidth RESolution 1 MHZ analyzer LIST RANGe7 BANDwidth VIDeo 3 MHz analyzer LIST RANGe7 SWEep TIME 1000ms analyzer LIST RANGe7 DETector RMS analyzer LIST RANGe7 RLEVel 10 dBm analyzer LIST RANGe7 INPut ATTenuation 10 dB analyzer LIST RANGe7 INPut GAIN STATe OFF analyzer LIST RANGe7 POINts 30001 analyzer LIST RANGe7 TRANsducer FSMU wbd analyzer LIST RANGe7 BREak OFF Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fomu aibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSel SWEep MODE LIST sweep breaks and sweep finished is handled us
109. in the uplink channel The base station responds by controlling the transmitted power of the data channel which is checked by the R amp S FSQ Two different scenarios are tested To measure the aggregated power the power of the channel is set starting from Prax 3dB to Pin and then back to Pmax 3dB See Fig 4 10 Plot of the code domain power in the aggregated power control steps Prin iS less than or equal to Pmax 28 dB meaning a dynamic range of at least 25 dB is required Test model 2 sets the channel 120 30 ksps to a power level of Pax 3 dB and thus represents the starting position for the measurement The R amp S SMU then sends a number of TPC bits with a value of 0 corresponding to the number of power steps the base station has Then the same number of TPC bits with a value of 1 is transmitted so that the power of the channel being tested is again equal to Pmax 3 dB The standard requires measurement of the cumulative power differences of the falling and rising edge in the respective upper and lower power range To be able to perform this test in a single measurement it is necessary to record more than one frame For a stepsize of 0 5 dB and a dynamic range of 25 dB at least 100 timeslots must be recorded corresponding to 7 frames Using the R amp S FSQ s multiframe function the frames required for this purpose can be recorded without any gaps and then be analyzed To ensure that the base statio
110. inform tica se deber tener en cuenta que estos cumplan los requisitos de la EC950 EN60950 Nunca abra la tapa o parte de ella si el producto est en funcionamiento Esto pone a descubierto los cables y componentes el ctricos y puede causar heridas fuego o da os en el producto Si un producto es instalado fijamente en un lugar se deber primero conectar el conductor protector fijo con el conductor protector del aparato antes de hacer cualquier otra conexi n La instalaci n y la conexi n deber n ser efecutadas por un electricista especializado 1171 0000 42 02 00 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 En caso de que los productos que son instalados fijamente en un lugar sean sin protector implementado autointerruptor o similares objetos de protecci n deber la toma de corriente estar protegida de manera que los productos o los usuarios est n suficientemente protegidos Por favor no introduzca ning n objeto que no est destinado a ello en los orificios de la caja del aparato No vierta nunca ninguna clase de l quidos sobre o en la caja Esto puede producir corto circuitos en el producto y o puede causar golpes de corriente fuego o heridas Aseg rese con la protecci n adecuada de que no pueda originarse en el producto una sobrecarga por ejemplo a causa de una tormenta Si no se ver el personal que lo utilice expuesto al peligro de un golpe de corriente Los productos R amp S no est n prote
111. input 1166 1560 12 1 2 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Information about the R amp S FSQ Tips and Special Tricks Optimum Setting of the Reference Level and the Input Attenuator of the R amp S FSQ The accuracy and dynamic range that are possible when measuring with the R amp S FSQ are dependent primarily on proper settings of the input attenuator and the reference level These parameters need to be set to meet different criteria in different measurements To make the instrument as easy to use as possible while still producing the best possible measurement accuracy and dynamic range a separate automatic routine is provided in each measurement mode to set the R amp S FSQ This routine can be called up in each measurement mode by pressing the ADJUST REF LVL softkey For swept measurements of the K72 the reference level is set optimally depending on the spacing from the useful signal e g when measuring the adjacent channel power or the spectrum emission mask Obtaining an Optimum Setting for the R amp S FSQ s Attenuator The signal being measured passes directly from the input connector via the attenuator to the input mixer i e there is no filtering This means that all of the spectral components contribute to the input level Digital Signal Processing did Pmax 30 dBm Prax 20 dBm Prax Ref Lvl 3dB RF Attenuator Mixer IF Filter Result Display Fig 1 3 Level relationships in the R amp S FSQ In terms of the optimum level at the inp
112. is performed in the R amp S FSQ in compliance with the standard using a sweep of a 30 kHz filter Depending on the distance to the carrier s the reference level is automatically adjusted so as to achieve the widest possible measurement dynamic range However it is also possible to make the measurement in zero span with channel filters which are set one after another to the carrier s and the adjacent channels This will speed up the measurement but it does have the effect of somewhat reducing the dynamic range particularly in the first adjacent channel Set Fast ACLR opt gt Press the FAST ACLR ON OFF softkey The green marker will switch from OFF to ON and the R amp S FSQ will measure the ACLR using channel filters Measurement of the individual carriers takes place in zero span which will naturally change what is displayed Lower 54 18 dB Upper 50 09 dB En 35 75 aBm BU MEO Chez 35 73 dBm Lower 58 06 dB ch3 35 67 dBm Upper 50 0 dB Ch 4 23 360 dBm Total 41 70 dBm Fig 4 44 Measuring the ACLR with Fast ACP Sample Program Measurement with the Analyzer Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 3 section General Routines f E KK k k k k k k k k k k k e k k k k k k k k k k k KKK k k k k k k kk kkk kk kkk kk ke e e ke ke ke e ec ke ke e e e ke ke e e e ke ke e e e ek kx void MeasureAdjacentChannelLeakageRatio void S EKK k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k
113. k k d k k k k d k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk kkk kk kkk kkk measures the linearity of the inner loop of channel 120 EE A variables change the following variables according to your needs unsigned int preamble length 2 TPC pattern starts with some frames with all TPC 1 e unsigned int dynamic steps 25 All steps no less than 10 E double power step size 10 g 1 0 orf 0 5 dB ur double dl frequency 2 14 y GHz of transmitter i double dl ul duplex 0 19 GHz receiver freq is lower lt 7 double uplink level 111 ya dBm d LME ue scrambling code 0x00 scrambling code of UE in hex Pi used for simulation only ut int bts scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code of BTS in hex el nt smu_trigger delay 0 trame trigger to SMU im chips y leave the following variables untouched variables for GPIB bus char ib string 10900 3 strings written to gpib bus zi ainc analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer i int generator GPIB handle for Generator ut unknown 4 47 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W int status Of service register ui int SaveTimeOut save value when changine device s default time
114. k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk kk k kk kkk kk kkk kk kkk kk kkk measure the Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR of the BTS kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk variables change the following variables according to your needs double frequency 2 14 GHz m NE num of carriers 4 for multi carrier BTS only 7 leave the following variables untouched variables for GPIB bus char tmp string 80 I string to hold tmp result E char ib String L000 strings for 1 0 with gpib bus m int analyzer 0 GPIB handle for analyzer E7 ine generator 0 GPIB handle for generator e a ii calculation and result display char result string T0000 Strings for result display ur unknown 4 99 E 1 Test Case 6 5 2 2 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR R amp S FSMU W int count J number of results a int lindex for result loop a float results 100 of trace m J m initialize BTS bemu MessageBox User ito 9 9 Set BTS to Test Model 1 Max Power n all carriers on if multi carrier BTS initialize FSQ Fsm
115. least one digit e sprintf ib string SENSe CDPower LCODe VALue H 1x scrambling code Psmu bwWrtln analyzer 10 Strang j use auto detection of test model best results in most cases alternatively use predefined test model 2 b or 5 as appropriate Fomu 2DWrtin analyzes TCONPIOurerWOCDPowerrBISrCITABJesoTIATe ON Fomu DWrtin analyzer TICUNEIOUreTWCDPOWer PISTCIABIGOTOELNCI sce 1 16 or JGB I ce y SGP 1 64 or GR 4 or MOE 5 Z7 965 7 QUPD S GMT O E ee kde SEE y Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle STATe OFF a A set antenna diversity to antenna 1 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower ANTenna 1 PA AAA A code domain power measurement Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer CALCulate2 FEED XTIM CDP ERR SUMMary e perform an auto adjust the FSQ settings wait for the command execution E this needs the external trigger being active too s d Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel OPC Fsm zbRdln analyzer aib string Srzeof 1D string pa gt read out reference level store for further use Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV Fsmu ibRdln analyzer ib string sizeot ib strring J ISq rer lvl atot 1D String y pe usenteeecue read out input attenuator store for further use Fsmu ibWrtln ana
116. lowest frequency for the adjacent channels in the lower frequency range Channel with the highest frequency for the adjacent channels in the upper frequency range Set the reference channel to carriers with the lowest and highest frequency opt gt Press the ACP REF SETTINGS softkey The menu for selecting the ACP reference channel will appear Use the rotary knob or cursor keys to select LOWEST amp HIGHEST CHANNEL and use the key to accept this entry Increasing the Measurement Dynamic Range through Noise Correction The measurement dynamic range of the R amp S FSQ can be increased further by taking into account the intrinsic noise of the R amp S FSQ in the displayed signal The R amp S FSQ will do this automatically if noise correction is switched on Switch on noise correction opt Press the NOISE CORR ON OFF softkey The green marker will switch from OFF to ON The R amp S FSQ will now measure its intrinsic noise and take this into account in displaying the measurement results Ref 56 8 dBm Att 10 dB SWT 100 ms 50 ES 30 BET 20 LVL 0 10 20 30 40 Center 2 14 GHz 10 ms Tx Channel W CDMA 3GPP FWD Bandwidth c MHZ Powe r 4 3 1 O dBm Fig 4 43 Measuring the ACLR with Fast ACP unknown 4 98 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 2 2 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR Speeding Up the Measurement Measurement of the ACLR
117. measurements are described in Chapter 2 General Settings unknown 4 153 E 1 Test Case 6 7 2 Peak Code Domain Error R amp S FSMU W Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 2 section General Routines A kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkx void MeasurePeakCodeDomainError void S E K K k k k k k k d e k de k ke k k d k k k k d k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k e k k k k e k k k k kk k k k kk kk kkk kk kk measures the peak code domain error of the BTS kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk variables change the following variables according to your needs double frequency 2 14 GHz ey int scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code in hex ey PR RAR leave the following variables untouched jE as ree nenn variables for GPIB bus char 10 SUC mg LOGO strings written to gpib bus ae d int analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer PE Int status of service register ud calculation and result display char result string 1000 strings read in from gpib bus Fsq ResultSummary result summary structure of the results ut int length of data in Bytes as reported by
118. need to be evaluated for the following frame slot values Fam se ve o e command command M Measurement of the Alternating Power Steps The necessary TPC sequence is entered into UE1 as a data list This is necessary for sequences starting with a length of 64 bits This means that there is no limit on the length of sequences R amp S SMU 1 Switch baseband generation back off Select State The signal should be switched back off and ON should switch to OFF No more markers are output unknown 4 43 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSQ 2 Reset multiframe mode Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the key The side menu for the settings will open gt Press the MULTI FRM CAPTURE 4 softkey The softkeys for configuring the multiframe measurement will appear Press the CAPTURE LENGTH softkey Enter the desired number of frames in the input field using the keypad One frame is required per power step 3 Activate the measurement Press the key The side menu for the sweep settings will open Press the CONTINUE SGL SWEEP softkey The R amp S FSQ will be prepared for the next single sweep R amp S SMU The TPC bits are read out of a data list It is necessary to prepare the data list and then to reference it For the evaluation it is best to use a separate frame for each p
119. of the means of transport Noncompliance can result in personal injury or material damage If you use the product in a vehicle it is the sole responsibility of the driver to drive the vehicle safely Adequately secure the product in the vehicle to prevent injuries or other damage in the event of an accident Never use the product in a moving vehicle if doing so could distract the driver of the vehicle The driver is always responsible for the safety of the vehicle the manufacturer assumes no responsibility for accidents or collisions If a laser product e g a CD DVD drive is integrated in a Rohde amp Schwarz product do not use any other settings or functions than those described in the documentation Otherwise this may be hazardous to your health since the laser beam can cause irreversible damage to your eyes Never try to take such products apart and never look into the laser beam Sheet 4 Por favor lea imprescindiblemente antes de la primera puesta en funcionamiento las siguientes informaciones de seguridad Informaciones de seguridad Es el principio de Rohde amp Schwarz de tener a sus productos siempre al d a con los estandards de seguridad y de ofrecer a sus clientes el m ximo grado de seguridad Nuestros productos y todos los equipos adicionales son siempre fabricados y examinados seg n las normas de seguridad vigentes Nuestra secci n de gesti n de la seguridad de calidad controla constantemente que sean cum
120. on e 1 no FBI field TFCI off unknown 4 33 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W Overall Symbol Rate DPDCH Power Ratio DPCCH DPDCH Propagation Delay TPC Start Pattern unknown e 2 1 FBI field TFCI on e 3 1 FBI field TFCI off e 4 2 FBI field TFCI off e 5 2 FBI field TFCI on Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal DPCCh SFORmat 0 5 oets the overall symbol rate of all the DPDCH channels The structure of the DPDCH channeltable depends on this parameter The user can select from e 15 ksps e 30 ksps e 60 ksps e 120 ksps e 240 ksps e 480 ksps e 960 ksps e 2x 960 ksps e 3x 960 ksps e 4x 960 ksps e 5x 960 ksps e 6x 960 ksps Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal DPDCh ORATe D15K D30K D60K D120k D240k D480k D960k D1920k D2880k D3840k D4800k D5760k Sets the channel power ratio of DPCCH versus DPDCH Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal DCRatio oets an additional propagation delay besides the fixed DL UL timing offset of 1024 chip periods Note The additional propagation delay is achieved by charging the start trigger impulse with the respective delay Remote control command SOUR BB WSGP TS25141 WSiGnal TRIGger EXTernal DEL ay oets the controling TPC pattern for initialisation of the base stations power level The TPC Start pattern is sent before the TPC repeat pattern The user
121. original value is save in the routine and restored after wait dl A a AS e Eum iub wait 10 seconds for SRQ Status Fsmu LDWaitkoroHRO 0 T10S 5 PA deeem rinm check if we got an SRQ or a time out af status J Bn SRO Occured read in the status register via serial poll an ESR would interrupt the query above f Fsmu_ibRsp analyzer amp serial poll j PA n gt if bit 7 is set sweep has finished if serial poll amp 0x80 Status Operation mie reset the bit we disabled all other OPERation bits so it wig our break condition y Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer STATus OPERation EVENT Fomu bRdin analyzer ib string Sizeot 10 string j ret value SRO BREAK j if bit 5 is set operation is completed or any error occured 2r serial poll amp 0x20 ESB 7 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer ESR Fsmu ibRdln analyzer 10 Sting Si2e80 10 String 7 Status Atol 1D Strang 5 pe Sara ao check tor OPC bit Af status amp 001 1 ret Value SRO OPC check additionially for Error Conditions in ESR register af status amp Oxte i 0 ret value SRQ ERROR ESR A Sense icut bit for Error Queue if serial poll amp 0x04 Error ret value SRO ERROR QUEUE j necis ciere E no SRQ detected
122. out via ibtmo ej calculation and result int power step index used when filling the power control steps array ig unsigned int frame index index when reading the frames y unsigned 10 slot index index when writing the slots ur unsigned int dynamic frames number of frames to be measured i d power step power control steps 100 15 max 100 frames with 15 control steps each Uf char result string 10000 ascii string of result message m float p maxi max channel power falling slope 7 lIloat p maxi ml0 p maxl minus 10 dB T IIOSt p min 7 min channel power only one E7 cae pmini plo p min minus 10 dB falling slope Wr LIOBLI Omin plo y p min minus l0 dB raising slope A float p maxzZ max channel power rising slope n float p max2 ml0 p max2 minus 10 dB mut ee ee a s M AGGREGATED POWER zm PA calculate aggregated TPC pattern PE gatare with preamble length ones ai LO Sel DPUOH TO Sel DPCA TO Max OULDUL Dower and enable BTS answering the TPC bits send Marker 1 to trigger FSQ after preamble On linus wilh Ayhamie Lopo zeros m to set DPCH to set DPCH to min output power DOHLIDUS With dynamic steps ones to set DPCH to set DPCH to max output power again fill last frame with ones this makes debugging easier as the pattern repeats
123. s Tr o 9 0 eese o 9 uem tsi Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the options e R amp S FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2 RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main module R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and e R amp S FSMU B3 consisting of R amp S SMU B14 Fading simulator R S SMU B152x Fading simulator extension R amp S SMU K71 Dynamic Fading are required to set up the SMU 1166 1560 12 4 242 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case 8 4 Demodulation of DCH in Moving Propagation Condi tions This test case is identical to test case 8 2 1 except from the channel simulation that is set to Moving Propagation and Ej N test requirements Eb NO Test requirements in multipath Case 4 channel for BS with Rx diversity for BS without Rx diversity ws M 4d 9 wed ad mem Mad 9 qunm mie 9 A o s uz o s9 uam oes 9 uem tse i Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the options e R amp S FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main module R amp S SMU K62 Additive whit
124. should open Press the NEXT key The side menu for the Amplitude menu should appear Press the REF LEVEL OFFSET softkey gt Use the keypad to enter the desired external attenuation in the input field e g 10 and complete your entry by pressing the dB key Use positive numbers to enter attenuation values Entering a Fixed Attenuation Value for the Test Setup in the R amp S SMU 2 Seta fixed value for the transfer function Select Config in the RF A MOD A menu The menu for RF module A and the analog module will appear Select LEVEL EMF The menu for configuring the RF output will appear There enter the desired level offset e g 10 dBm in the Offset menu Use negative numbers to enter attenuation values Correction of the Frequency Response of the Test Setup Basic Concept The basic circuit that connects the R amp S FSMU W to the base station is shown Fig 3 1 Base Station FSQ Cable SMU Cable Fig 3 1 Basic test setup 1166 1560 12 3 2 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Correction of the Frequency Response of the Test Setup In the R amp S FSQ you can take the frequency response of the FSQ Cable into account in the measurement by using what is known as transducer factors In the R amp S SMU the corresponding table is known as the user correction table The R amp S FSQ s transducer tables can be created with this configuration and can be directly stored out of the measurement trace You
125. signal versus the interference sig nal In case of According to Standard the ratio is fixed to 63 0 dB In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power ratio figure Remote control command SOOURSBBIWSGPITSZ25IAI IESTIrgnal CNRBatio oets the type of interference signal modulation In case of According to Standard the baseband B generates another reverse link 3GPP signal determined by e mode DPCCH DPDCH e DPDCH with 240 ksps 0 dB relative power PRBS23 data source e DPCCH with 5 46 dB relative power and slot format 2 e Same scrambling code as the wanted signal In case of User Definable the user may activates a QPSK signal 3 84 MHz bandwidth root cosine filter 0 22 PRBS9 data source as an alternative Remote control command COOUR BR N GP TS25 14I e TESI gnas TIPE TWODMA OPSK 4 180 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Fig 4 88 shows an achieved example signal flow within the SMU after pressing the Apply Settings button Marker Ira 1 Radio Frame OLIT z Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame 4 Radio Frame Fading A AWGNIIMP Al REA Mod A config config config On On Std Del IMP jv TRIGGER 1 Graphics config contig BB In contig On On On Fading B AWGN IMP B RFA Mod B config config config TRIGGER 1 Iv On On Std Del IMP 1 Radio Frame z Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame 4 Radio Frame m
126. signal with a longer duration than is specified by the frame trigger Press the key The basic configuration menu will appear again 6 Set the marker The measurement by the R amp S FSQ is initiated by the R amp S SMU with Marker 1 To enable continuous measurement the period of the marker generation is set to the length of the pattern The marker is handled as follows Select Trigger Marker Select Mode Armed Retrigger This causes the TPC sequence to be started with the external trigger event It is restarted for each external trigger event Select Marker 1 in the Marker Mode field oet it to User Period The menu for entering the period duration should appear Select the Period menu and set the same number of frames as was computed in step 15 Press the key The basic configuration menu will appear again 9 Switch on RF generation Press the key The RF output of the R amp S SMU will be switched on The color of the RF A Mod block will change to blue and a check will appear next to ON 10 Switch on baseband generation gt Select State The signal will be computed and OFF will change to ON unknown 4 41 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W Alternatively the steps to construct the desired signal can be carried out via the test case wizard Set the test case wizard gt gt Y VV VV ON N ON ON V V Press Test Case and select Test Case 6 4 2 The panel adapts
127. signals or fading profiles are generated 3GPP Version Release 5 Chip Rate 3 84 Mcps Link Direction Downlink Forward y Filter Clipping ARB Settings Root Cosine Clip Off Trigger Marker Auto Stopped Clock Internal Configure Basestation OCNS Add OCNS Mode Standard Test Setups Models Predefined Settings Reset All Basestations Copy Basestation Select BaseStation BS1 BS2 BS3 BS4 On On On On Fig 1 10 Panel 3GPP FDD 1166 1560 12 1 12 E 1 Information about the R amp S SMU R amp S FSMU W Panel Test Case Wizard The panel falls into three parts In the upper part Fig 1 11 the user can select among e the available test cases according to the TS 25 141 e the degree of freedom of input settings by Edit Mode e trigger and marker configurations e diversity and two routing schemes Route Baseband A to RF output port A Baseband B is routed to RF output port B or its signal is added to RF output port A depending on the test case The baseband A signal is disturbed by the modules FADER A or AWGN A depending on the test case The baseband B signal is disturbed by the mod ules FADER B or AWGN B depending on the test case Route Baseband A to RF output port Baseband A is routed to RF output port A or its signal is added to RF output port B depending on the test case The baseband A signal is disturbed by the modules FADER B or AWGN B depending on the test ca
128. state 2 Load a suitable transducer table opt You can skip this step if the attenuation of the external circuitry is automatically included in the result Press the key gt Press the TRANSDUCER Y softkey A selection window will display the stored transducer tables gt Choose the desired table by means of the Y or keys and select it via the key The desired table is marked with v If you press the key again the transducer table is deactivated Press the ESC key The selection of the transducer table is terminated 3 Set a fixed value for the transfer function opt You can skip this step if the attenuation of the external circuitry is automatically included in the result or if the transducer table contains all frequency correction data Press the key The amplitude menu opens Press the key The side menu of the amplitude menu opens Press the REF LEVEL OFFSET softkey Enter the desired external attenuation in the entry field using the numeric keypad 10 in the example and terminate with the key 4 Set the center frequency to the frequency of the base station Press the key The frequency menu opens Enter the desired frequency in the entry field using the numeric keypad and terminate by pressing the unit key Example 2140 MHz 5 Start the 3GPP FDD measurement application for base stations Pressthe 3GFDD BS hotkey If this hotkey is not at the lower part of the screen
129. station by at least 60 dB An attenuator with a value of approx 10 dB should be connected in front of the filter to keep the VSWR from getting too high for the base station The input sensitivity of the R amp S FSQ is sufficient when equipped with the optional preamplifier Option FSU B25 Measuring Subranges In order to be able to quickly verify suspected interferers you can restrict the frequency range of the measurement in the Frequency menu 8 Restrict the frequency range gt Press the key The Frequency menu should appear gt Press the START softkey Use the keypad to enter the desired start frequency in the input field and finish by pressing the key You can enter the frequency in units of GHz MHz kHz and Hz gt Press the STOP softkey Use the keypad to enter the desired stop frequency in the input field and finish by pressing the key You can enter the frequency in units of GHz MHz kHz and Hz The measurement will be performed in the frequency ranges specified by the ranges The frequency limits entered using Start and Stop will also be taken into account It is also possible to use only parts of a range For example you can measure in the range of the 3 harmonic by entering 6 31 GHz as the start frequency and 6 35 GHz as the stop frequency Limit Lines Limit lines are used for automatic monitoring of limits They are also used during creation of the peak lists Peaks are entered into the list only if they exceed th
130. steps FreqStep FreqStop FreqStart NoOfPts 1 if FregStep 1 Esmu MessageBox 9 7 ERROR sx Span lt 1 Hz no user correction in zero span j return PSMU ERROR j PA A EEMeE read in the data read them into an array using ASCII transfer Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer FORM ASCII TRACel TRACE1 Fomu 2oORdiIn analyzer abi String SXzeof 1b String 3 a ii convert into float array Fsmu ConvertFsgqghResultIrace 1D string levels No0tPEs 7 A amc close FSQ on GPIB Fomu ClosePsq analyzer J initialize SMU Fsmu InitSmu amp generator EE EE Select new user correction table sprintf ib string SOURce CORRection CSET SELect s FileName Esmu 1ibWrtin generator 10 string j write frequencies a x pa AO do not set BOL after Clans ce es pesos mor Femu 10BOt generator U 1166 1560 12 9 9 E 1 Sample Program R amp S FSMU W Fsmu ibWrtln generator CORR CSET DATA FREQ Freg ErIedgdoLtarc 4 ior rt idx L r id lt No0tPts y fr dx sprinti buffer 7 1tA2 Freq Freq Freqstep Esmu ibWrtln generator butter j a ddr set EOI after transfer Fomu ZDEOL generator 1 j AA tcs write last frequency data sprint
131. summary structure of the results mun int length of data in Bytes as reported by FSQ ar JA an a a measure max output power as in step 6 2 1 pe a oe E initialize base station Fomu MesseageBOX 5 User lato Tes measure max power according to 6 2 1 max power tml MeasureBtsPowerWithAnalyzer 0 initialize FSQ Fsmu InitFsq amp analyzer Fsmu SetupInstrumentFsq analyzer Set the instrument to the frequency of the base station sprintf ib string SENSel FREQuency CENTer g GHZ frequency Foma 1bWrtln analyzer ib string 7 Switch on 3GPP FDD BTS measurement this sets the instrument to continous sweep implicitely ee a a a a E a7 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INSTrument SELect BWCD A ee ce set instrument to single sweep Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer INITiatel CONTinuous OFF set instrument to external trigger opt offset 100 usec set trigger to external after switch on code domain power d measurement as negative trigger offsets are only allowed in zero span f unknown 4 68 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Fsmu Fsmu _ Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range ibWrtln analyzer TRIGgerl SEQ
132. system for the base station s transmitted power for each channel This is known as the inner control loop and its functioning is checked as part of this test This test is used to verify whether the base station can vary the power of a channel in the code domain within certain limits Up Link BIS 0 1 KIK 00 A UE sends TPC bits BTS changes power level time slots Fig 4 9 Power control on the downlink Basic principle of the control loop The UE evaluates the signal quality in each timeslot and then requests that the transmit level of the BS be increased or decreased accordingly This request is transmitted using the transmit power control bits TPC sent by the UE in the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH in the uplink channel Based on the received TPC bits the base station adjusts the power in the channel by exactly one power level up or down as needed either 1 0 dB or 0 5 dB depending on the standard This test checks to see whether the magnitude of each individual power step ranges within certain limits starting from each possible power step The cumulative power change as a result of ten successive identical TPC bits is also checked Quotation from 1 The power control step is the required step change in the code domain power of a code channel in response to the corresponding power control command The combined output power change is the required total change
133. the Measurement ResultS oocccooccccccncoccncoccncocnncnononncnnoncnnnnnnnnnnos 4 235 MDS ANG Special MICK S cards 4 235 Sampler Mrs 4 235 Test Case 8 3 1 Demodulation of DCH in Multipath Fading Case 1 Conditions 4 239 Recommended OPINAS P MN A IT eicasid 4 239 Test Case 8 3 2 Demodulation of DCH in Multipath Fading Case 2 Conditions 4 240 Recommended Options EE I Um EE M 4 240 Test Case 8 3 3 Demodulation of DCH in Multipath Fading Case 3 Conditions 4 241 Recommended OpPlIOAs Rx ETE 4 241 Test Case 8 3 4 Demodulation of DCH in Multipath Fading Case 4 Conditions 4 242 Recommended OPUONS as iM M S DE 4 242 Test Case 8 4 Demodulation of DCH in Moving Propagation Conditions 4 243 Recommended OPINAS s oo dad 4 243 Test Case 8 5 Demodulation of DCH in Birth Death Propagation Conditions 4 244 Recommended OPINAS uota dme eee pm d 4 244 Test Case 8 6 Verification of Internal BLER oocccccncccncccncocncocncocnconnconnnonnconnconnnnnnonanonanos 4 245 OSE doll eR PU E 4 245 MOS SOU 0 4 245 Recommended OPINAS m 4 246 Test Case Wizard Palin 4 246 Variation in the Parameters of the Base Stati0N oocccoccccccnccccncconnconnnonanonononononos 4 249 Structure of the Measurement ocoocccccncccncccncccnoconcconocnnoconoconnonnnonnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 250 Settings on the Base Station drea
134. the Parameters of the Base StatiON coocccocccocncocncccnconnccnnocanonaninanos 4 149 Peculiarities for Multicarrier ccoooccconcconcconcconcconoconiconoconononononnnnnnonanonononanonanenanos 4 150 Structure of the Measurement ocoocccccccccncccncconcconcconocanoconoconoonnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnos 4 151 Settings on the Base Station ccooncoconccconccconcconnononnonanccnonconanononnnnonnonancnnancnnaninos 4 151 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent coocccncncccncccncocncocncocnnonnnonnnonnnonnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 152 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS coocccocccocccocncocnconnconncconocanocanocononoss 4 153 Mosa I C Et O e 4 153 Sample T TOGFODas osuere pU iN eL LM LC I Lu ALL LE CM EUER LU ee 4 154 Receiver TeSt CASES C UL TELE LL ELI ENTRE 4 157 Test Case 7 2 Reference Sensitivity Level oooccoconccconccccnccocnoconnocanconancononocannonannnnono 4 157 Test bidon 4 157 TESSA EE 4 157 Recommended Options ccccccsccceececeececeeecceeeceeeccueeceucessueesseeecseessueessueesseeeseeeseas 4 157 Test Case Wizard Panel occoonccocccocccocncocncocnnccnoconocononononononononononanonanonanonanocaninanenoso 4 158 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiON ccoocccocccocncocncccncocnconnccnnonanonanos 4 161 Structure of the Measurement ocoocccocncccncccncccncconoconoconoconoconocnnnonnnoncnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 161 Settings on the Base S
135. the frequency of the instrument ae sprintf ib string SENSel FREQuency CENTer g GHZ frequency Fomu 1bWrtin analyzer ib string auto adjust the FSQ settings wait for the command execution Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel OPC Feno IDRA analyzer 1b String Suzeor xD Sstring trigger FSQ and wait for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate IMMediate OPC ESmu IDBRU analyzer ID string srzeor ib String 2 read in the result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer unknown 4 100 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 2 2 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult ACPower ksmu 16Ra analyzer 2D String Srzoor 1b Sstring y Mun of Carriers L7 else a a a a E A a multi carrier BTS A S f Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe ON emere measure multi carrier ACLR Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower MEASurement MCACLR A E ri me X carriers are on sprintf ib string SENSe POWer ACHannel TXChannel COUNt d Dum OF Carriers 7 Fomu ibWrtln
136. the screen update e Sets the trigger to internal Declaration void Fsmu SetupInstrumentFsq int ud Parameters ud GPIB handle of the analyzer Returned value None 1166 3363 12 1 22 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Notes on programming examples Fsmu ConvertFsqResultSummary The result summary of the R amp S FSQ can be queried either in ASCII format FORMat ASCii orin binary format FORMat REAL 32 Transmission in ASCII format is slower and the result must be converted Binary format however requires that the compiler be able to process the Reals receive function in Intel IEEE format which cannot always be defined in advance The present function converts the string in ASCII format and stores the result in a structure Fsq ResultSummary see page 1 34 Declaration int Fsmu ConvertFsqResultSummary char input string Fsq ResultSummary summary Parameters input string Result string of the R amp S FS K72 with the values of the result summary in ASCII format summary The results in a C structure Returned value 0 An error occurred during conversion all values were set to 200 1 No error occurred Fsmu ConvertFsqResultTrace A trace of the R amp S FSQ can be queried either in ASCII format or in binary format Transmission in ASCII format is slower and the result must be converted Binary format however requires that the compiler be able to process the Floats processing function in Intel IEEE format which cannot alw
137. the test setup and location of the trigger input connector Base Station 1 WOLDI amp SCHWARE SMU 200A VECTOR SIGNAL GENERATOR 1141 2005 02 1 m mam rem sd j d H d z DATAO gt al i ES i PS a ejtjejjee tus EP ES E TRIGGER1 Trigger Fig 2 3 R amp S SMU triggering R amp S SMU settings With the R amp S SMU use only the Free Run or External trigger types when carrying out measurements of 3GPP base stations Measurements in the code range are usually faster with external triggering than with internal triggering since it is easier to search for the beginning of the frame Set the trigger type to Free Run This trigger type is on after pressing Preset gt Press the key gt Press the FREE RUN softkey The softkey is highlighted in green Set the trigger type to External gt Press the TRIG key Press the External softkey The softkey is highlighted in green Compensate for the analog delays between the trigger event and the beginning of the frame Press the TRIGGER OFFSET softkey 1166 1560 12 2 3 E 1 Reference Frequency R amp S FSMU W Reference Frequency With the R amp S SMU the internal reference is sufficient With the R amp S FSQ the optional oven controlled crystal oscillator OCXO is sufficient for all measurements A high precision reference frequency max error lt 5E 9 is recommended only for test 6 3 frequency error Connect the referenc
138. to TS 25 141 5 4 2 Power Control Steps Tesi Case General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard y Trigger Configuration auto Marker Configuration auto Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF PortA gt Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex fo Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power Class Wide Area BS Power dBm 70 i i 0 997 0 598 0 999 1 001 1 002 1 003 Frequency GHz State On RF Frequency 100000000000 GHz Power Level 120 3 dBm gt Slot Format DPCCH UD Overall Symbol Rate DPDCH 60 ksps y Power Ratio DPCCH DPDCH 0 00 dB Propagation Delay 0 00 Chips y TPC Start Pattern Max Pow Less N Steps y Power Up Steps 1 Power Down Steps EI TPC Repeat Pattern Single Power Steps y Apply Settings Fig 4 13 Test case panel for According to Standard unknown 4 32 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps E 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 6 4 2 Power Control Steps Test Case General Settings Edit Mode UserDefinable y Triqger Configuration Auto z Marker Configuration Auto Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF PortA gt Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex jo Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power dBm zg l E 0 997 0 995 0 999 1 1 001 1 002 1 003 Frequency GHz RF Frequency 1 000000 000 00 GHz y Power Level 4203 dBm y Slot Format
139. too the channel starting at code number 240 here is of length 16 codes That means its spreading code length is 32 and its original channel number is 15 On analyzer R amp S FSQ the projection as in figure 1 is used to show the channels that the signal contains The automatism of channel numbers and their corresponding code numbers within the projection leads to two possibilities in entering the code number of a special channel The code number can be entered as the original channel number connected with the spreading code length used separated by comma or as the code number it refers to in the projection onto the highest spreading factor If not otherwise stated the following rule applies for the next chapters of the present document A channel that is determined by the number CN SR corresponds to a channel with channel number CN and symbol rate SR For channel 120 30 for example this means The channel has channel number 120 and is transmitted with data rate 30 ksps which corresponds to a spreading length of 128 The 3GPP FDD signal is transmitted in frames of 10 ms Each frame is divided in time using 15 time slots Thus one time slot has a length of 266 67 us All signal structure such as data TPC and pilot fields refer to one time slot only and are duplicated for each time slot The reference for the beginning and end of one time slot is the CPICH if it is present in the signal Otherwise the reference is the SCH channel Since
140. 1 012 1013 Frequency GHz 110 State On Interference Model Test Model 1 64 DPCHs Frequency Offset 10 MHz Interferer Level Wanted Signal Level 30 00 aB Apply Settings Fig 4 60 Test case panel for According to Standard unknown 4 127 E 1 Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation R amp S FSMU W Exi 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation Test Case General Settings Edit Mode User Definable gt Trigger Configuration auto Marker Configuration auto Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF PortA v Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex IC Scrambling Mode On Ww RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Powerl ecol 3000 dBm y MI oor 1008 1009 101 1 011 1012 1 013 Frequency GHz Power dBm State Oo Interference Model Test Model 1 64 DPCHs Frequency Offset 10 000 000 00 MHz Interferer Level Wanted Signal Level 30 00 dB Apply Settings Fig 4 61 Test case panel for User Definable unknown 4 128 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation The input ouput parameters of the wizard panel read as follows Base station RF Frequency Base station Power Level Interference signal State Interference Model Frequency Offset Interferer Level Wanted unknown oets the RF frequency of the base station Note In this test case the R amp S SMU generates no wanted signal but j
141. 1 30 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Notes on programming examples Fsmu MessageHandle Auxiliary function for Fsmu_MessageBox It transfers the handle graphic for outputting text to the module The routine is only needed in the implementation with LabWindows CVI Declaration void Fsmu MessageHandle int handle Parameters handle Handle for the Fsmu MessageBox window Returned value None 1166 3363 12 1 31 E 1 Notes on programming examples R amp S FSMU W Functions for internal sequence control The functions described in this section are used for controlling the sequence of the example programs These functions can set and query the value of static variables All static variables have useful default values Fsmu GetMultiCarrier The function indicates whether a multicarrier or a single carrier base station is being tested Declaration Parameters Returned value ine Poma GStMule Career void s None Value of the module global variable s MultiCarrierMode 1 Multicarrier is on O Single carrier Fsmu_SetMultiCarrier Description see Parameters Declaration Parameters Returned value void Esmu SetMult Carrier int mode 7 1 The module global variable s MultiCarrierMode Is set All others The module global variable s MultiCarrierMode is reset None Fsmu_GetBtsEmulation The function indicates whether the base station is emulated by the R amp S SMU Declaration Parameters Returned value int P smu
142. 15 Channel Slot No 1 No of Pilot Bits 8 Modulation Type CLRWR Channel Power Rel 9 98 dB Channel Power Abs Symbol EVM 1 42 rms Symbol EVM Fig 4 1 Code Domain Power of a signal containing 3 data channels As can be seen in the figure a channel with a higher symbol rate appears in this projection larger than a channel with a lower data rate Concerning orthogonality between the codes this is ensured only for spreading codes of the same length Orthogonality between spreading codes of different length is possible only if the code numbers cannot be passed back to each other Using the projection of figure 1 this means two channels must not cover each other If this rule for orthogonality is not satisfied the channels cannot be separated by despreading 1166 1560 42 4 3 E 1 R amp S Overview of the standard R amp S FSMU W If only one spreading code length is examined each channel using this spreading length has a special channel number ranging from O to the length of the spreading code If for example the plane of the next higher spreading length is examined this channel number would be doubled for the code numbers here have doubled range The channel would as stated before cover two code numbers within that plane Projected again onto the highest spreading factor the channel still has a special number in that plane which can be derived from its original channel number and its original spreading code length In figure 1 this can be seen
143. 2 Measurement of the ACER Tor a multi carrier base station Interpretation of the Measurement Results The measured carrier power level s and the relative power in the adjacent channels are displayed in the marker field When measuring the ACLR for a multicarrier base station the aggregate power of the base station and the reference channel for specifying the power in the adjacent channel are also indicated The results will be displayed continuously on the screen Tips and Special Tricks Changing the Number of Adjacent Channels Displayed The channel power can be measured and displayed for one to three adjacent channels unknown 4 97 E 1 Test Case 6 5 2 2 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR R amp S FSMU W Changing the number of adjacent channels displayed opt gt Press the CP ACP CONFIG 2 softkey The menu for configuring the ACLR measurement will appear gt Press the NO OF ADJ CHAN softkey Enter the desired number of adjacent channels 1 to 3 in the input field or use the rotary knob Setting the Reference Channel To measure the relative power in the adjacent channels on a multicarrier base station you must specify the reference channel for the power levels The R amp S FSQ allows you to choose from the following e Absolute indication of the channel The reference channel is defined by its channel number e Channel with the lowest power level e Channel with the highest power level e Channel with the
144. 2 p max2 ml0 p max2 p max2 ml0 Pp mum PMI Pprdy Pp maz pur oo cmm P maxi p main Esmu MessdgeBOoso es RCSULC Yess BSSULE String 7 M a a a a EE al E close FSQ on GPIB Fomu Closersq analyzer 7 unknown 4 54 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps A eee reset generator Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GP SEQuence AUTO reset ARB length Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp SLENgth 1 reset marker mode Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp TRIGger OUTPut1 MODE RFRAME i adjust output power to 0 dB and wait for execution Fsmu ibWrtin generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust OPC Fomu Ibka generator xD String amp SbLZ2eor 10 String 7 JE mecnm close SMU on GPIB Poma CloseSmu generator Alternating Power y SAS emite local structures define TPC LIST fsmu alternating A kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkx void MeasurePowerControlStepsAlternating void f EKK k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk kkk kk kkk kk kkk kk kkk kkk kkk measures the linearity of the inner loop of channel 120 EEE e ke ke e e e ke ke e e e ke ke e ec ke ke e e e ke ke e e e ke ke e e e ek kx va
145. 2 1 except from the channel simulation that is set to Multipath Fading Case 2 and Ej N test requirements Eb NO Test requirements in Multipath Case 2 channel Measurement channel Received Ep No Received Ep No Required BLER for BS with Rx diversity for BS without Rx diversity 12 2 kbps n a 9 6 dB n a 15 6 dB lt 10 9 6 dB 15 6 dB 107 64 kbps 4 9 dB 9 8 dB 107 7 0 dB 12 9 dB lt 10 144 kbps 4 3 dB 8 8 dB lt 107 6 2 dB 12 1 dB lt 107 384 kbps 4 7 dB 9 3 dB lt 10 6 7 dB 12 7dB lt 10 Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration FSMU3 W FSMU8 W or FSMU26 W the options e FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main module R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and e FSMU B3 consisting of R amp S SMU B14 Fading simulator R amp S SMU B152x Fading simulator exten sion R amp S SMU K71 Dynamic Fading are required to set up the R amp S SMU 1166 1560 12 4 240 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case 8 3 3 Demodulation of DCH in Multipath Fading Case 3 Conditions This test case is identical to test case 8 3 1 except from the channel simulation that is set to Multipath Fading Case 3 Fading menu Standard 3GPP Case 3 UE BS and the E No test requirements see following table Table 4 18 E No Test requirements in multipath Case 3 channel Measurement channel Recei
146. 2 carrier BS is assumed which transmits at the two lowest frequencies in operating band 2110 MHzand 2115 MHz Whatis described is a test of the spurious emissions for category B sect 6 5 3 4 2 Test Setup Spurious Emissions Category A B Measurement of spurious emissions according to category A 1 section 6 5 3 4 1 and category B 1 section 6 5 3 4 2 is possible using the standard test setup see Chapter 3 section Standard Test Setup with R amp S FSQ Only the R amp S FSQ is required to perform the measurement Internal triggering FREE RUN and the internal reference frequency of the R amp S FSQ are sufficient When you are selecting the attenuator R1 recall that the frequency range must suffice up to 12 75 GHz R amp S FSQ26 and higher or 8 GHz R amp S FSQ8 or 3 6 GHz R amp S FSQ3 Base Station TX signal Value see text iP Fig 4 45 Test setup for Spurious emissions The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly unknown 4 103 E 1 Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions R amp S FSMU W Protection of Services Co Existence Co Variance The following measurements are extremely demanding in terms of the expected measurement dynamic range of the spectrum analyzer and require the use of an external filters e Protection of the BS receiver of own or different BS e Co existance with other services e Co loc
147. 262 143 scrambling codes numbered O to 262 142 can be generated However not all the scrambling codes are used The scrambling codes are divided into 512 sets each of a primary scrambling code and 15 secondary scrambling codes The primary scrambling codes consist of scrambling codes n 16 i where i O to 511 The i th set of secondary scrambling codes consists of scrambling codes 16 i k where k 1 to 15 Directed from the mobile to the base station 3GPP FDD uplink the signal may be scrambled by either long or short scrambling codes There are 274 long and 2 short uplink scrambling codes Uplink scrambling codes are assigned by higher layers The long scrambling sequences are constructed from positionwise modulo 2 sum of 38400 chip segments of two binary m sequences generated by means of two generator polynomials of degree 25 The resulting sequences thus constitute segments of a set of Gold sequences The short scrambling sequences are defined from a sequence from the family of periodically extended 9 2 codes The n th quaternary S 2 sequence 0 lt n x 16777215 is obtained by modulo 4 addition of three sequences a quaternary sequence and two binary sequences and where the initial loading of the three sequences is determined from the code number The scrambling code used by the device under test must always be specified while 3GPP FDD signals are being measured on FSQ The scrambling codes are entered in hexadecimal values wi
148. 4 18 Configuration of a multicarrier signal for measurement of the dynamic range of the channel power The measurement in the R amp S FSQ takes place on the carrier whose frequency the R amp S FSQ is set to For automatic setting of the reference level and the input attenuator it is necessary to switch on the multicarrier mode provided by the R amp S FSQ unknown 4 37 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W Structure of the Measurement The structure of the measurement procedure shown in the following diagram is optimized for minimum run time A change of frequency is faster than reloading the ARB in the R amp S SMU This works in the inner look over frequency Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T power control steps BTS Init Test Model 2 BTS set to max power T B SMU Init i SMU set to TFC bits alternating SMU set to TPC bits aggregating FSG set to J FSQ set to FSQ Init FS set to f B SMU set to f duplex spacing SMU set to f duplex spacing BTS set to BTS sat to FSG measure power Versus slots BTS f slots BTS f FSG adjust FSG measure power versus Fig 4 19 Structure of the Power Control Steps measurement Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station
149. 41 TRIGger OUTPUEt AUTO 7 s deep dece oet Baseband A Signal Routing to RF OuLput POLE A 7 Fomu 2DWPEtINR generator 290UR BBSWSGPSTOZOTAITROUIe AT 5 Doo xcu e Enter Soramblzng Code Serano ling Mode eese Tu PE 21 prints sn in eger an hex at Least one digit ee vus Sprint Ib string SOS0URSBBIWOGP ITS2OTATSSCODe Ix ue scrambling code Psmu 2bWrtlnidgenerdtor 10 String g Femu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 SCODe MODE LONG Sea See eas Enter the Power Class Of the BIS Under test e Au Femu bWrtln generator 2950UR BB IWSGP TS25IAJ4ISBSPCIlass MEDIUM LE E Beer RE oSHSOgqueneyeteeseceeresecc EDIDI Tu PF See SMU to the UL frequency of the Dase station 2 gt un Sprintr 15 string S950URSIBB IWOGP ITSZ5141 WOlGOnaltEREO g GHz cL frequency cr dl ul duplex Foma bWrtlnm generator xb string Do See eae Enter bandwidth type of interferer e g wideband Femu bWrcln generator sSOURTBBIWSGPsToZol4lsirsignelsBwilDth WIDE Yy 7 Jom A Press App Ser UIs SSeS SSS 5 SS Se SS SS TT This may take a long time so set time out temporarily to 100 sec Fsmu ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo generator T100s Esmu SbWrtlu jenerator 90U0R BBTWSGP TO20141 TCASe EXECute Fsmu WaitForDevice generator Pemu towrtin generator OPC ys Fsmu ibRd generator mb string siz
150. 6 1560 12 4 188 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case Wizard Panel The Fig 4 92 and Fig 4 93 show the input parameters for both kinds of Edit Modes According to Standard and User Definable ES 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 7 5 Blocking Characteristics 7 5 Blocking Characteristics Test Case General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard 20 Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 40 Marker Configuration Auto Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF Pon A Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power Class Wide Area BS Power dBm co a 0 9498 1 1 002 1 004 1 006 1 008 Frequency GHz State On Blocking Scenario Wideband Blocking Reference Measurement Channel RmC 12 2 kbps Operating Band fi 1920 1980 MHz RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 115 00 dBm State On Frequency Offset 5 000 000 00 MHz Power Level 15 00 dBm Modulation Cw Carrier Fig 4 92 Test case panel for According to Standard 1166 1560 12 4 189 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W General Edit Mode Trigger Configuration Marker Configuration Baseband A Signal Routing Settings g 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 7 5 Blo
151. 66 1560 12 0 1 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Contents Contents T Generar Into malo 1 1 Information about the R amp S FSQ sua riores PIE CIID LN D IM econ 1 1 Basic Operating SIEDS cias ndr sec eid een m eb pmi tue bo em eese c deae tede ipao de teeth sede up M usas cde seam ea RUE 1 1 iore Wie 2r T 1 3 Tips and Special Tricks for Code Domain MeasureMentS occcoccccccnccccnnccnncncnccncnnnncncnanonnnnonos 1 6 Information about the R amp S SMU occitano carril Fe Yu rae ve bo ono P des Or ar VERO ev CDs re ees eorr avs dus 1 12 Calling VESt Case VV IZ al Cisse m 1 12 Panel Test Gase VVIZalG ad 1 13 Improvements on the Signal Quality ooocccocnococnconcnccocnnonnncnoncnnnncnncnnnnnnonnnnnnnnonarnnnnnnnos 1 18 Notes on programming examples leeeeesieeeieneee nennen enhn nenne nnn nnn nnn nnne nnn nnn nnns 1 20 IECAEEE Dus addresses HSe sitiada ica 1 20 Recommended settings in the GPIB driver from National Instruments 1 21 F nctlonsJor the RSS TF SQ eu Lo testet a d ute toes EL RULES 1 22 Functions Orte RSS MO 1 24 FURCHONS Tor tne GPIB DUS de 1 26 IB So a gi a Serer a o o ee 1 30 Functions for internal sequence control esses nennen nennen nnns 1 32 BI i s BO A ER RECEN C DEC ERO ECRIRE RNC HEUDEUNTERIEN 1 34 List of illustrations Fig 1 1 Entering the name of the transducer table
152. 7 Famu ibRd analyzer 1b string length of data 7j ib string length of data O length Of data ato 110 String y A read in data with one call Foma 1bRd analyzer pk values length of data 7 unknown 4 91 E 1 Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask R amp S FSMU W Pr A lla e ne read in trailing LF from FSQ Femy LORA analyzer 15 string 1 A A A an prepare the result string Strcac result String Strcat result String Nr freq level margin n strcat result string for peak index 0 peak index length of data sizeof pk values 0 peak index sprinti peak String 3d 910 56f MHZ 2 22 GBM 7 2r JBA peak index pk values peak index frequency l1E6 pk values peak index level pk values peak index delta Strcat result string peak Strang 3j j j EY OF Uf TDSLSUCUIE else strcat result string no SRO detected n This may be due to auto srg polling of your gpib driverin please reconfigure your gpib driver we read in the error queue to empty it Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SYSTem ERRor Femu L6kRd analyzer 2b string Suzeor 10 string D A Eee display the results Fomu MessageBox ee Results 59 result SLELOO A AA AAA A close FSQ on GPIB Fsmu CloseFsq analyzer unknown 4 92 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5
153. 768 GHz receiver freq is lower n uplink level 20 0 9 OB E smu trigger delay 38380 PE Chips api tendif p E ee ee eee E ee eee ee eee eee eae ee eee aS x A a a a a e oo al to ei TRANSMIT INTERMODULATION A a O A O LE acce celere OLSDS Ior Carrying Out a Measurenent qe nt Donee T SE Ele BIS 10 Ee DAS Le SUO ess ee s Bem Messagesox ES Use IO ARS Initialize the BIS n Set the scrambling scheme n Set the BTS to transmit test model 1 1n Set the frequency Tor example to M Yn Set maximum transmit power EN SSA D D9U thie SMU Co Ene bas iC state e pe Initialize the SMU by pressing tie the PRESET key 2 eS S 2 Pa Fsmu InitSmu amp generator Fsmu ibWrtln generator RST vec 2e Deb LEG EOD Eo le beste State Ss uet S e Initialize the ESQ by pressing the the PRESET key e e AJ Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SPI 10 pe DS Seesa Trigger Slope POSLtive Or NEGEtIiVe gt ap Esmu 1bWrtlin generator INPUESTRIOCger BBANO SbOPe POSTELVE Fsmu ibWrtln generator ZSINPut TRIGger BBANd 5LOPe NEGative tendif ju SAA Switch on the generator RF channel A only S Fomu 2oWItInigenerator SOULIPUtISSLAIS ONY 7 Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator NEC rr EE 2 SEG ENS Lest Case a RSS epus nur js quati Dp E Enter Test Cases Vest Case O06 jp pee n ESmu bWetl
154. 95 0 999 1 1 001 1 002 Frequency GHz State on Reference Measurement Channel RMC 12 2 kbps RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 110 30 dBm y Bit Error Rate 0 000 0000 Block Error Rate 0 000 0 Fig 4 107 Test case panel for User Definable The input ouput parameters of the wizard panel read as follows 1166 1560 12 4 218 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Wanted Signal State Reference Measurement Channel RF Frequency Power Level Bit Error Rate Block Error Rate BLER in case of User Definable Receiver Test Cases Enables Disables the signal generation of the wanted 3GPP signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SSOURSBBSWSGESTO20IZdISWSIGDnalseqTATe TON Jd QEE Sets the reference measurement channel The user can choose from e RMC 12 2 kbps 12 2 kbps measurement channel e RMC 64 kbps 64 kbps measurement channel e RMC 144 kbps 144 kbps measurement channel e RMC 384 kbps 384 kbps measurement channel e AMR 12 2 kbps channel coding for the AMR coder In case of According to Standard the choice is fixed to RMC 12 2 kbps Remote control command SOUR BB W36P TS25141 WSIGnal lt DPDCh CCODIRG TYPE M12K2 M64K M144k M384k AMR Sets the RF frequency of the wanted signal Remote control command C SOURSBBSWSGESTSZOIA4ISWSIGn
155. 950URSBBIWOGP ITISZ25141 WoOIlOnaltFBRERO 9g GHz cL frequency dl ul duplex 7 Femu bWrtln generator ib string DOE SEXO eMe PIOSS APPLY eC eInd 6 pS Sa Sa UE Ee ap Thais May take a long time So set time out temporarily to 100 sec Fsmu_ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo generator T100s Fsmu_ibWrtin generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 TCASe EXECute Fsmu WaitForDevice generator I ESmu 2bWrtln generdtor OPC j Fsmu ibRd Generator 2D Strang SEzeorf 10 String 7 Fsmu ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut pe SS Examples of SMU settings after the test case wizards op tif 0 Jd SSS S input trigger delay only positive values are allowed pi Sprante 25 string 2BB WSGPSTRIGGQersbhxTernaleDbbay Sar smu trigger delay Fomu 2bWrtln generator b string A EU E sagust Ou pu Dover 610 arras sepa ap Femu 2bWrtln generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust 7 SSS x eee ae Stop MU BO get denied timing SSS SS p T Esmu ibWrtla generator S8B WSGPDSDLRIGOQer ARMIBEXROute OPC Fsmu ibRd Generator 2b string sizeof 1b SEPIDSg 7 d ME C E adjust Output power XXo 0 uB and welt for execution Au Psmu DbWrtln generdtor IBBIWOGPDEPOWer ADJust OPC Femu sbhRd generator ib String sizeck 1b string 7 pS ee enable external roger dn MD 23 SS ra if Fsmu GetBtsEmulation Fomu SbWrCln generator S8B WSGP ITRIGgereo0UNCG External OPC
156. BD analyzer TICUNEFIOQUIOIWODFOWOeISETSTCIABIGIOELEUI JCE 2 ud Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle STATe OFF PAR AR switch off antenna diversity Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower ANTenna OFF JA 2 select CPICH code 0 spreading factor 256 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower CODE 0 F eem select any slot between 0 and 14 here 14 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower SLOT 14 Sa switch FSQ into code domain power measurement Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer CALCulate2 FEED XTIM CDP ERR SUMMary fe A perform an auto adjust the FSQ settings wait for the command execution i this needs the external trigger being active too AR Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel OPC Fomu 10Rd analyzer ib String sizeor ib String PR RS E clear status registers ESmu ibWrtln analyzer ULS 7 eme wait for next external trigger and for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate IMMediate OPC Fomu ipd analyzer 2b Strang 12601 10 string Jj status questionable register indicates sync Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition Femu ibRdin analyzer ib string sizeot ib string Status e aber 1b String gy NO SYNC if 2nd bit is set
157. CH in Multipath Fading Case 4 Conditions Demodulation of DCH in Moving Propagation Conditions Demodulation of DCH in Birth Death Propagation Conditions Verification of Internal BLER RACH Preamble Detection in Static Propagation Conditions RACH preamble Detection in Multipath Fading Case 3 RACH Demodulation of Message Part in Static Propagation Conditions RACH Demodulation of Message Part in Multipath Fading Case 3 CPCH Access Preamble and Collision Detection Preamble Detection in Static Propagation Conditions CPCH Access Preamble and Collision Detection Preamble Detection in Multipath Fading Case 3 Demodulation of CPCH Message in Static Propagation Conditions Demodulation of CPCH Message in Multipath Fading Case 3 For each test the settings on R amp S SMU and R amp S FSQ the steps to perform the test and the results to be achieved are described 1166 1560 42 4 8 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power Transmitter Test Cases Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power Test Objective Quotation from 1 The test purpose is to verify the accuracy of the maximum output power across the frequency range and under normal and extreme conditions for all transmitters in the base station This test measures the maximum output power of the base station at different carrier frequencies and compares the results against the specified limits Test Setup The measurement can be performed using the standard test setup see C
158. CLOSecDMU ON GPIB eH m Fsmu Closesmu generator unknown 4 136 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM Three tests are performed concurrently with this test 6 3 Frequency error 6 4 4 4 Total power dynamic range 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude Test Objective The Frequency Error is used to verify whether the frequency errors of the base station lie within certain limits The Total Power Dynamic Range test is used to verify whether the errors in the output power of the base station lie within certain limits The Error Vector Magnitude test verifies whether the base station maintains the vectorial error of the modulation EVM within certain limits All of the tests involve measurements at the maximum and minimum power of the base station If the base station supports Closed Loop Diversity 4 or Space Time Transmit Diversity STTD 4 then the test should be performed on both of the antennas Quotation from 1 Frequency error Frequency error is the measure of the difference between the actual BS transmit frequency and the assigned frequency The same source shall be used for RF frequency and data clock generation The total power dynamic range is the difference between the maximum and the minimum output power for a specified reference condition The Error Vector Magnitude is a measure of the differen
159. CPICH power of one carrier is measured while the others are switched on The following figure represents a sample configuration unknown 4 20 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 2 2 CPICH Power Accuracy ilium RUN EXT T ILI Fig 4 7 Configuration of a multicarrier signal for measurement of the output power The measurement in the R amp S FSQ takes place on the carrier whose frequency the R amp S FSQ is set to For automatic setting of the reference level and the input attenuator it is necessary to switch on the multicarrier mode provided by the R amp S FSQ Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T accuracy Set BTS to Test Model 2 BTS Set BTS to sattoi max power FSQ set to f Init FSQ FSQ auto adjust measure CPICH power BTS f Fig 4 5 Structure of the CPICH power accuracy measurement unknown 4 21 E 1 Test Case 6 2 2 CPICH Power Accuracy R amp S FSMU W Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Frequency B MandT Scrambling code Any but set the same scrambling code on the R amp S FSQ Antenna diversity OFF oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the
160. CREEN B hotkey Screen B will be activated and the labelling of the hotkey will change to SCREEN B All this step does is improve the display It has no influence on the evaluation of the measurement Press the REF VALUE POSITION softkey Use the Rotary knob to set the reference position to the optimum value approx 50 2 Read off the level for all of the power steps of interest Press the MARKER softkey Use the Rotary knob to move the marker to the desired CPICH slot see figure Read off the value from the marker field 3 Change the frame Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the hardkey The side menu for further input of the settings will appear unknown 4 42 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps gt Press the MULTI FRM CAPTURE softkey The submenu for multiframes will appear gt Press the FRAME TO ANALYZE softkey Enter the desired frame in the input field and confirm your input with ENTER A Code Power Absolute SR 20 ksps Chan Code 0 z se CPICH 3lot 2 Chan Slot 2 Sto in m H Diff Power vs Slot SR 20 ksps Marker 1 Chan Code 0 D db CP 2 14 GHz CPICH 3lot 2 Chan Slot 2 2 Fig 4 20 Measurement of the aggregated power control steps 4 Frames and slots required for a standard base station Fora base station with 1 dB steps and 25 dynamic power steps the power levels
161. CS1900 GSM850 and or FDD BS operating in Bands to VI are co located with a UTRA FDD BS Test Setup The test setup pictured in Fig 4 91 is suitable to measure the base station blocking characteristics Due to the large frequency offset ranges a second RF port is required In case of frequency offsets below 35 MHz the Baseband B which generate the interference signal the user might reroute the signal flow by adding it to Baseband A signal Base Station BS frame trigger Rx Tx or Rx Combiner gt RF signal R2 Fig 4 91 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A For routing baseband A signal to RF port A this port holds the wanted signal whereas RF port B holds the infering signal After combining the sum is fed into the base station Rx port The R amp S SMU will start signal generation by the first BS frame trigger sent to trigger port Trigger 1 Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the options e R amp S FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main module R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and e R amp S FSMU B2 consisting of R amp S SMU B11 Baseband generator R amp S SMU K42 Digital standard 3GPP FDD R amp S SMU K43 Enhanced BS tests for 3GPP FDD incl HSDPA are required to set up the R amp S SMU 116
162. Channel RMC 12 2 kbps RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 120 30 dBm gt Test Case 7 2 Reference Sensitivity Level General Settings Edit Mode User Definable Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF Port A Power dBm Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex 0 Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code 0 998 0 994 1 1 001 1 002 Frequency GHz State On Reference Measurement Channel RMC 12 2 kbps RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 120 30 dBm y Fig 4 4 Test case panel for User Definable 1166 1560 12 4 158 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases The input ouput parameters of the wizard panel read as follows Wanted Signal State Reference Measurement Channel RF Frequency Power Level read only in case of According to Standard 1166 1560 12 Enables Disables the signal generation of the wanted 3GPP signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal STATe ON OFF Sets the reference measurement channel The user can choose from e RMC 12 2 kbps 12 2 kbps measurement channel e RMC 64 kbps 64 kbps measurement channel e RMC 144 kbps 144 kbps measurement chan
163. Cont iquratian and select AULOy s e 9 ud Femu 2bWrtilm generator 290URTBBTWOGPTTOZ2OSIAIS TRIGger AUTO 7 Sea See uc Set Marker Conrigurariom ana select AULO s s t AF Femu 10Wet La generator 2950UR BBIWSGP ITO2OIAISTRIGger OUTPUE AUTO 3 fe aaa Sees Seu Rx diverse qul Tq Sas 2Sre ee SSeS O eae A Esmu sbWrtln generator 90URIBB IWSGP TS25141 RXDiversrcty OFF 7 s decree oet Baseband A Signal Routing to RF OubLput DOLE Ax Fomu 2DWrtlm generator 290URSBBIWSGPSTSO2OIAI RBOUIe A Doo Ecce Enter Ss eramol 119 908 Scrembling Mode eesese Tu PE 21s prints sn in eger cn hex at Least one digit 2 us SPIrLIDnbtr Ib string SOSOURSBBIWOGPITS2OIAISSCODe Six y ue scrambling code psmu d3bWrtlndidgenerdtor 1b string 3 Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 SCODe MODE LONG OM o rec Enter the Power Class Of the BIS under test esee Au Fsm ybWrtln generator 290URtTBB WSGP TS25141 1BSPClass WIDE LE E Biter RE Hrequeney gt p ea a SS a O uf PF See SMU to the UL frequency of the base station 02 2 gt gt Sprintti 25 string S950URSIBB IWOGPTIS259141 WOIlGOnal iERREAO 9g Ghz al frequency cr dil ul duplex Femu bWrtln generator 16 string po SSeS eae oer phe Required Pd Sed 6 0 09 Posse T Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 AWGN RPDetection RATE
164. Control Steps Test Setup This test requires the R amp S SMU as well as the R amp S FSQ The base station transmit the downlink signal and determines the timing The frame trigger of the base station triggers the R amp S SMU via the Trigger 1 input The R amp S SMU simulates a UE and sends the necessary TPC bits in the uplink in the control channel The trigger input of the R amp S SMU remains disabled until a complete TPC bit sequence has passed The R amp S SMU outputs the start signal for the R amp S FSQ on the Marker 1 output The R amp S FSQ receives it via the EXT Trigger GATEIN Fig 4 2 shows the test setup Connect R amp S SMU Marker 1 to the R amp S FSQ EXT Trigger GATE IN using a BNC cable Connect the base station trigger output Frame Trigger to the R amp S SMU Trigger 1 Base Station R1 TX Signal value see text RX Signal Marker for FSQ Frame Trigger Fig 4 12 Test setup for Power control steps The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly Recommended Options The measurement can be performed without any additional options unknown 4 31 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W Test Case Wizard Panel The Fig 4 13 and Fig 4 14 show the input parameters for both kinds of Edit Modes According to Standard and User Definable z 3GPP FDD Test Cases According
165. D A eei close FSQ on GPIB Fsmu CloseFsq analyzer z unknown 4 19 E 1 Test Case 6 2 2 CPICH Power Accuracy R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 2 2 CPICH Power Accuracy Test Objective This test is used to verify whether the base station maintains the power of the primary common pilot channel CPICH within specific limits Quotation from 1 CPICH power accuracy is defined as the maximum deviation between the Primary CPICH code domain power indicated on the BCH and the Primary CPICH code domain power measured at the TX antenna interface The requirement is applicable for all BS types Test Setup The measurement can be performed using the standard test setup see Chapter 3 section Standard Test Setup with R amp S FSQ Only the R amp S FSQ is required to perform the measurement Internal triggering FREE RUN and the internal reference frequency of the R amp S FSQ are sufficient Base Station TX signal Value see text Fig 4 4 Test setup for CPICH power accuracy The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly Recommended Options The measurement can be performed without any additional options Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T Peculiarities for Multicarrier When measuring under multicarrier conditions the
166. DETROIT DT DTE 3 8 List of illustrations PO sto gt le Sell aedes M ii E Lu ar eae dii E LR te DEI 3 2 Fig 3 2 Rear connection of the R amp S SMU and R amp S FSQ to the scalar network analyzer 3 9 Fig 3 3 Test setup during normalization cooocccocncconnoconnnconccnonocnnnonnnnnnannnnoncnnnnonnncnnnnnnannonancnnaninns 3 4 Fig 3 4 Screenshot from the normalization measurement seeesessseesseeeeeeenennnenns 3 5 Fig 3 5 Screenshot after normalization ooccconccconnccoccncconnconcnnnnononncnnnnnnonnnonnnnnonrnnnnrnnnnnnonaninnnnnnnnnos 3 6 Fig 3 6 Test setup when measuring the frequency response of the cable to the R amp S FSQ 3 6 1166 1560 12 I 3 1 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Preliminary Remarks 3 Frequency Correction of the Test Setup Preliminary Remarks The levels displayed using the R amp S FSQ and R amp S SMU will refer to the connector on the instrument if no further measures are taken As a general rule however it is necessary to take special measures to correct the frequency response of the test setup The R amp S FSMU W allows you to choose among several possibilities in this regard Manual correction of the measurement result The frequency response of the test setup is added to the measured value or the setting of the level in the R amp S SMU is corrected by the amount of the frequency response Correction by entering a level offset 1 reference point i
167. E er DER ks FILE myfile j Myfile fopen demodulatrion Of RACH message sn Static propagation condrbious dat Tw if myfile fprintf mytile This is a data file fclose myfile j j tendif Sea a DES pray ile resul Stes aS Sa aS Se a SS S SpIIUDL beste Seino py Sa SSS 93 gt a ee XI de demodulation of RACH message in static propagation conditions a AA ASA AA REA ER ESO in Femu MessageBox q Result ees pesulb String 5 MEI IS O CLOSe MU GODS P DB SSI SO aj Fsmu Close3mu generator 1166 1560 12 4 276 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case 8 8 4 RACH Demodulation of Message Part in Multipath Fading Case 3 This test case is identical to test case 8 8 3 except from the channel simulation that is set to Multipath Fading Case 3 by default and the Ej N ratio requirements Ep No test requirements in fading case 3 channel Transport Block size TB and TTI in frames 168 bits TTI 20 ms 360 bits TTI 20 ms E No for required E No for required E No for required E No for required BLER 10 BLER 107 BLER 10 BLER 107 BS with Rx Diversity 8 0 dB 9 1 dB 7 9 dB 8 9 dB BS without Rx Diversity 11 7 dB 13 0 dB 11 6 dB 12 7 dB Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the options e R amp S FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main mod
168. F from FSQ Fsmu ibRd analyzer 10 string y a prepare the result string Stroac result String Strcae result string Nr freq level margin n Strcat result String ror peak index D peak index lt size t length of data sizeof pk values 0 peak index sprinti peak string 3d 10 0 Hz J 2f dBm 7 2 dB n peak index pk values peak index frequency pk values peak index level pk values peak index delta Strcat result string peak string y unknown 4 122 E 1 j j R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions f of if status x else Strcat result String no SRO detected n This may be due to auto srq polling of your gpib driverin please reconfigure your gpib driver we read in the error queue to empty it Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SYSTem ERRor ksmu SDRd analyzer D String Srzeor 10 String y pe a a sicui secs A ues eu eise eos ase Se END IT a SALAD pS A HE display the results Fsmu MessageBox Results result string j PE A switch off the lines Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate LIMitl STATe OFF Sanos 2 switch off sweep list mode Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSel SWEep MODE AUTO P
169. For automatic setting of the reference level and the input attenuator it is necessary to switch on the multicarrier mode provided by the R amp S FSQ unknown 4 63 E 1 Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range R amp S FSMU W Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f 1B M T Power Control Dynamic Range BTS set to Test Model 2 measure power of channel 120 BTS set to f max power Test Model 1 FSQ auto adjust measure power Pmax BTS f measure power of channel 120 min channel power BTS f Fig 4 25 Structure of the Power Control Dynamic Range measurement unknown 4 64 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Test model TM 1 and 2 Power in channel 120 Pmax 3dB and Pmax 28 dB Frequency B MandT Scrambling code Any but set the same scrambling code on the R amp S FSQ Antenna diversity OFF oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements The maximum power is measured in test model 1 and the remaining measurements are made in test model 2 The absolute power of channel 120 is reduced from Pmax 3 dB to Pmax 28 dB Steps for Car
170. Fsmu toWetln generator OUTPUut2 5lIATe ON 7 Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator A esse a Jw Se NG est Case Wizard p OS ra EE Enper Test Cases Test Case Ted Pastene e Esmu sbWrtln generator So90URIBBSIWOGP TS20141 TCASe Tess SP O Set Edic Mas 59 ABOCOLdLIndqgio e tandas desees es Aa Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 EMODe STANdard y E EE oet Trigger Conr iguratrion and Select AULOy Saanen T Esmu 2bWrtit generator 290URTBBTWOGPTTO 2OSIAI TRIGger AUTO 1166 1560 12 4 174 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases MET LE oet Marker Contigurablon and Select Autos ee 9 e penu 2bWrtilm generator 290URTBBIWOGPITO2SIAIS TRIGger OQUTPUEt AUTO d a oet Baseband A Signal Routing LO REF OULDUb POLE Bs 7 Femu SDWrtln generator 290UR IBBIWSGP TO2DOIAISSOUIS B 5 Co ETE NE E Enter Sorsmboling Goose SerenblrpDg Mode seem ap p Sis prints sn Integer rn hex at Least one digit e mg Sprintr ALO string 29500RSBBIWOGPTIS29IAISSCOD amp e six ue scrambling code Femu bWPbtin fgenerdtor 10 string 3j Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 SCODe MODE LONG M Enter the Power Class OF the BTS Under test ce x Femu 2DWPtIm generator 290UR BBESWOGP TSZ2DIAISBOSPCIaSs MEDIUM 5 ji use sed Bor RE ECOG IO SaaS Sea S Sa ugue m E a ae ee T Set SMU to the UL Frequency of the base station 2 2 s s 6 ub Sprintt ib string S
171. GN STATe ON OFF oets the Required probability of detection of preamble Pd The user can select from e 0 99 e gt 0 999 4 258 R amp S FSMU W Power Level within 3 84 MHz BW Ec NO read only if According to Standard Fading State read only Receiver Test Cases This figure determines the ratio E No according to the list of E No test requirements Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 AWGN RPDetection RATE PDO99 PD0999 Displays the AWGN power level in case of According to Standard e 84 dBm when Wide Area BS e 4dBm when Medium Range BS e 70dBm when Local Area BS In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level figure Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 AWGN POW NOI Se Sets Displays the ratio Ec NO In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary figure In case of According to Standard it is deter mined by the figure Pd Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 AWGN ENRatio Displays whether the signals are disturbed by a fading process or not Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 FSIMulator STATe Preamble detection test requirements in AWGN channel EdNo for required Pd gt 0 99 EJNo for required Pd gt 0 999 BS with Rx Diversity 20 1 dB 19 7 dB BS without Rx Diversity 17 2 dB 16 4 dB Note The Probability of false detection of the preamble Pfa test is not sup
172. I Imbalance 0 11 PI CDE 960 k sp 61 22 dB T Chip Pate Error Ig Offset Composite EVM CPICH Slot Ho Rtt 15 de Ho of Active Chan CHANNEL RESULTS Symbol Bate Timing Offzet O Chips Channel Code Channel Slot Ho 3 Ho of Pilot Bite Modulation Type PSE Chanuc z T CLEWE o a a EL ti Channel Power Pel Symbol EVM Fig 4 8 Measuring the CPICH power Interpretation of the Measurement Results In addition to other measurement results the Result Summary shows the absolute power of the selected code channel marked in red in the upper part of the screen in the selected CPICH slot In the result any specified frequency correction values are already taken into account so that the displayed result can be used directly for test evaluation purposes The result is displayed continuously on the screen Tip and Special Tricks Tips for code domain measurements are described in Chapter 2 General Settings unknown 4 23 Test Case 6 2 2 CPICH Power Accuracy R amp S FSMU W Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 2 section General Routines RRR K KKK KK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK A void MeasureCpichPowerAccuracy void LE EXER k k KKK KKK KKK KKK k k k k k k k k k k k k KKK k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk kk kkk kkk kk kkk kk kkk kk kkk measure the Accuracy of CPICH power
173. IWSGPDSTRIGOQer ARMEIEXROute OPC Fsmu ibRd Generator SD string sizeof 1b Stringy 7 d EE C LE adjust Output power XXo 0 B and Wait for execution 7 Fomu LoWretln gen rtator IBB WJGPP R POWeEr ADJUST OPC Femu sbRd generator ib String SI2e0E 1D SUCLAG 7 jy eges aa enable external roger dn eM SS AF if Fsmu GetBtsEmulation Esm u 1bWrtin generator sBBsw3GP TRIGgerssOURCS ExTernal QOPC Fsmu_ibRd generator 1b string lt srzeor ib string 4 else 1166 1560 12 4 165 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Esmu bWwecla Generator BBSWSGPSTRIGQgerrbXECute OPC T Fsmu ibRd generator 10 String S2zeor Db String 3 j endif a A a id x pS See ae oes The SMU LS now ready to Start signal generation Ty Si A IE ud LU LLL LH C e E x Jom EE ae ls ise ehe msasgbemenbt 39 OS SS SS 27 p Sen Stare Cri gger PULSO Lo ene MU SSA a aT pe hie OMU WILL Start sona generaron SPSS eS SOS eee Ag jon SO Ow Ce UCL eee Ele osu SISI SS SS x pe BBe BIS Laterna lly Celeulalos the BE Sessa pS em ifdef FSMU LOG DATA J ERA I OS EEE EE EEE EM Lu EE EAEE x Doce e a Write CUEPUS dara CDS 1 S exSeEeerere ee map y AR E x ELLE C mytile 3 mMytile open X retereuce sensitivity level dat TW 7 if myfile fprintf myfile This is a data file created while reference sensitivity level measurements fclose myfile
174. L frequency oft Che base station H Pi Spriutt 15 string T950URZBBIWSGPZISZ5141 WOIGnel FREQ g GHz al frequency dL ul duplex Femu sbWrtln generator zb strzng 7 CU UE EAter interferer frequency dt set cere na Sprintt 16 string SS0URTBBIWOGP ITISZOIAI ILBESIgSaleBFONERSet eg MHz Frequency otiset Femu bWrtln generator tb string DOE SEXO eM PIOSS APPLY Sete nos sse ecce EUH ESSE ge rd Thqs May Lake a Long Gime So set time out temporarily to 100 860 7 Fsmu ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo generator T100s Fsmu_ibWrtin generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 TCASe EXECute Fsmu WaitForDevice generator I ESmu 2bWrtln generdtor TAOPC TE Femu BRA generator tb Strang Sizer 10 string 7 Fsmu ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut JE SeSesS Examples of SMU settings after the test case wizards Sur tif 0 TE E input trigger delay only positive values are allowed pi oprinte 10 sbring BB WSGP ITRIGGQersbhxTernaleDbbay Sar smu trigger delay Femu 2bWrtln generator zb string A A O cause Ou pu Dover 010 arrasa e Esmu 2bWrtln generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust A E eee Stop SMU BO ger denied timing eseesescee esees T Esmu ibWrtla generator SBSB IWSGPDSTRIGOQer ARMEEXROUute OPC Fsmu ibRd Generator 2b string sizeof 1b Stringy 7 d Sess LE adjust OUPput power Xo 0 B and welt Tor execution a Fomu LoWreln gene
175. L RESULTS Total Power 43 94 aBm Carrier Freq Error 209 87 Hz Ref 56 1 dEm Chip Rate Error IQ Offset Trigger to Frame 9 333571 me IQ Imbalance 0 07 amp Pk CDE 15 keeps 64 58 dB No of Active Chan Composite EVM Att CPICH Slot No 5 dE o CHANNEL RESULTS Symbol Rate Channel Code No of Pilot Bits 30 00 kaps 120 3 6 99 dB 0 09 rms Timing Offzet Channel Slot No Modulation T e CLRYR TP Channel Pover Rel Symbol EVN Channel Powe Symbol EVN Fig 4 26 Measuring the Power control dynamic range 9 Reconfigure the base station The power of channel 120 must be reduced from Pmax 3 dB to Pmax 28 dB The absolute power levels of the other channels should be left unchanged This will reduce the total output power of the base station by approx 3 dB 10 Read off the result You do not need to change the settings of the R amp S FSQ The measured minimum power of the channel is displayed continuously as the Channel Power Abs see the figure on page 4 66 unknown 4 66 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range Interpretation of the Measurement Results In addition to other measurement results the Result Summary shows the absolute power of the total signal marked in red in the upper part of the screen in the selected CPICH slot In the result any specified frequency correction values are already taken i
176. MC 64 kbps 64 kbps measurement channel e RMC 144 kbps 144 kbps measurement channel e RMC 384 kbps 384 kbps measurement channel e AMR 12 2 kbps channel coding for the AMR coder In case of According to Standard the choice is fixed to RMC 12 2 kbps Remote control command OOURSBBIWSGPITS2DIAI IWSIGnal DPDCOh CCODing TYPE M12K2 M64K M144k M384k AMR Sets the RF frequency of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal FREQ 100 0 KHz 6 0 GHz Displays the RF power level of the wanted signal in case of Accord ing to Standard e 89 8 dBm whenWide Area BS e 9 8 dBm when Medium Range BS e 75 8 dBm when Local Area BS In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level of the wanted signal Remote control command COUR BBAWSGP TS25 141 2WSicGnal POW 014540 dBm 20 0 dBm Enables Disables the signal generation of the AWGN In case of Ac cording to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User De finable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 AWGN STATe ON OFF Sets the power ratio of wanted signal versus AWGN power In case of According to Standard the ratio is fixed to 16 8 dB In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP 7TS25141 AWGN CNRatio 80 0 dB 80 0 dB Dis
177. Marker BERT Fig 4 88 Routing of baseband A to RF port A In case of routing to path A B the RF port A B holds a reference measurement channel signal and RF port B A the adjacent channel interfering signal The test setup pictured in Fig 4 89 is suitable to meas ure the base station adjacent channel selectivity SMU RF A Signal Generator Base station ATT1 for the reference Under test channel HYBRID a a RX1 SMU RF B Signal Generator RX2 for the interference ATT2 i Termination if needed BER measure es optional BER measure if needed Fig 4 89 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T 1166 1560 12 4 181 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T 7 4 Adjacent Channel electivity ACS Init BTS Set BTS to RMC 12 2 kbps Init SMU Fig 4 90 Structure of the Adjacent Channel Selectivity measurement Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Set the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements 1166 1560 12 4 182 E 1 R amp S F
178. Operating Manual t 1 gt EEE WEEE EEE CEE E f Li 5 gt WCDMA BS Test Set R amp S FSMU W3 1166 1554 03 R amp S FSMU W8 1166 1554 08 R amp S FSMU W26 1166 1554 26 Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany ROHDE amp SCHWARZ Test and Measurement Division 1166 1560 12 01 1 R amp SQ is a registered trademark of Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Trade names are trademarks of the owners R amp S FSMU Tabbed Divider Overview Tabbed Divider Overview Data Sheet Safety Instructions Certificate of Quality List of R amp S Representatives Tabbed Divider 1 Chapter 1 2 Chapter 2 3 Chapter 3 4 Chapter 4 1166 1560 12 General Information Test Setup Frequency Correction of the Test Setup Tests on Base Stations According to 3G Standard 3GPP FDD RE E 1 Before putting the product into operation for the first time make sure to read the following Safety Instructions Rohde amp Schwarz makes every effort to keep the safety standard of its products up to date and to offer its customers the highest possible degree of safety Our products and the auxiliary equipment required for them are designed and tested in accordance with the relevant safety standards Compliance with these standards is continuously monitored by our quality assurance system This product has been designed and tested in accordance with the EC Certificate of Conformity and has left the manuf
179. PCHs at all are used The signal is composed of control channels only Two versions of the test model are defined one using CPICH the other without CPICH In addition to CPICH the signal contains PCCPCH and SCH Test model 5 This model shall be used for tests on EVM for base stations supporting HS PDSCH transmission using 16QAM modulation at Pmax This test model covers the use of HSDPA transmission Test models 1 to 3 only use DPCHs for data channel transmission These channels are all QPSK modulated Test model 5 uses in addition to these DPCHs channels that are 16QAM modulated HS PDSCHSs For the test model eight HS PDSCHs are defined at special code regions In the rest of the code space 30 DPCHs are defined and also distributed randomly across the code space using random timing offsets The levels are set in such a way that all of the HS PDSCHs have the same level The levels of the DPCHs are randomly distributed but all below the HS PDSCHs Considering that not every base station implementation will support eight HS PDSCHs 30 DPCHs versions of this test model containing four HS PDSCHs 14 DPCHs and two HS PDSCHs six DPCHs are also specified The tests defined for that model shall be performed using the largest of these three options that can be supported by the equipment under test The following chapters of this manual refer to the TX and RX tests that can be performed using the R amp S FSMU W The package R amp S FSMU W conta
180. PP band again j AA Select new limit line wide band 3 y Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate LIMitl NAME 3G SPU f oeste oe lr Enter Comment Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate LIMitl COMMent 3GPP BTS spurious emissions cat B pe domain for x axis Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate LIMitl CONTrol DOMain FREQuency 8 A 56 2 scaling for y axis Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate LIMitl CONTrol MODE ABSolute A mem ris unit for y axix Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate LIMitl UNIT DB unknown 4 115 E 1 Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions R amp S FSMU W 2 2 2 2 2 scaling for y axis Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate LIMitl UPPer MODE ABSolute 2 2 frequency steps Esm u 2bWrtl analyzer freq but J 2 2 2 corresponding y values Fsmu 1bWrtln analyzer limit buf switch on the line and limit check Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate LIMitl STATe ON I Loro A cus ume eee edit the ranges e M
181. Power in channel 120 Pmax 3 dB corresponds to TM 2 Frequency B MandT Scrambling code Any but set the same scrambling code on the R amp S FSQ Antenna diversity OFF You should set test model 2 The absolute power of the channel 120 30 ksps is reduced from Pmax 3 dB to Pmax 28 dB The base station should respond to the TPC bits of the R amp S SMU oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements unknown 4 38 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement The measurement must be performed separately for aggregated power control steps and alternating power control steps In the following description the aggregated power control steps are measured first and then the alternating power control steps The instrument settings are transferred for the most part For simulating the UE the UE of the R amp S SMU is used in the example The R amp S SMU s UE1 can generate the data in real time and thus produce patterns of any length Aggregated Power Steps The TPC sequence is entered directly into the UE1 as a Pattern This is possible for sequences having a maximum length of 64 bits BS Set the BS to the basic state Test model 2 oet the frequency for example to M Maximum output power Set and note the scrambling code owitch off antenna diversity mode Channel 120 30 ksps must respond to the R amp S SMU R amp S FSQ 1 Set t
182. R SAA AS close FSQ on GPIB Fomu CloseBsq analyzer j gf Main function 77 A kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkx unsigned int WaitForMeasurement int analyzer AECE AAA kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxkkkxk SPECIFICATION disconnects the FSQ from the GPIB Bus performs a local loc out PARAMETERS device handle for the analzyer SIDE EFFECTS none RETURN VALUES bit mask with SRQ BREAK operation complete SRQ occured SRQ OPC OPC condition in ESR occured SRQ ERROR QUEUE Error Queue is not empty SRQ ERROR ESR Error in ESR occured SRQ TIMEOUT No SRQ detected KKK KK IKK KKK IKK II KK II KI IK KI IK RII e He e ke He e e ke IRI IK RII ARIA ARIK AKAIKE k kkk kk either due to an error or due to a measurement result char ib String 1000 Strings written to gpib bus ay short Int status j of service register 2 char serial poll y byte or serial poll m unsigned Int ret value 0 7 fe memet eram calculation and result display Wait for SRO 5 cec ncec een status r no srg occured should not occur this function sets time out for the service request to 3 sec x x E E E E SY x the time out has to be set on board level in this case the unknown 4 123 E 1 R amp S FSMU W
183. R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation Interpretation of the Measurement Results The transmit intermodulation level shall not exceed the out of band emission or the spurious emission requirements of TS 25 141 subclauses 6 5 2 and 6 5 3 Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 2 section General Routines pa di dir di di div dir dir di dir dir dir di div dir dir di di div div dir di div dir dir dir dir dir dir dir dir div di dir di div dir dir di dio dir dir dis dio dir dir dir dir div dir dir dir diio dir di di dio dir dir dir dir div dir dir di div dir di di di dir dir Module TransmitIntermodulation c x Oopyrrdghts c 2004 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Project FSMU Description measures the transmit intermodulation 5 aocoOrdrng tO test case 6 6 KK KK kk Ck kk kCk kk Ck k Ck kk kk KK KK k k ck kk kk kk k kk kk kk k Ck Ck k k kk kk kCk kck k kk kk kk kk ck ck ck kk kk ifdef CVI this is needed by Labwindows CVI compiler only oy include lt ansi_c h gt else ANSI C compilers include lt stdlib h gt fp ato Ay tinclude lt stdio h gt E SpPEN include lt string h gt e Derat siren Ue tendif include fsmu global h tinclude 3gpp tests h EEE KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK void MeasureTransmitlInter
184. R amp S FSQ reference level 20 dB RF att 5 dB is already acceptable Press the AMPT hotkey The softkeys for configuring the drive level of the R amp S FSQ will appear Press the REF LEVEL softkey Set the desired reference level in the input field e g 0 dBm The reference level must be high enough so that the R amp S FSQ is not overdriven during the measurement In other words it needs to be at least as high as the expected output level of the test setup Press the RF ATTEN MANUAL softkey Set the desired attenuation value in the input field e g 10 dB 7 Perform the normalization measurement Press the NETWORK hotkey if you did not perform item 4 The softkeys for configuring the network mode will appear gt Press the SOURCE CAL 7 softkey The softkeys for performing the calibration will appear Press the CAL TRANS softkey The R amp S FSQ will perform a sweep and transfer the result to a background memory The R amp S FSQ will then show an image like the following example AR REY 2 iMEz TC 20 dEn VEY 5 WE Ref 20 dBm AEE 5 dE Swr 100 mi Fig 3 4 Screenshot from the normalization measurement 8 Switch on normalization Skip this item if there is only one carrier Single Carrier Press the NORMALIZE softkey The softkey will be marked in green and the R amp S FSQ will now be in the normalization mode The R amp S FSQ will normalize all of the subsequent traces i e it will normali
185. REQuency CENTer g GHZ frequency Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer ib string pe aan set instrument to internal trigger Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer TRIGgerl SEQuence SOURce IMMediate Switch on 3GPP FDD BTS measurement this sets the instrument to continous sweep implicitely T m c M M Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INSTrument SELect BWCD pa AAA set instrument to single sweep Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiatel CONTinuous OFF A A RA Set FSQ to Single Carrier mode Multi Carrier not allowed for ths measurement if Fsmu GetMultiCarrier Esmu MessageBox ERROR Multicarrier must be off for this measurement return else Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe OFF pa A nee set FSQ to measure spectrum emission mask Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower MEASurement ESPectrum a SaaS perform an auto adjust the FSQ settings and wait for the command execution Ey Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel OPC Fomu ipd analyzer 10 String sizeot 1b Strangly jy E E See trigger FSQ and wait for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate IMMediate OPC Esmu XbRd
186. Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case Wizard Panel The Fig 4 106 and Fig 4 107 show the input parameters for both kinds of Edit Modes According to Standard and User Definable g 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to T5 25 141 7 8 Verification of Internal BER Test Case General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard Triqger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF PortA Power dBm Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex o Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power Class Wide Area BS 0 995 0 999 1 1 001 1 002 Frequency GHz State On Reference Measurement Channel RMC 12 2 kbps RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 110 30 dBm gt Bit Error Rate 0 00 Fig 4 106 Test case panel for According to Standard g 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to T5 25 141 7 8 Verification of Internal BER Test Case 7 8 Verification of Internal BER General Settings 90 i i Edit Mode User Definable T Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 l AT E 110 Marker Configuration Auto Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF Port A y gt Basestation Configuration E A Scrambling Code hex 140 Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code 450 160 0 9
187. S FSMU W RF Level Settings The RF blocks offer the possibility to manipulate the RF power level see Fig 1 16 In case the Automatic Level Control State is set to e Auto default configuration the level control is automatically adapting but may causes increased intermodulation e Sample amp Hold the internal level control deactivated and a single Search Once command should calibrate the RF output level The User Correction Settings enable the user to enter frequency dependent level correction figures into a list By activating the State On this User Correction Data will increase the origin RF level by an frequency interpolated level offset Automatic Level Control Settings State Auto Search Once User Correction Settings User Cor Data Edit User Cor Data Fig 1 16 RF Level Setting for Level Control 1166 1560 12 1 19 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Notes on programming examples Notes on programming examples The programming examples in the description of the test cases describe the programming of the devices and serve as a basis for solving complex programming tasks On the supplied CD the programming examples are combined in a program 3gpp Sample Progams bin 3gpp_cvi exe or 3gpp ansi exe Before the instrument is put into operation this program must be copied into a user selected directory of the controller The program can be run provided the PC has a driver for a GPIB card from National Instrume
188. S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W Base station maximum output power 6 2 2 CPICH power accuracy 6 3 Frequency error 6 4 2 Power control steps 6 4 3 6 4 5 Power control dynamic range Total power dynamic range 6 5 1 Occupied bandwidth 6 5 2 1 Spectrum emission mask 6 5 2 2 Adjacent channel leakage ratio ACLR 6 5 3 Spurious emissions Transmit intermodulation 6 7 1 Error vector magnitude EVM 6 7 2 Peak code domain error 6 7 3 Time alignment error in TX diversity Receiver Characteristics 7 2 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 R amp S FSMU B2 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 R amp S FSMU B2 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 R amp S FSMU B2 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 Reference sensitivity level 7 3 Dynamic range 7 4 Adjacent channel selectivity 7 5 Blocking characteristics 7 6 Intermodulation characteristics 1 7 Spurious emissions 7 8 Verification of internal BER calculation Performance requirement 8 2 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 R amp S FSMU B3 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 R amp S FSMU B3 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 R amp S FSMU B3 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 R amp S FSMU B3 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1 R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU B1
189. S SMU Declaration void Fsmu Smu3GPPOn int ud Parameters ud GPIB handle of the generator Returned value None 1166 3363 12 1 25 E 1 Notes on programming examples R amp S FSMU W Functions for the GPIB bus This section describes the functions used in the example programs for data traffic via GPIB The names of the functions are based on the corresponding functions of the drivers from National Instruments If GPIB drivers from another manufacturer are used it suffices to adjust the functions in this section The example programs access the GPIB bus solely via the functions listed in the following All functions require a ud handle of the int type which is generated in the functions Fsmu InitFsq or Fsmu_InitSmu via the Fsmu_ibDev function Fsmu ibWrt The function writes count values from the buffer buf to the device with the handle ua If an error occurs during this process it is reported to the user This is an enhancement compared with the National Instruments functions Declaration Int Psmu ioWrt aint ud void buf long count 3 Parameter ud GPIB handle for the device buf Buffer to be written count Number of values to be written Returned value Value of the variable ibsta Fsmu ibWrtln The function writes a string from the buffer buf to the device with the handle ua The output ends with the characters M0 If an error occurs during this process it is reported to the user This function is an enhan
190. S under Tests 85 S Esmu 2bWrcln generator 90UR SBBIWSGP TS291411 159PClass WIDE CO AS Seas a Biter RE Preguen y SSS SSS SoS SoS cue SOS dA As Set SMU Bo the UL Erequency ot the base statlon 5922 52 2 2 api oprintt xb string T950URZBBIWSGPTLIS2514 1 WOIGnaltEREO Fg GHZ al frequency dl ul duplex Esmu 2bWrctln generator D string Un cse Set phe Transport Block Size sg 200 DITS eee AF Fsmu 1bWrtln generator SOOURSBBIWS3GEPSTSZ25I41ISWSIGHals PRACh UCCODAang TYPE TB360 Yy 5 Sea See uc Set tene Required BEER G2 50 04 0l SSSRA A Femu ibWrtln generator 90UR BBZW3GP TS20141 1AWGN RBLOCk RATE BOOUL AN o e PIOSS APPLY oett s SSS Sess Ses SS See eee Se e E This May take a long time So set time out temporarily to 100 sec 7 Fsmu ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo generator T100s Fomu bDWrrilm generator SZ9QURTBBIWSGP TS290I41 TCADOe msXECUEte Fsmu WaitForDevice generator Psi 2bWrtln generdtor OPC 5 Fsmu ibRd Generator XD String SEZzeor rb string 7 Fsmu ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut JE cnet Examples of SMU settings after the test case wizards pi tif O A input trigger delay only positive values are allowed mot sprint 10 sbring BB WSGPITRIGGQer bxTernaleDbLhay Sar smu trigger delay Femu bWrtln generator zb string D e M ddgusroou pub powers xo dere Seo NU Femu sbWrtln generator BB
191. SMU W Receiver Test Cases Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BTS to the basic state Initialize the BTS oet the scrambling scheme oet the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel 12 2 kbps oet the frequency for example to M 2 Set the SMU to the basic state Initialize the SMU by pressing the the key unless some settings e g in terms of I Q and RF blocks have to be kept 3 Set the test case wizard gt Press Test Case and select Test Case 7 4 The panel adapts to its test case Press Edit Mode and select According to Standard This selection guides the user close to TS 25 141 gt Press Trigger Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Marker Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Baseband A Signal Routing and select which RF output port A or B is connected to the BTS Enter Scrambling Code Scrambling Mode according to the BTS scrambling scheme Enter the Power Class of the BTS under test Press RF Frequency and enter the same frequency e g M the BTS has set to Press Frequency Offset and enter 5 MHz or 5 MHz interferer offset Press Apply Settings The SMU is now ready to start signal generation Y VV VV ON V 4 Start the measurement gt Send a start trigger impulse e g SFN modulo 4 from the BTS to the SMU The SMU will start signal generation 5 Calculate the r
192. SQ measure EVM power freg error BTS f ant BTS set to f ant max power Test Model 1 FSO set to f ant FSO auto adjust measure EVM power freq error BTS f ant P D TS support HSDPA n y y Fig 4 68 Structure of the Error Vector Magnitude EVM measurement unknown 4 140 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Table 4 6 Settings to make on the base station Output power Maximum power and 18 dB below it Test model TM 1 TM 4 and possibly TM5 Frequency B MandT Scrambling code Any but set the same scrambling code on the R amp S FSQ Antenna diversity OFF and ON if supported oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements oet the test model during the measurements to TM1 at maximum output power TM4 at minimum output power and TM5 HSDPA at maximum power Set the output power of the base station to the maximum and minimum values during the measurement owitch off the antenna diversity while measuring on the main antenna owitch on the antenna diversity while measuring on the two antennas Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BS to the basic state Test model 1 4 or 5 oet the frequency for example to M Maximum output power or reduced by 18 dB Set and no
193. SQ will make a measurement of the power of the base station and will set the reference level and the attenuator to their optimum values 5 Read off the result Theresult will be displayed continuously in the marker field The R amp S FSQ will automatically choose the proper limit line The selection is based on the measured carrier power which is also displayed in the marker field unknown 4 82 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask e ALL 10 dB SWT SO ms za m A a z E E IITINII Center 2 14 GHz 2 55 MHz Span 25 5 MHz Fig 4 33 Measurement of the spectrum emission mask 6 Generate the peak list You can skip this item if the numeric values of the peaks are not required Press the key The sweep configuration menu will appear Press the SWEEP SINGLE softkey The INS will switch over to single sweep Evaluation of peaks is possible only in this mode single sweep Press the key The softkeys for selecting measurements in spectral mode will appear Press the SPECTRUM EM MASK softkey The R amp S FSQ will switch over to measure the SPECTRUM EMISSION MASK The softkeys for configuring this measurement will appear Press the MARGIN softkey This step is necessary only if you wish to change the default value of 6 dB Enter the desired distance of the peaks from the limit line in the input mask The subsequent search for peaks will take into accou
194. SSCODSe six ue scrambling code Femu bWPtiln fgenerdtor ib String 7 Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 SCODe MODE LONG le eae aaa oa Enter the Power Class of the BTS Under testy ue a Esmu 2DWPtlIm generator SOURSBB WSGPETSZ2OISITBSPCLasSsS WIDE O uec Sed Bor BBNOIDOequeneyeeesceseescce eus EC EHE 2 Set SMU to the UL frequency of the base Station 0 2s 62 E Sprintrf 10 string S950URSBBIWOGPSISZ5lAIl WOIGnaltPREREO g GHz cL trequency al sul duplex 7 Femu 1bWetla generator ib string POE SEXE eMe PIOSS APPLY Sete NG 6 pS SST ce E This may take a long time so set time out temporarily to 100 sec Fsmu ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo generator T100s Fomu ibWrrin generator SZ9Q0URTBBIWSGP TO250141 TCAS5esmsXbCute Fsmu WaitForDevice generator ESmu 2bWrtln generdtor TOPE Ee Fsmu ibRd Generator tb Strang SEzeor 10 Stringy 7 Fsmu_ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut a Examples of SMU settings after the test case wizards Sur tif 0 LE SS input trigger delay only positive values are allowed pi Sprant 2b sbring BB WSGPSITRIGGQersbhxTernaleDbbay vd smu trigger delay Esmu bWrtln generator zb string J WEE adjust Ou pu Dover do geeeeE Ses Seas UE EE 7 Esmu 1bWrtln generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust A Luc E I Stop MU BO get dersned timing eeseeseseeeecetseeee d Esmu ibWrtla generator S8B
195. Setup The measurement can be performed using the standard test setup see Chapter 3 section Standard Test Setup with R amp S FSQ Only the R amp S FSQ is required to perform the measurement Internal triggering FREE RUN and the internal reference frequency of the R amp S FSQ are sufficient Base Station TX signal Value see text D a Fig 4 23 Test setup for Power control dynamic range The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly Recommended Options The measurement can be performed without any additional options Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T Test model 1 and test model 2 are used The power of the channel 120 30 ksps is reduced from Pmax 3dB to Pmax 28 dB unknown 4 62 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range Peculiarities for Multicarrier When measuring under multicarrier conditions the total power and the code channel power of one carrier are measured while the others are switched on The following figure represents a sample configuration a AE 11 TTL EN ERI Fig 4 24 Configuration of a multicarrier signal for measurement of the dynamic range of the channel power The measurement in the R amp S FSQ takes place on the carrier whose frequency the R amp S FSQ is set to
196. TS MCARrier STATe OFF A EHE erii sani eii iioii set BTS scrambling code 1x prints an integer in hex at least one digit i d sprintf ib string SENSe CDPower LCODe VALue H 1x bes scrambling code 7 Fsmu 1bWrtln analyzer ib string use auto detection of test model best results in most cases alternatively use predefined test model 2 5 or 5 as appropriate Fomu 1bWrelnfanalyzer 00NFIigure WCDPower BTO CTABIe STATe ON 4 Fem 1bWrelnfanalyzer sl CONTI GUTOINCD POWO BTO CTADI OI ELECT 06D 2 Sur Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle STATe OFF set antenna diversity OFF unknown 4 51 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower ANTenna OFF Sean select code 120 128 480 Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer SENSe CDPower CODE 480 5 messes eer switch to power versus slot measurement Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate2 FEED XTIM CDP PVSLot A a a we need absolute power measurements Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate FEED XPOWer CDP ABSolute a E E read in power with absolute power Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower PDIFf OFF F ses ssss s set instrument to internal trigger Fsmu_ibWrt
197. Table 4 14 Blocking performance requirement narrowband for Wide Area BS 4 196 Table 4 15 Blocking performance requirement narrowband for Medium Range BS 4 196 Table 4 16 Blocking performance requirement narrowband for Local Area BS 4 197 Table 4 17 E No test requirements in AWGN channel occocncocncocncocncocncocncocncocnconnconnonononononononannnanos 4 232 Table 4 18 E Ny Test requirements in multipath Case 3 channel oocccoocccocccocnconnconncocnccncncnnnnons 4 241 Table 4 18 UL Signal levels for different data rates ccoonccconcccocncoccncoonononnnnnnnnnnnncnncnnnanonnnnnononos 4 248 1166 1560 42 4 9 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Overview of the standard 4 Tests on Base Stations According to 3G Standard 3GPP FDD Overview of the standard In the present document measurements are described according to the 3G standard 3GPP FDD This standard defines measurements in frequency time and code domain on signals having W CDMA wideband code division multiple access The signals of 3GPP FDD are transmitted with a data rate of 3 84 MHz the channel spacing is normally 5 MHz For transmission the signal is passed through a root raised cosine filter of roll off 0 22 The receiver uses the same filter to ensure intermodulation free decision points For 3GPP FDD several paired frequency bands are used The following table shows start and stop frequen
198. The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T Peculiarities for Multicarrier In multicarrier mode the adjacent emissions in the adjancent channels are measured above the carrier at the highest frequency and below the carrier at the lowest frequency The R amp S FSQ handles this job automatically in multicarrier mode unknown 4 93 E 1 Test Case 6 5 2 2 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR R amp S FSMU W REW 30 kHz VEW 300 kHz 10 uH WT X 43 3 EE NN Mr eret ls m J Center 1 GHz 1 06 HHz Span 40 6 MHs Standard W CDMA SGPP FWD Adjacent channel Lower 6 11 dB Upper 67 13 dB ChI eti 36 33 dBm Alternate Channal Che 36 46 dBm Lower 67 60 dB Ch 36 41 dBm Upper 68 00 dB Cha 36 2 aBm Total 42 39 dBm Fig 4 39 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR with four carriers unknown 4 94 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 2 2 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f 1B M T Adjacent Channe Leagage power Ratio ACLR BTS set to Test Model 1 BTS max power all carriers on FSQ Init measure ACLR BTS f next f Fig 4 40 tructure of the Adjacent Channel Leakage power Ratio ACLR measurem
199. User Into ee last tange finished j unknown 4 119 E 1 Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions R amp S FSMU W NR E check if an error occured if status SRQ TIMEOUT SRQ TIMEOUT EFsmu MessageBox User Info Tameout on 9BO if status SRQ ERROR ESR SRQ ERROR ESR Foma MessageBox 77 User Into 4 5 Command Error ste 7 if status SRO ERROR QUEUE SRQ ERROR QUEUE psmu Messagebox QU User Ingo Error Queue not empty PR information only cc cce cec an status e SBO OPO SRO OFC Femu MessagebBox 95 User Into 49 BOasOY y CHECK LIMIT LINES Jk is e es is so ss sat Note limit line checking is also possible via SRO However the SRO for the limit line occurs as soon as the Limit is exceeded in this case the sweep would be finished and the rest of the results would be suppressed A J eem check limit line if BTS failed Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate LIMit FAIL Fsmu ibRdln analyzer 21D string SIZOOrt 10 String 7 A AA AR prepare the result ae atoi 1b string 0 stropy result String spurious emissions within laimits n else strcpy result string spurious emissions outside limits n JE Aa ppp x
200. W3GPp POWer ADJust Ah SESS ee ee eee e Stop MU BO get denied timing eseesescee eseeesg T penu SDWrclu generator SBSB IWSGPDSIRIGOQer ARM PEXROULe SOPC 1166 1560 12 4 275 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Fsmu ibRd Generator SD String SIZzeof 1b Strog s Ar ele adjusc output power Eo 0 dB and wait Lor execution d Foma 1 bWretla generator SBB WSGPp POWer rADJust OPC Fomu bhRd Generator AD String Sizeot rb string Vie Seen See ae enable external Trigger Em PMU Saa T if 1Psmu GetBtshmulation Esmu LbWrtla generator S98BSWOGPITRIGger 50UNCOe bhxTernal 0PC 7 Fsmu_ibRd Generator TO 2string sizeo0r nb strang s j else Esmu bWercla Generator 2BBESNOGPITRIGQePDIbEXECUute OPC Fsmu ibRd Generator XD string Sizeof 10 Strigg s j tendif eer EC LUE x jov rec Th SMU 15 now ready to Stark signal generation 7 e E A A E E E EE EE TE E LU E E EE x jm SS SaaS 4 Start Ehe measurement 2 2 H 7 Send a Start trigger impulse to the SMU 59 2 2 S H o 2 m The SMU will Start signal generation A 4 ecceueceec b jm peso 2 bs CaLrculare The esti eeceeesti eee 20S8 ay re The BTS internally calculates the BLER 2 H2 3 22 22 LS ifdef FSMU LOG DATA A ae SA AIR A ER A SI AI IE RA A A EI AE P x Doce ce Write ONHEDUL HXtQ XU Asa a SS E
201. You can also set the correct time using the rotary knob The time you set will go into effect immediately so that the correct time can be detected Change the polarity gt Press the TRIG key The softkeys for triggering will appear Press the POLARITY POS NEG softkey The polarity will be switched and the green marker will switch from POS to NEG or vice versa Set the FREE RUN trigger mode Press the TRIG key The softkeys for triggering will appear Press the FREE RUN softkey The R amp S FSQ s trigger mode will be changed In the FREE RUN trigger mode you do not need a trigger offset 1166 1560 12 1 11 E 1 Information about the R amp S SMU R amp S FSMU W Information about the R amp S SMU Calling Test Case Wizard The Test Case Wizard can be called by the menu button Test Case Wizard in the 3GPP panel pictured in Fig 1 10 At the push of the button panel Test Case Wizard opens The Test Case Wizard has effect on Link Direction trigger clock and base and mobile station configu rations respectively according to the general R amp S SMU operating policy above located buttons may change below located settings The Test Case Wizard supports some selected Test Cases according to TS 25 141 The Test Case Wizard serves as a short cut for all the R amp S SMU relevant settings That means that besides the 3GPP required settings also interference signals in terms of AWGN CW interference colo cated modulation
202. a arbol QD SUL JS ADD AAA AAA read in all data Fsmu ibRd analyzer char amp result summary length of data Ya nine enim i erm m read in trailing LF from FSQ Fsmu ibRd analyzer 25D string L a Display the result min power tm2 result summary power abs channel 7 Ssprinit result string y Power control dynamic rangen abs BTS power 5 MHz 97 2f dBmVyn abs BTS power 20 MHz 97 2f aBmin ced m eme max channel power abs ZE dBm min channel power abs max channel power r l 2 227 25 GB n min channel power rel olen ABAN max power tml max power tml quick max power tm2 min power tm2 max power tm2 max power tml quick min power tm2 max power tml quick ESmu MessdgeBOx es Beste CPP Tester Seeing y UU ARS ci eec AAA close FSQ on GPIB Foma ClosebPsgq enelyzer 3 unknown 4 72 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 4 Total Power Dynamic Range Test Case 6 4 4 Total Power Dynamic Range Test Objective This test is used to verify whether the errors in the output power of the base station lie within certain limits The test involves measurements at the maximum and minimum power of the base station If the base station supports Closed Loop Diversity 4 or Space Time Transmit Diversity STTD 4 then the test should be performed on both of the an
203. a generator sSOURIBBIWOGPTIS25141 TCASe TEGO y JW ARS A oet Edie Mode Lo According to Standard H 2 3 5 z Fomu DWrtln generator 9QURIBBIWSGP TO29TI41TRMODe STANdard y QU SAS oet Trigger Configuration and select AUCO 2H5 m unknown 4 134 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation Fomu bWrtlm generator S90URSBBSWOGPITO2OIAI TTRIGger AUTO g JN AAA AAA oet Marker Contigurarc von and select AU tO se ur bsmu bWeclo generator 50UR BBIWOGP ETO25IJISTIRIGger QUIPUC AUTO 7 qe Sa set Sot Baseband A roOUtlng BO Sud RE POLE eee iA Pemu bWrtln generator 9QURTIBBIWSGPITO251491 ROUTSe A E Esuetisrucds Enter Scrambling Code Serambling MOde 9555 2 E FE 31 prints an integer an hex at Least one digit t s2 o api SpESHET 10 Strung USOOURTBBTWOGEPITIOAZ2OIALSSCODS Ix DES soramblamg code g ESmu 16Wrtintgeneratory 1D String 7 Esmu ibWrtln generator 950UR BB W3SGP TS25141 95CODe MODE ON X DAA Biter RE Froen y eee ICI nme ag Set SMU to the DL frequency of the base station RU Sprint xb String 90U0RSBBETWOGPIDO2S IALPTBSSTIOnal iBERBO Sg Chat al frequenecey s Esmu xbWrtln generator ib string JN AAA AAA oet the base station maximum power e g 20 dBm u Fsmu ibWrtln generator UCOQURIBBEIZWSGGPSTS2514TTBSOrgnal POW 20 0dBm Iu ea oet th interferer Frequency Offset e
204. a sus aptitudes f sicas ps quicas y emocionales ya que de otra manera no se pueden excluir lesiones o da os de objetos El empresario lleva la responsabilidad de seleccionar el personal usuario apto para el manejo de los productos Antes de la puesta en marcha del producto se deber tener por seguro de que la tensi n preseleccionada en el producto equivalga a la del la red de distribuci n Si es necesario cambiar la preselecci n de la tensi n tambi n se deber n en caso dabo cambiar los fusibles correspondientes del prodcuto Productos de la clase de seguridad con alimentaci n m vil y enchufe individual de producto solamente deber n ser conectados para el funcionamiento a tomas de corriente de contacto de seguridad y con conductor protector conectado Queda prohibida toda clase de interrupci n intencionada del conductor protector tanto en la toma de corriente como en el mismo producto ya que puede tener como consecuencia el peligro de golpe de corriente por el producto Si se utilizaran cables o enchufes de extensi n se deber poner al seguro que es controlado su estado t cnico de seguridad Si el producto no est equipado con un interruptor para desconectarlo de la red se deber considerar el enchufe del cable de distribuci n como interruptor En estos casos deber asegurar de que el enchufe sea de f cil acceso y nabejo medida del cable de distribuci n aproximadamente 2 m Los interruptores de funci
205. a Set the Reference Measurement Channel e g 384 kbps Femu bWrtLn generator SOOURSBBIWS3GP TS25141 2WSIGHalsDPDChsCCODang TYPE M394k Yy 5 E Sasa SSeS e Set the Required BLER eg to 0 01 eee m Femu ibWrtln generator 90UR BB W3GP TS20141 1AWGN RBLOCk RATE BOOUL JM ES Press Apply Settings s 5 HS 25 2i This may take a long time So set time out temporarily to 100 sec 7 Fsmu ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo generator T100s Fsmu_ibWrtin generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 TCASe EXECute Fsmu WaitForDevice generator Psi 2bWrtln generdtor OPC 5 Fsmu ibRd generator 2D String Sizer Grbstring 7 Fsmu ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut pe E Examples of SMU settings after the test case wizards Sur tif O E input trigger delay only positive values are allowed pi Sprintt 2b string BB WSGP ITRIGGQer bxTernaleDbLhay Sar smu trigger delay Femu bWrtln generator xb string A SS O adjust output power toU dB Se SH n ss2 pa Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust Jo SS SO O Stop SMU to get detrned timing e 5 42 Esmu ibWrtla generator S8B WSGPDSTRIGQer ARMEPEXRCOHuCe OPC Fsmu ibRd Generator XD string oSEtzeof 10 SEEIDSg SS adjust output power to 0 AB and walt for execution m Psmu DbWrtln generdtor IBBIWOGPDEPOWer ADJust OPC penu sbhRd generator ib Stri
206. a dod 4 217 Test Case Wizard Fatiels sec ona tu Rin css rai 4 218 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiON coocccocccocncocnconnconnconnncnnonanonanos 4 221 Structure of the Measurement oocoocccccncccncccncccncconcconoconoconocnnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 222 Settings on the Base Station coocccocccccncccncccncconoconocanoconocannonnnonnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnns 4 222 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMeNt occoccccoccccccccccccncncocncncncnnnoncnoncnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnncnnnnns 4 223 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS coocccocccocccocncocncooncconocanocacocanocanonons 4 223 Tips and Special MMS em 4 223 Sample Prootoni A 4 224 Test Case 8 2 1 Demodulation of DCH in Static Propagation Conditions 4 228 MS Sle UNOS oe a deci t d LE L MM de miM Cd EE 4 228 FEST oeU ene PPP UE E 4 228 Recommended OPINAS id 4 228 Test Case Wizard Panel 4 229 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiODN coocccocccccncocncccncconocononanonanonanos 4 232 1166 1560 42 I 4 4 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Contents Structure of the Measurement oocoocccocccccncccncccnoconoconoconoconocannonnnonnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenannns 4 233 Settings on the Base Station cooccconccccncccncccncconoconocanoconocanocnnnonnnonnnoncnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnns 4 234 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent ocoocccocncccncocncocncocnnocnnonnnonnnonncnnncnnnononnnannnannnns 4 234 Interpretation of
207. a o PLN A 4 268 Variation in the Parameters of the Base Stati0N oocccoccccccnccccncoocnconnnnonnonnnnnnnonos 4 270 Structure of the Measurement ooccccoccccccncccnncncnconnnoconnonannonannnnnnnnnnnonannonannonannenanenos 4 271 Settings on the Base AN 4 272 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent ocoocccocncccncocncocncocncocncnonnnnnnnonnnnnnnonnnonnconncnnnnons 4 272 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS coocccocccocncocnconncocnconncconocanocanocanonoss 4 273 pPsiana Special Picks t rt 4 273 A A E 4 273 Test Case 8 8 4 RACH Demodulation of Message Part in Multipath Fading Case 3 4 277 1166 1560 42 4 5 E 1 Contents R amp S FSMU W Recommended Options bett Tn 4 271 Test Case 8 9 1 CPCH Access Preamble and Collision Detection Preamble Detection in Static Fropagauob OOPdillole assai ases ore reb esa E dur n EV Cea idi aaa 4 277 Test Case 8 9 2 CPCH Access Preamble and Collision Detection Preamble Detection in MUNI At Fading Cases ti oa 4 271 Test Case 8 9 3 Demodulation of CPCH Message in Static Propagation Conditions 4 278 Test Case 8 9 4 Demodulation of CPCH Message in Multipath Fading Case 3 4 279 1166 1560 42 4 6 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Overview of the standard List of illustrations Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fi
208. across the code space at random power levels and random timing offsets are defined so as to simulate a realistic traffic scenario which may have a high peak to average ratio PAR Considering that not every base station implementation will support 64 DPCHs versions of this test model containing 32 and 16 DPCHs are also specified The tests defined using this model shall be performed using the largest of these three options that can be supported by the equipment under test Test model 2 This model shall be used for tests on e output power dynamics e CPICH power accuracy With this model three DPCHs at 30 ksps SF 128 are defined The code numbers of the channels are defined in such a way that they cover the whole code space Test model 3 This model shall be used for tests on peak code domain error 32 DPCHs at 30 ksps SF 128 distributed randomly across the code space and using random timing offsets are defined for this model The power levels of the channels are all the same As with test model 1 not every base station implementation will support 32 DPCHs therefore a version of this test model containing 16 DPCHs is also specified The peak code domain error tests shall be performed using the larger of these two options that can be supported by the equipment under test Test model 4 This model shall be used for tests on e EVM measurement e total power dynamic range e frequency error For this test model no D
209. acturer s plant in a condition fully complying with safety standards To maintain this condition and to ensure safe operation observe all instructions and warnings provided in this manual If you have any questions regarding these safety instructions Rohde amp Schwarz will be happy to answer them Furthermore it is your responsibility to use the product in an appropriate manner This product is designed for use solely in industrial and laboratory environments or in the field and must not be used in any way that may cause personal injury or property damage You are responsible if the product is used for an intention other than its designated purpose or in disregard of the manufacturer s instructions The manufacturer shall assume no responsibility for such use of the product The product is used for its designated purpose if it is used in accordance with its operating manual and within its performance limits see data sheet documentation the following safety instructions Using the products requires technical skills and knowledge of English It is therefore essential that the products be used exclusively by skilled and specialized staff or thoroughly trained personnel with the required skills If personal safety gear is required for using Rohde amp Schwarz products this will be indicated at the appropriate place in the product documentation Symbols and safety labels Attention Observe Weight Danger of Warning l uir UN 9f 9 Ground
210. alsFREO 1000 KHz 6 10 Ia Displays the RF power level of the wanted signal in case of Accord ing to Standard 120 3 10 dBm when Wide Area BS e 110 3 10 dBm when Medium Range BS e 106 3 10 dBm when Local Area BS In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level figure Remote control command COOURS BBSWOSGE TSZ251491I WSIGhsalsPOW 145 0 dBm i 20 ABM Sets the Bit Error Ratio In case of According to Standard the user can choose from e 0 00 No bit errors are inserted e 0 01 The BER is 196 In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitray BER figure below or equal to 0 1 Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal DPDCh DERR BIT RATE ROBSOS 2 em Sets the Block Error Ratio The user can enter an arbitray BLER figure below or equal to 0 1 Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP T825141 WSIGnal DPDCh DERR BLOCk RATE PODA ues k Fig 4 108and Fig 4 109 show an achieved example signal flow within the SMU after pressing the Ap ply Settings button 1166 1560 12 4 219 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Marker Ira 1 Radio Frame OUT 2 Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame 4 Radio Frame Fading A REA Mod A config config contig TRIGGER 1 Fon On Std Del IMP Graphics config config config On On On Baseband B Fading B 1 AWGNIJIMP B iQ Mod B RFIA Mod B config config
211. amp S SMU Test Case Wizard Panel The Fig 4 125 and Fig 4 125 show the input parameters for both kinds of Edit Modes According to Standard and User Definable Eg 3GPP FDD Test Cases Accordin g to T5 25 141 8 8 1 RACH Preamble Detection in Static Propagation Conditio ioj xj 8 8 1 RACH Preamble Detection in Static Propagation Conditions General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto Diversity Off m Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF Port A Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex 0 Scrambling Mode Long scrambling Code 0 995 1 1 005 Power Class Wide Area B5 Frequency GHz um T e i S c State On RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 101 20 dBm State On Required Pd gt 0 99 Power Level within 3 84 MHz BW 4 00 dBm Ec H 17 20 dB gt Fig 4 125 Test case panel for According to Standard 1166 1560 12 4 257 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W ES 3GPP FOD Test Cases According to T5 25 141 3 6 1 RACH Preamble Detection in Static Propagatia n Conc itic 8 8 1 RACH Preamble Detection in Static Propagation Conditions E General Settings User Definable Auto Ext Trigger 1 Auto Off M Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF Port A B
212. and A to RF port B in case of BER test occccoccccccncoccnconcncncnnnncnnnnnnss 4 220 Fig 4 110 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 221 Fig 4 111 Structure of the Verification of the Internal BER Calculation measurement 4 222 Fig 4 112 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 228 Fig 4 113 Test case panel for According to Standard sseesessseseeeeneneeneenn 4 229 Fig 4 114 Test case panel for User Definable sees 4 230 Fig 4 115 Routing of baseband A to RF port A and B oocoocccnccncnccnnccnccncncnoncnncnonacononnnonononncncnannnnanonos 4 232 Fig 4 116 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 232 Fig 4 117 Structure of the Demodulation of DCH in Static Propagation Conditions measurement 4 233 Fig 4 118 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 245 Fig 4 119 Test case panel for According to Standard cccccccccccsecccececeeeeseeeeseeeeaeeeseeeeseueeaeeeeaes 4 246 Fig 4 120 Test case panel for User Definable occcoocccoccnconcccccnccocnconcncnnconnnnnnnnnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnannnos 4 247 Fig 4 121 Routing of baseband A to RF port A and B in case of BLER test 4 248 Fig 4 122 Test Setup according to TS 25 141
213. ange of possible symbol rates is from 7 5 ksps for the slowest channel to 960 ksps for the fastest channel Since all of the channels need to be transmitted with the same overall data rate while the composite signal is being composed channels of different symbol rates are spread with different spreading code lengths If for example a channel with 7 5 ksps symbol rate is spread with a code of length 512 a channel with 15 ksps symbol rate must be spread with a code of length 256 Both channels would then after spreading use the same transmission rate As the symbol rates range from 7 5 ksps to 960 ksps the spreading code lengths range from 512 for the lowest channel to 4 for the fastest channel If all of the channels of different symbol rates were projected into one plane let us say the plane of spreading factor 512 the channels would cover a different number of codes there see Fig 4 1 R Code Power Relative SR 120 ksps Chan Code 15 CF 1 GHz CPICH Slot 0 Chan Slot 0 i NEN IAEA TT mni Mmm rn nene im em n Start Ch O 64 Ch Stop Ch 511 Result Summary SR 120 ksps EXT Chan Code 15 CF 1 GHz CPICH Slot 0 Chan Slot 0D GLOBAL RESULTS FOR FRAME Total Power Carrier Freq Error Ref Chip Rate Error Trigger to Frame 045906 B 16 7 IQ Offset IQ Imbalance 0 04 dBm composite EVM Pk CDE 15 ksps 60 0 Att CPICH Slot No No of Active Chan 7 15 dB CHANNEL RESULTS Symbol Rate 00 ksps Timing Offset Chips Channel Code
214. ar ID String 1000 strings written to gpib bus i LE analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer Bor calculation and result display char result string 1000 strings read in from gpib bus SU double result e Hz y aaa AAA A A sees initialize BIS Foma MessageBos User Into 9 Set BTS to Test Model 1 Max Power AAA initialize FSQ Fsmu InitFsq amp analyzer Fomu Setuplinstrumentbsq analyzer set the instrument to the frequency of the base station sprintf ib string SENSel FREQuency CENTer g GHZ frequency Fema zbWrtln analyzer xb String 7 switch on 3GPP FDD BTS measurement this sets the instrument to continous sweep implicitely d e m A A Y Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INSTrument SELect BWCD T Been duces emu single sweep Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer INITiatel CONTinuous OFF set FSQ to Single Carrier mode Multi Carrier is an error Air Fomu GetMultiCarrier 0 bsmu MeSSIGEBOS 77 ERROR 72 Multicarrier must be off for this measurement Fetura else Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe OFF B oeste set FSQ to measurement of occupied bandwidt
215. are needed depending on whether the power steps are 0 5 dB or 1 0 dB For evaluation purposes it is best to shift the start of a new sequence to the frame limit in each case This allows you to see the maximum and minimum steps per power step at a glance using the R amp S FSQ To ensure that the base station responds reliably to the TPC bits from the R amp S SMU some frames with TPC bits 1 are transmitted at the start of the test preamble This keeps the power of the base station at the maximum level in the channel being tested Once the preamble is complete the R amp S FSQ is triggered using marker 1 of the R amp S SMU and the actual recording of the measurement data begins By shifting the marker within a frame you can ensure that the measurement starts at the frame limit for each power step Using the R amp S FSQ s multiframe function the frames required for this purpose can be recorded without any gaps up to a length of 100 frames and then analyzed The R amp S SMU reads in the data from a list and generates the output in real time This means it has no limitations with regard to the memory depth preamble 1 frame 1 frame Code domain i ower dB _4 alternating i altemating P Pma 08 steps ramp down steps ramp down alternating l steps time time slots Fig 4 11 Plot of the code domain power in the alternating power control steps test unknown 4 30 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power
216. art identifier q one ascii digit defining the length of the next field Y dad ascii digits defining the number of bytes which follow i number of l s is defined by d see above no terminating 10 data data in 4 byte ieee float format dl can directly stored in a bloat field 2 2 read in d Esmu bd analyzer ib string 2 y Skip the get length of next field length OF data ib String pL 0 7 read in 111 length Fomu ibRd analyzer 15 string length of data ib string lengua Or data XO0 5 length Of data ator XD String j p 9 seni cue e skip the first entry Fsmu ibRd analyzer amp power control steps power step index SLZECE power control StepsrtolJ 7 read in the rest of data store at the end power control steps field Fsmu ibRd analyzer amp power control steps power step index unknown 4 53 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W length of data Sizeor power control steps Ilol y ii read in trailing LF from FSQ Fsmu ibRd analyzer result String 3 PA REESE EE 1 we skipped the first entry power step index power step index length or desta Jg sizeof power control steps 0 1 3 PA PSSS ee as extract the results
217. as set to Y V NW NW ON V Press Bandwidth Type and enter whether a wideband or narrowband interferer causes intermodu lation Press Apply Settings The SMU is now ready to start signal generation 4 Start the measurement gt Send a start trigger impulse e g SFN modulo 4 from the BTS to the SMU The SMU will start signal generation 5 Calculate the result gt The BTS internally calculates the BER Interpretation of the Measurement Results The internally calculated BER shall not exceed 0 001 Note TS 25 141 Annex C General Rules for Sta tistical Testing where test conditions in terms of test methods and test conditions are defined 1166 1560 12 4 212 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Tips and Special Tricks Ensure that the RF blocks are switched on while the measurement procedure is running Since the test case wizard does not activate or deactivate the RF ports these have to be switched on before or after the Apply Settings button is pressed The signal quality can be enhanced or for test purposes modified by additional settings in the impair ments section of the AWGN block in the I Q modulator block and in the RF block Usually the test case wizard does not alter these settings In case of an channel coded signal e g an RMC is activated the base station that triggers the SMU signal generation shall emit an SFN System Frame Number mod 4 periodic trigger A simple SFN periodic trigger probabl
218. asestation Configuration D Long Scrambling Code Edit Made Trigger Configuration Marker Configuration Diversity Power dBm Scrambling Code hex Scrambling Mode 0 995 1 1 005 Frequency GHz State 1 000 000 000 00 GHz y Power Level 101 20 dBm p RF Frequency State On 44 00 dBm Ec NI Power Level within 3 84 MHz BW 17 20 dB y Fig 4 126 Test case panel for User Definable The input ouput parameters of the wizard panel read as follows Wanted Signal State RF Frequency Power Level read only AWGN State Required Pd displayed if According to Standard 1166 1560 12 Enables Disables the signal generation of the wanted 3GPP signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal STATe ON OFF Sets the RF frequency of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP T825141 WSIGnal FREQ 100 0 KHz 6 0 GHz Displays the RF power level of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP T825141 WSIGnal POW 145 0 dBm 20 0 dBm Enables Disables the signal generation of the AWGN In case of Ac cording to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Defin able the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 AW
219. ask of the BTS kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk 2 2 2 variables change the following variables according to your needs double frequency 2 14 GHz e leave the following variables untouched variables for GPIB bus char ib string 1000 E strings tor i o with gpib bus a int analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer E7 Lort ant status of service register ag char serial poll byte of serial poll X inest tients in Ear calculation and result display char peak string 1000 string read in from gpib bus i char result string 10000 7 V strings tor result display E peak value pk values 3 50 max 50 values in 3 ranges e unsigned int peak index used in for loop uri unsigned int length of data of the binary list n unknown 4 88 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask nnn A a e initialize BTS Foma MessageBox ere User Into wv Set BIS to Test Model l Max Power initialize FSQ Fsmu InitFsq amp analyzer Fsmu SetupInstrumentFsq analyzer Set the instrument to the frequency of the base station sprintf ib string SENSel F
220. assed when the resulting BLER calculated internally by the BS is below a specified threshold at the test frequency M Quotation from 1 The performance requirement of DCH in static propagation conditions is determined by the maximum Block Error Ratio BLER allowed when the receiver input signal is at a specified Eb NO limit The BLER is calculated for each of the measurement channels supported by the base station Test Setup The test setup pictured in Fig 4 112 is suitable to measure the base station demodulation performance with diversity Base BS frame Station trigger RF signal B RF signal A without diversity Base Station BS frame trigger Rx Tx or Rx RF signal Fig 4 112 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A In case of diversity measurements both RF ports A and B hold the the wanted signal and both RF ports A and be shall be connected to the base station receiver ports In case of no diversity measurements a single RF port A or B depends on the Smus routing scheme is connected to the single base station receiver port The SMU will start signal generation by the first BS frame trigger sent to trigger port Trigger 1 Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the optionFSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main module
221. asurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T The variety of Transport Block Sizes are denoted by s 168 360 and the required BLERs by b f0 1 0 01 8 8 3 Demodulation of RACH Message in Static Propagation Conditions Init BTS Set BTS to RMC RACH Set BTS to f i Init SMU Set SMU Test Case Wizard Trigger SMU Measure BLER b gt last BLER n Fig 4 133 Structure of the Demodulation of RACH Message in Static Propagation Conditions measurement 1166 1560 12 4 271 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Frequency B MandT Ttransport Block Size 168 bits 360 bits RMC RACH Scrambling code Any oet the frequency to B M and T and the Transport Block Size to 168 bits and 360 bits during the course of the measurements Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement Initialize the BTS oet the scrambling scheme oet the BTS to demodulate RACH Message Part Set the preamble threshold factor chosen to fulfill Pd and Pfa requirements in test case 8 8 1 8 8 2 respectively oet the frequency for example to M 6 Set the SMU to the basic state Initialize the SMU by pressing the the key unless some settings e g in terms of I Q and RF blocks have to be kept 7 S
222. ation Note 1EF45 Spurious Emission Measurement on 3GPP Base Station Transmitters 3 The Application Note provides details on the recommended analyzer settings The settings required on the R amp S FSQ are the same as those described in the Application Note for the FSU A copy of the Application Note is included with the CD ROM Modifying the Peak Search The peak search uses the same algorithm as the measurement of the spectrum emission mask see the section Spectrum Emission Mask on page 4 80 The instructions for configuring the peak search also apply when searching for peaks with spurious emissions Using Filters Due to its excellent drive characteristics the R amp S FSQ is capable of measuring spurious emissions on base stations in category A 1 section 6 5 3 4 1 and B 1 section 6 5 3 4 2 without any additional filters or amplifiers To protect the R amp S FSQ from the high power level of the base station all that is required is an approx 30 dB attenuator For these applications you can use the standard setup see Fig 4 45 Test setup for Spurious emissions on page 4 103 When measuring spurious emissions in the receiving bands specified by the different mobile radio standards 1 section 6 5 3 4 3ff the expectations for the dynamic range of the analyzer are so high that it is not possible to make this measurement without using external filters The filter needs to reduce the power of the carrier in the base
223. ation menu will appear Press the SWEEP POINTS softkey Enter the desired number of sweep points in the input field or use the rotary knob Increasing the Stability of the Displayed Results The measurement is performed in the R amp S FSQ using an RMS detector If you increase the sweep time the averaging time is also increased This makes the displayed results more stable 7 Increasing the stability of the displayed results opt Press the key The sweep configuration menu will appear Press the SWEEP TIME softkey Enter the desired measurement time in the input field or use the rotary knob unknown 4 71 E 1 Test Case 6 5 1 Occupied Bandwidth R amp S FSMU W Sample Program Measurement with the Analyzer Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 2 section General Routines f Fk ecce ke e e e ke ke e e e ke ke e e e ke ke e e e ke ke e e e ke he e e he A void MeasureOccupiedBandwidth void AAA measure the occupied bandwidth of the BTS kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkx variables change the following variables according to your needs double frequency 2 14 GHz ut leave the following variables untouched variables for GPIB bus ch
224. ation with other services Base Station Value see text fotop transmit band Astoyp gt 80 dB gt Fig 4 46 Test setup for Protection of other services co existance und co location Spurious The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly Recommended Options Spurious emissions in compliance with category A and B can be measured without any additional options In order to test the Protection of other services co existance and co location you will need either an external preamplifier or the option B25 RF Preamplifier R amp S FSQ3 and R amp S FSQ8 or option B25 and B23 R amp S FSQ26 Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T Peculiarities for Multicarrier When testing a single carrier base station the spurious emissions are measured at a spacing of 12 5 MHz from the carrier fa a 12 5 MHz 12 5 MHz C spurious emissions lt gt lt gt spurious emissions UT SK Va Fig 4 47 Measurement range for spurious emissions single carrier When testing under multicarrier conditions the spurious emissions are measured outside of the frequency band used by all of the carriers unknown 4 104 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions spurious emissions multicarrier neo Fig
225. ays be defined in advance The present function converts the string in ASCII format and stores the result in an array of floats Declaration int Fsmu ConvertFsqgResultTrace char input string float oSnmmqtey int size Parameters input string Result string of the R amp S FS K72 with the values of a trace in ASCII format summary The results in a float array size The length of the array Returned value The number of converted values 1166 3363 12 1 23 E 1 Notes on programming examples R amp S FSMU W Functions for the R amp S SMU The functions are used for initializing and resetting the instrument In addition functions for configuring the R amp S SMU for simulating a base station are also included Fsmu_InitSmu Initializes the access to the GPIB bus for the R amp S SMU The primary and secondary address timeout EOT mode and EOI mode in the function are fixed The defines at the beginning of the module may have to be edited If the generator cannot be initialized the program is exited after issuing an error message The generator is not yet programmed in this function Declaration vota Esmu Inir o mu tac uds Parameters ud Pointer to the GPIB handle for the generator Returned value None Fsmu_CloseSmu Queries the error queue of the R amp S SMU informs the user in the event of an error switches the R amp S SMU to local and closes the GPIB access for the R amp S SMU The GPIB handle is no longer val
226. bWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe OFF unknown 4 154 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 7 2 Peak Code Domain Error ol EE set FSQ to code domain power measurement Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower MEASurement WCDPower LC DE set scrambling code 1x prints an integer in hex at least one digit oy sprintf ib string SENSe CDPower LCODe VALue H 1x scrambling code 7 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer ib string A use auto detection of test model best results in most cases alternatively use predefined test model 2 5 or 5 as appropriate Dem 21bWrelnfenalyzez VICONFIQUr NCDFOw r ET DICTADO STATS ON 7 2 Fomu DNrtIBn analyzer TICUNFIOQUIGINWODFOWOeISETSTCIABIGIOELEUI JCE 2 d Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle STATe OFF iS SS ae a set antenna diversity to antenna OFF Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower ANTenna OFF JV rep switch FSQ into code domain power measurement Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate2 FEED XTIM CDP ERR SUMMary mene Hmc auto adjust the FSQ settings wait for the command execution this needs the external trigger being active too d Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel OPC Fomu 10Rd analyzer zb string S1260 10 String 7 A aa eee clear status registers
227. bsequently it resets the timeout to the original value It uses the functions Fsmu ibGetTmo and Fsmu ibSetTmo as well as WaitSRQ of the National Instruments driver Declaration int Fsmu ibWaitForSRO int bd int TimeOut gt Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device TimeOut Timeout see Fsmu ibTmo Returned value Value of the variable ibsta 1166 3363 12 1 27 E 1 Notes on programming examples R amp S FSMU W Fsmu ibRsp The function runs a serial poll on the specified bus and transfers the result in the parameter status byte It uses the functions Fsmu ibGetTmo and Fsmu ibSetTmo as well as WaitSRQ of the drivers Declaration int Femu i15Bsp ant ud char Status byte Parameters ud GPIB handle for a bus status byte Response of the serial poll Returned value Value of the variable ibsta Fsmu ibCheck The function checks the global variable ibsta for errors If an error has occurred this is reported to the user and the program is exited provided the value IBCHECK TERMINATE was transferred in the parameter mode Declaration Static void Esmu bObheck nt ud ant mode char ErrorMsg Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device Returned value None Side effect The function terminates the program if an ibsta indicates an error and IBCHECK TERMINATE is transferred as the parameter mode Fsmu_ibDev The function opens a channel for a device on the bus and sets the primary and secondary address timeout EOI beha
228. by the limit lines E doe x d ee XE Stare of lime Jane and limits op Lo inband freq inder 0 5 freq andes Prini amp treq bur rreq index CALCulate LIMit1 CONTrol 9 kHz 1000 MHz 1000 MHz limit index 0 j limit index sprinti Slimit put 11m1 1ndex CALCulate LIMitl UPPer 36 36 30 2 2 2 lower part of inband 1st range carrier incl 60 MHz range within inband region limits change at 60 MHz and 50 MHz region near by carrier fcl Af LowerBana lt ci 6940 treg index Sprintti freq burl itreq index 7 3 MHz 7 3f MHz 7 3 MHz 7 3f MHz tel 60 al 60 acl 50 tcl 90 7 limit index Sprinter limit burl lame index y UAM Z8 EB HAS j 2nd range carrier incl 50 MHz range within inband region limits change at LowerBand and 50 MHz region near by carrier fcl EJ else if LowerBand lt fcl 50 0 freq index Sprintf amp freq buf freg index 7 3 MHz 7 3 MHz 7 3 MHz 7 3 MHz LowerBand LowerBand fcl 50 fel 50 Linit index Sprinter limit Dur liumrt index y Ud CB 2D MLB j 3rd range carrier up to 50 MHz range within inband region limits change at LowerBand only unknown 4 114 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions else freq index sprintf amp freq buf freq index 7 7 3 MHz 7 3f MHz LowerBand LowerBand
229. cacemeti nt det apte raid 4 88 Test Case 6 5 2 2 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR 4 93 TPSSt ODI CCUVG xe cesarean tc iii 4 93 A S 4 93 Recommended Options escindida 4 93 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiON ocoooccccccconccoccconnconnconncnnnnnnncnnnnos 4 93 Peculiarities for Multicarrier oocoocccocccccncccncccnoconoconoconoconocanonanonanocnnonanonanonaninanonons 4 93 Structure of the Measurement ocoocccocccocccocncocncocccocnnonnnonnnonnnnononnnnnononanonanonanonanenanenanes 4 95 Settings on the Base Station ccooncccocccconnoconccoonoconnononcononconnnnnnnnononnonanconnnnnnnnanannss 4 95 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent occoccccocccncccocccconoconoconoconncnnnnonncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 4 96 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS cooocococccocccocncococococonoconoconnnonncononononos 4 97 Nps and Special AC t DE o i rm 4 97 Sample Program Measurement with the Analyzer oooccocccocncccncccncconcconoconncnnonanos 4 99 Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions coocccocccocncoccconnconcconnnonononnnonnnnnnonononanonononanonanenanenanes 4 103 TeS r ODIECUV Saracen EC r eR 4 103 EAN OIG fejctira eter han sete A A A 4 103 SIS C o eR en Re eet on eee mE RE nee DTE me er 4 103 Recommended Options ss ill ts 4 104 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiON coocccocnconncocncoc
230. cates a situation where the user should pay special attention to operating the product but which does not lead to damage These tags are in accordance with the standard definition for civil applications in the European Economic Area Definitions that deviate from the standard definition may also exist It is therefore essential to make sure that the tags described here are always used only in connection with the associated documentation and the associated product The use of tags in connection with unassociated products or unassociated documentation can result in misinterpretations and thus contribute to personal injury or material damage Basic safety instructions The product may be operated only under the operating conditions and in the positions specified by the manufacturer Its ventilation must not be obstructed during operation Unless otherwise specified the following requirements apply to Rohde amp Schwarz products prescribed operating position is always with the housing floor facing down IP protection 2X pollution severity 2 overvoltage category 2 use only in enclosed spaces max operation altitude max 2000 m Unless specified otherwise in the data sheet a tolerance of 10 shall apply to the nominal voltage and of 5 to the nominal frequency Applicable local or national safety regulations and rules for the prevention of accidents must be observed in all work performed The product may be opened only by authorized
231. ce between the reference waveform and the measured waveform This difference is called the error vector Both waveforms pass through a matched Root Raised Cosine filter with bandwidth 3 84 MHz and roll off a 0 22 Both waveforms are then further modified by selecting the frequency absolute phase absolute amplitude and chip clock timing so as to minimise the error vector The EVM result is defined as the square root of the ratio of the mean error vector power to the mean reference power expressed as a The measurement interval is one timeslot as defined by the C PICH when present otherwise the measurement interval is one timeslot starting with the beginning of the SCH _ The requirement is valid over the total power dynamic range as specified in 25 104 subclause 6 4 3 See Annex E of this specification for further details unknown 4 137 E 1 Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM R amp S FSMU W Test Setup The measurement can be performed using the standard test setup see Chapter 3 section Standard Test Setup with R amp S FSQ Only the R amp S FSQ is required to perform the measurement Internal triggering FREE RUN is sufficient Base Station R1 Value see text D a Fig 4 65 Test setup for Error Vector Magnitude The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly In order to measure the frequency error of the base station an ex
232. ceCheckSystemErrors generator Uv eec de Jw DSL TU est Case Wizard secet OS ud a Enper Test Cases Test Lase 1 06 Ss Soto map Fomu 2bWretlm generator S90URIBBSWOGP TS2OIAISTCASe Te so 3 jte EU set Edu Mode o0 Accordind to Standard eese ete Ag 1166 1560 12 4 202 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 EMODe STANdard M E sel Trigger COntIGUralLon and select AUTO meet aj Femu 2DWPtIm generator S950URTBBIWSGP TOZOIAT TRIGger AUTO 4 AR Set Marker ContigUurablorn ana Select Auto eee t Esmu 2bWrtim generator 290URTBBTWOGPTITO2OIAISTRIGger QOUTPUE AUTO 3 Sea See uc oet Baseband A Signal Routing LO RF Output port A 7 Femu SDWrtln generator tS0UR BBIWGP gt TS2014L1 ROUTE A 3 DIESEN Ee Enper Sorsmbling Goose Seremb ling Mode 9 E p Sl prints snm inl eger rn hex at Lesst one digit e gr Spring 2b string 29500RSBBIWOGP IISZ2OIAISSCODSe Ix ue scrambling code Psu bWPbtiln fgenerdtor ib String 3j Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 SCODe MODE LONG deeccc ecu Enter the Power Class OF the BIO Under testy eseeee e a Fomu 2bDWrtln generator 290URIBBIWSGP TS25141 1B55PGlass WIDE 7 Do See eae Enter the BLOCKING scenario Meeeceme ae Esmu bWrcln generator S90URTBB WSGE TS25141 WSIGDnal BTIYPe NARROw 7 ju eee ea ee B rger Ai Weegee gt SS SS Sea 4 Set SMU to the U
233. cement compared with the National Instruments functions Declaration int Fsmu ibWrtln nt ud void but y Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device buf Buffer to be written Returned value Value of the variable ibsta Fsmu ibRd The function reads up to count characters from the device with the handle ud and stores them in the buffer buf The function stops reading when the EOI of GPIB occurs but at the latest when count values have been read in If an error occurs during this process it is reported to the user This is an enhancement compared with the National Instruments functions Declaration inb Femu LIDRd iut ud void bur long count Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device buf Buffer to be written count Maximum number of values to be read Returned value Value of the variable ibsta 1166 3363 12 1 26 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Notes on programming examples Fsmu_ibRdin The function reads up to count characters from the device with the handle ud and stores them in the buffer buf The function stops reading when the EOI of GPIB occurs but at the latest when count values have been read in If the character last read in is CR 0xd or LF Oxa itis replaced by NO If an error occurs during the read it is reported to the user This function is an enhancement compared with the National Instruments functions Declaration int Femu ibRdln aint ud void bpurf long count Parameters ud GPIB handle for the
234. cheme oet the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel 12 2 kbps oet the frequency for example to M 2 Set the SMU to the basic state Initialize the SMU by pressing the the key unless some settings e g in terms of I Q and RF blocks have to be kept 3 Set the test case wizard Press Test Case and select Test Case 7 3 The panel adapts to its test case Press Edit Mode and select According to Standard This selection guides the user close to TS 25 141 Press Trigger Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Marker Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Baseband A Signal Routing and select which RF output port A or B is connected to the BTS Enter Scrambling Code Scrambling Mode according to the BTS scrambling scheme Enter the Power Class of the BTS under test Press RF Frequency and enter the same frequency e g M the BTS has set to Press Apply Settings The SMU is now ready to start signal generation Y VV VV WV 4 Start the measurement gt Send a start trigger impulse e g SFN modulo 4 from the BTS to the SMU The SMU will start signal generation 5 Calculate the result gt The BTS internally calculates the BER Interpretation of the Measurement Results The internally calculated BER shall not exceed 0 001 Note TS 25 141 Annex C General Rules for Sta tistical Testing wh
235. cies of both uplink UE transmit node B receive and downlink node B transmit UE receive frequency bands according to 3GPP 1 Table 4 1 Frequency bands Operating UL frequencies DL frequencies band UE transmit node B receive UE receive node B transmit D 1920 MHz to 1980 MHz 2110 MHz to 2170 MHz EE 1850 MHz to 1910 MHz 1930 MHz to 1990 MHz m sewer RETA The measurements that have to be performed according to 3GPP in order to verify proper operation of FDD systems apply to appropriate frequencies in the bottom middle and top of the operating frequency band of the base station BS In this document these are denoted as RF channels B bottom M middle and T top The interpretation of B M and T in case the BS is declared to support N 1 carriers numbered from 1 to N is as follows e For testing at B the carrier of lowest frequency shall be centered on B e For testing at M if the number N of carriers supported is odd the carrier N 1 2 shall be centered on M if the number N of carriers supported is even the carrier N 2 shall be centered on M e Fortesting at T the carrier of highest frequency shall be centered on T When a test is performed by a test laboratory the UARFCNs to be used for RF channels B M and T shall be specified by the laboratory The laboratory may consult with operators the manufacturer or other bodies When a test is performed by a manufacturer the UARFCNs to be used for RF chan
236. cking Characteristics A ES Ioj xl Test Case 7 5 Blocking Characteristics Scrambling Code hex Basestation Configuration 0 Power dBm Scrambling Mode State Reference Measurement Channel Long Scrambling Code 0 998 1 1 002 1 004 1 006 1 005 Frequency GHz RMC 12 2 kbps y RF Frequency State Frequency Offset 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 115 00 dBm 5 000 000 00 MHz y Power Level 15 00 dBm gt Modulation Fig 4 93 CW Carrier Test case panel for User Definable The input ouput parameters of the wizard panel read as follows Wanted Signal State Blocking Scenario in case of According to Standard Reference Measurement Channel 1166 1560 12 Enables Disables the signal generation of the wanted 3GPP signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal STATe ON OFF Sets the type of blocking scenario in case of According to Standard The user can choose from e Wideband Blocking e Colocated BS Blocking e Narrowband Blocking The blocking scenario affects the interferers type and power level Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal BTYPe WIDE NARRow COLocated Sets the reference measurement c
237. concconoconocanocanocononoss 4 200 Taps and Special TICKS dace hence dte rosa dean a oae Peste he edit hase m doi 4 201 11 Ad on dn ees roe ci ot ate eta v Liu M aro 4 201 Test Case 7 6 Intermodulation CharacteristiCS oocccocccocncocnconnconnnonnnonnconncnnncnnnonanononos 4 205 TeSt alere e I IU MT 4 205 TESESSP senora aaae e a M MID MM CIL SUM MEME 4 205 Recommended Options ccccccscccescecenceceecceeceeeccueeceueeceueeseeecueessusessueeseenenseesaas 4 205 Test Case Wizard Radeon Poi Pe cH ai 4 206 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiON ccoocccocccccncocnccnnconnccnnccanonanonanos 4 210 Structure of the Measurement ocoocccccncccncccncccncconcconoconononocanoonnnonnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnonononnnos 4 211 Settings on the Base Station coocccocccccncccncconcconoconocanoconoconocannonnnonnnonnnnnnonnnnnoninonnnos 4 212 Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement sssesssssssssssssesee ener nnns 4 212 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS occcocccocccocccocnconncocnconnconnccnnncanonanonons 4 212 WS an Special INICK S225 cA noe tes e odes a caret delas ass edi RE 4 213 SAMDE POO A AA o ee nie en sem EE ae eee e 4 213 Test Case 7 8 Verification of Internal BER cooccccnnccnnccnncccncconcconoconoconoconononononnnnnnnonononos 4 217 ROS UND OS inan o iia dete dd ict dr i eia cut 4 217 TES ToC aana a a e E 4 217 Recommended ODHIOFIS 3 ete reae Eo a N pea HE dele dur
238. d L4 J ee 0x02 not used Dit et a 0x04 error event queue SI a poop o eee 0x08 Status Questionable P j 222 CELIO NAV Measurement available i T E i E DESIT ECE IOOISLSET j pee DS 0x40 ROS MSS SRO sent by this device AA A AS UxSG0 Status Operation we enable error event queue and MAV for SRO Fomu 1bWrtin analyzer SBE 20 pe A read in the peak list in binary format this produces an SRQ either due to data or due to an error ny Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer FORMAT REAL 32 TRACe FINall JR posts os a ccu Check if data are available a X A Wait for SRO ene either due to an error or due to a measurement result Status Ut no sro occured should not occur this function sets time out for the service request to 3 sec l x the time out has to be set on board level in this case m pe Sean wait 3 seconds for SRQ status Esmu DWartborsRBO D 138 7 RRE check if we got an SRQ or a time out if status an SRQ occured read in the status register via serial poll an ESR would interrupt the query above 2 Fsmu ibRsp analyzer serial poll 5 p bit 2 is set if there is an error in the queue this occures here if no peak data are available so
239. d JM e gn e E E E E Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer SENSel PMETer FREQuency max Fsmu ibRdln analyzer ib string Sizeor ib String 7 12 actor 1b string 0 unknown 4 18 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power Femo MessageBox 9 9 Warning ww Power sensor seems not to be installed exit Fsmu CloseFsq analyzer roCurn 7 j Set frequency correction of power meter to BTS frequency sprintf ib string SENSel PMETer FREQuency gGHz frequency Fomu bWrtln analyzer 10 string 7 J3 gt set time out on GPIB bus to sufficient time since measurement can take quite a long time if no signal is applied set time out to sufficient high value and save original time out value for later restore af Fsmu ibGetTmo analyzer amp SaveTimeOut Fomu ibimo analyzer 11008 pa A Start a single measurement and wait for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer READ PMETer A a Eu bsp a restore time out value Fsmu ibTmo analyzer SaveTimeOut F nemini Eie read in the result answer in dBm Fsmu ibBdln analyzer result string sizeotrt result string y result ator result string 7 a Aroa meet display the result Sprint result String y BTS Maxpower measured with power meter 7 2f dBm result Pemu Mess gebBos Result 49 result string y
240. d B config On config On IMP Routing of baseband A to RF port A iat OLIT VQ Mod A REIA Mod A config On config config On IMP RFIA Mod B config On IMP Routing of baseband A to RF port B R amp S FSMU W In case of routing to path A B the RF port A B holds a reverse link UL signal whose TPC commands will force the base station to adapt its transmit power The test setup pictured in Fig 4 17 where a Code domain analyzer measures the base station transmit power is suitable to verify the transmitter power control step tolerance and aggregated power control step range unknown 4 36 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps UL signal Rx generator Psudo UE Base Station Under Test Code domain Attenuator Tx analyser Fig 4 17 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station Test model 2 is used for the measurement The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T The base station must respond with the channel 120 30 ksps to the TPC bits of the R amp S SMU Peculiarities for Multicarrier When measuring under multicarrier conditions the total power and the code channel power of one carrier are measured while the others are switched on The following figure represents a sample configuration HALT FLU EXT T LIE Fig
241. d be entered as follows SWEEP LIST 14 dBm Fig 4 53 Ranges 6 and 7 when entering the sweep lists 6 Start the measurement Press the START SWEEP softkey The sweep is performed up to the first stopping point The user can now modify the external connections if required gt Press the softkey The sweep is performed up to the second stopping point The user can now modify the external connections if required unknown 4 108 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions Ref dBm DO e fo mee fT i E MI po 20 L 38 48 Start 9 kHz 299 9991 MHz Fig 4 54 User input when making measurements with sweep lists 7 Generate the peak list You can skip this item if the numeric values of the peaks are not required To create the peak list the R amp S FSQ s Single Sweep mode must be switched on see Step 3 Press the MARGIN softkey This step is necessary only if you wish to change the default value of 6 dB Enter the desired distance of the peaks from the limit line in the input mask The subsequent search for peaks will take into account only those peaks with an amplitude that is at least equal to the value of the limit line margin Press the PEAKS PER RANGE softkey This step is necessary only if you wish to change the default value of 25 Enter the desired maximum number of peaks to be searched in the input mask During the subsequent peak search the value you entered for this paramet
242. d inde 4 251 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent cccooccccccncccnccncnncncnoconnnnannnnanononnnnannonannnnnnnnnns 4 251 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS coocccocccocncocncocnconnconncconocanocanocononoss 4 252 Tips and Special TICKS saec nett dl 4 252 Sample PA S LTEM 4 252 Test Case 8 8 1 RACH Preamble Detection in Static Propagation Conditions 4 256 Test UNDOS Ci eise tino la uus Dm Munt eiu su Ti etd PR Edu ad neo 4 256 TESTS AU rx 4 256 Iecommiended ODLIIORS aii 4 256 Test CASE Wizard Panel 4 257 Variation in the Parameters of the Base Stati0N oocccoccccocnccccnconcnconnnnnonononnnononos 4 260 Structure of the Measurement esee as 4 261 Settings on the Base Station m ee iore Exo da Uca er Ed erus 4 262 Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement sseessssssssesseeee nennen nennen nnns 4 262 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS oocccoccccccnconcnconnncccncnncnconcncnncnnnnnnononos 4 263 TNPS a a gt o pecial ue ATE TELE Rt 4 263 SOL OC lE ENTE UTE 4 263 Test Case 8 8 2 RACH Preamble Detection in Multipath Fading Case 3 4 267 Iecommiended ODHBOFIS cipes deu t opes A iia 4 267 Test Case 8 8 3 RACH Demodulation of Message Part in Static Propagation Conditions 4 268 POSE PUNDOS G crsh cca HT 4 268 Recommended OPINAS ion alas a 4 268 Test Case Wizard Panel ii iaa Seat UICE a
243. device buf Buffer to be written count Maximum number of values to be read Returned value Value of the variable ibsta Fsmu ibTmo The function sets the timeout for the specified device or bus to the transferred value The timeout applies to all subsequent bus operations With a National Instruments driver the predefined values of TNONE off and T10 us to T1000 s can be used as times If an error occurs while the timeout is being set it is reported to the user This function is an enhancement compared with the National Instruments functions Declaration int Fsmu ibTmo int ud int TimeOut Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device or for the bus TimeOut Timeout as specified in the Zdefines TNONE T10 us to T1000 s Returned value Value of the variable ibsta Fsmu ibGetTmo The function reads out the timeout for the specified device or bus and transfers it to the calling function The ibask function is used with drivers from National Instruments If an error occurs while the timeout is being read it is reported to the user This function is an enhancement compared with the National Instruments functions Declaration int Fsmu ibGetTmo int ud int TimeOut Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device or for the bus TimeOut Timeout as it is read out Returned value Value of the variable ibsta Fsmu ibWaitForSRQ The function sets the timeout for the specified device to the transferred value and waits for an SRQ Su
244. dir dis dio dir dir dir dir div dir dir dir diio dir dir dio dios dir dir dir dir dir dir dir di div dir di di di dir dir Module AdjacentChannelSelectivity c sOOpyrcght c 2004 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Project FSMU Description measures the adjacent channel selectivity P according to test case 7 4 KK KK kk Ck kk kCk kk Ck k Ck kk kk KK KK kk k kk kk kk k kk kk kk kk k k k kk kk kk kk k kk kk kk kk ck ck ck kk kk ifdef CVI this is needed by Labwindows CVI compiler only S include ansi c h else F gt ANSTI G compilers 7 include lt stdlib h gt FE aor EJ include lt stdio h gt PE Springs include lt string h gt L Serat SbrLhem 77 tendif include fsmu global h include 3gpp tests h EEE AAA void MeasureAdjacentChannelSelectivity void KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK RA KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK ko measures the adjacent channel selectivity P ACKCkCk kCk kk kCkCk Ck kk k kk kCk k Ck Ck k k kk kk kk kk k kk kk kCk kk Ck k k k k kk kk kk kck k kk kk kk kck kc k ck k k kk kk KK A SR a SARA variables 2222222223525 3552532522353 RJ INE A change the following variables according to your needs f double dl frequency 2 14 GHz of transmitter mt double dl ul duplex Un Lo S J GHz receiver freq S lower 2A tat ue scrambling code 0x00 scrambling code of UE in hex n used for
245. e psmu d3bWrtlndidgenerdtor 1b string 3 Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 SCODe MODE LONG OM o rec Enter the Power Class Of the BIS Under test eee Au Fsm bWrtln generator 290URtTBB WSGP TS251411BSPClass WIDE y LE E Biter RE Tre O n gt a DUE eee uf PF See SMU to the UL frequency of the base stdbtlon 2 dr Sprintr 25 string S950URSIBB IWOGPTIS259141 WOIlGnaltEFREO g GHz al frequency cr dil ul duplex Femu bWrtln generator 16 string ASS ree Set the Reference Measurement Channel e g 144 kbps Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOQURSBBIWS3GPSTS25141 WSIGnal DPDChsCcCcODung TYPE MIER ME LE EE Sel BD LER tO UD ou SS O a ee Se er Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOQUR BB W3GE TS25141 WSIGnal DPDCh DERR BLOCKk RATE 0 01 Dundee c Proso PRP Vi oet e Eee Se T This may take a long time so set time out temporarily to 100 sec Fsmu ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo generator T100s Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 TCASe EXECute Fsmu WaitForDevice generator if ESmu 2bWrItlofgenerdtor TOPE x Fsmu_ibRd Generator 10 String Sizer 1b string 7 Fsmu_ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut pe a Examples of SMU settings after the test case wizards pi tif O AME E input trigger delay only positive values are allowed Sr Sprint 10 String SBBWSGP TRIGGers bxTernaltDbLay lt a smu tri
246. e EVM R amp S FSMU W IEEE CLE EO read in the data Sh ch Of data S ATOL xD Serine 7 Foma 1bkRa analyzer char result Summary length of date 7 read in trailing LF from FSQ Fsmu ibRd analyzer bp Strang I Display the result sprintf result string absolute channel power 7 2f dBmXn evm 7 2f SiAn freqeuncy error cJ UAE Sume result summary power abs channel result summary composite evm result Summary Cart freq error y Femu MesssgeBos qv quests cc Lesule String X LEE TL Reset the analyzer Foma CIOSOGBSuU analyzer y unknown 4 148 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 7 2 Peak Code Domain Error Test Case 6 7 2 Peak Code Domain Error Test Objective This test is used to verify whether the error of the base station in the code domain lies within certain limits The measurement is performed for all channels of a 3GPP signal code with a spreading factor of 256 The average value for all of the codes is displayed as the result Quotation from 1 The Peak Code Domain Error is computed by projecting the error vector as defined in 6 7 1 onto the code domain at a specific spreading factor The Code Domain Error for every code in the domain is defined as the ratio of the mean power of the projection onto that code to the mean power of the composite ref
247. e Auto A test case dependent marker configuration is in use e Unchanged The previous marker setting is not changed Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP T8S25141 TRIGger OUTPut AUTO PRESet Sets the R amp S SMU according to the base station diversity processing capability The user can choose from e ON The baseband signals are routed to either RF ports A and B e OFF The baseband signals are routed to RF port A or B depend ing on Baseband A routing Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 RXDiversity ON OFF Sets the routing of baseband A signal that in most cases represents the wanted signal except from test case 6 6 The user can choose from e o Path and RF Port A e o Path and RF Port B Remote control command SOUR SBB W3GP T5291413ROUTe A BJ Information about the R amp S SMU R amp S FSMU W Table 1 1 List of wizard supported test cases DN ET mm pear E oaz wrons EN DETECTO DIET E E DN E CON ETA e O KNNNNNMNM Verran orne mema Ber cacan woeren renta 2 hue Semester st woveaioncontiow o EXOTIC ETT Benetton of OCH imuran dr corato percata DO mom perasaan contons Nowe propagan 25 _ emocion or0CH etico prepotencia menDeampormeon Mercator oe mermar BLER cios NBER BER 0W MN E 8 8 3 Demodulation of RACH message in static propagation condi Static propagation tions 8 8 4 Demodulation of RACH message in multipath
248. e Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and e R amp S FSMU B3 consisting of R amp S SMU B14 Fading simulator R S SMU B152x Fading simulator extension R amp S SMU K71 Dynamic Fading are required to set up the R amp S SMU 1166 1560 12 4 243 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case 8 5 Demodulation of DCH in Birth Death Propagation Conditions This test case is identical to test case 8 2 1 except from the channel simulation that is set to Birth Death Propagation and Ej N test requirements EyNo Test requirements in birth death channel Measurement channel Received Ep No Received E No Required BLER for BS with Rx diversity for BS without Rx diversity 12 2 kbps n a 8 3 dB n a 11 4 dB Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the options e R amp S FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main module R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and e R amp S FSMU B3 consisting of R amp S SMU B14 Fading simulator R amp S SMU B152x Fading simulator extension R amp S SMU K71 Dynamic Fading are required to set up the R amp S SMU 1166 1560 12 4 244 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case 8 6 Verification of Internal BLER Test Purpose The test case shall verify that a BS receiver has the capability to calculate the BER o
249. e R amp S FSQ The primary and secondary address timeout EOT mode and EOI mode in the function are fixed The defines at the beginning of the module may have to be edited If the analyzer cannot be initialized the program is exited after issuing an error message The analyzer is not yet programmed in this function Declaration void Esmu InascEksc int sud 3 Parameters ud Pointer to the GPIB handle for analyzer Returned value None Fsmu_CloseFsq Queries the error queue of the R amp S FSQ informs the user in the event of an error switches the R amp S FSQ to local and closes the GPIB access for the R amp S FSQ The GPIB handle is no longer valid after the function has been called Note The reset is skipped after the function Fsmu SetSkipReset has been called with parameter 1 allowing the programs to run faster Calling the function with parameter O switches the reset on again The FSMU ibd and FSMU ibd transducer tables are created if they do not exist A total of 35 dB is assumed in the entire frequency range of the R amp S FSQ Declaration void Fsmu CloseFsq int ud Parameters ud GPIB handle of the analyzer Returned value None Fsmu SetuplnstrumentFsq Sets the R amp S FSQ to the status required for the examples e Executes a reset if necessary see description e Sets the status registers e Loads the FSMU ibd transducer table is generated if necessary e Sets the reference offset to 10 dB e Switches on
250. e case of antenna 1 the symbols remain the same as in non diversity mode In the case of antenna 2 the symbols are inverted or exchanged according to the rules of the STTD encoder Control channels SCH use a time switched transmit diversity TSTD in addition to the STTD encoding SCH symbols are normally sent at the beginning of each time slot Using TSTD SCH symbols are sent only in every second time slot For signals on antenna 1 SCH symbols are sent in every even time slot antenna 2 SCH symbols are sent in every odd time slot Control channel CPICH which sends a predefined symbol sequence uses different sequences for the signals on both antennas Analyzer R amp S FSQ supports the use of open loop transmit diversity both in uplink UE and downlink BS application Within the application the user has to specify the use of transmit diversity and the antenna to be used Once these parameters are specified R amp S FSQ will take into account all of the rules that are connected with the transmitted signal To distinguish between signals from different base stations 3GPP FDD signals are scrambled The scrambling code a base station should use is defined by higher layer signalling Scrambling is performed on the composed signal If a base or mobile station received a signal with a scrambling code different from its own one it would fail synchronization In 3GPP FDD downlink directed from the base to the mobile station a total of 27 1
251. e frequency output with the external reference frequency input of the R amp S FSQ at the rear of the R amp S FSQ Fig 2 4 shows the test setup and location of the external reference input connector Frequency standard Base Station Ext frequency REF IN EP 1 MHz to 20 MHz Sd O a ae Fig 2 4 R amp S FSQ test setup with external reference frequency Switch on the external reference frequency of the R amp S FSQ Do not change the reference frequency setting after you have pressed the preset key gt Press the key gt Press the FREFERENCE INT EXT softkey The green highlighting of the softkey switches from INT to EXT Switch on the internal reference frequency of the R amp S FSQ Do not change the reference frequency setting after you have pressed the preset key gt Press the key gt Press the FREFERENCE INT EXT softkey The green highlighting of the softkey switches from EXT to INT Note If the external reference frequency signal is missing the status signal EXREF will be displayed on the screen of the R amp S FSQ Synchronization with the measurement signal is often not possible in this case as shown in the following diagram 1166 1560 12 2 4 E1 Reference Frequency SR 15 ksps Chan Code oO Power Relative Code R amp S FSMU W EXT B 25 74 dBm N u T E n noc Uu o m d n a eo u 0 mm un u Q un us A E o o d E 5 n OU A A ul E p py H om Q
252. e limit line by a defined minimum distance In the case of spurious emissions two ranges need to be taken into account for the limit lines unknown 4 111 E 1 Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions R amp S FSMU W Outside of the frequency range of the base station defined by 3GPP Operating Band I ll and III fixed limits apply that are independent of the transmit frequency of the base station Within the band limits apply that become increasingly stringent at greater distances from the carrier frequencies Within a spacing of 12 5 MHz from the carriers spurious emissions are not measured There the spectrum emissions mask is used The following figure shows how the limits behave near to the operating band of the base station S SS V out of band ein WO SNe inband out of band hp SSSA a SS frequency Fig 4 57 Limits near the transmit band for spurious emissions The R amp S FSQ s limit lines are created and handled independently of the spurious emissions application A separate limit line must be created for each frequency of the base station Since the 12 5 MHz range around the carrier s is excluded using the range lists special handling in the limit lines is no longer necessary Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu_ are described in Chapter 2 section General Routines R 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 local structures
253. e made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T Spectrum Emission Mask BTS set to Test ES Model 1 BTS set to f BTS set to max power FSQ auto adjust measure spektrum emission mask BTS f FSQ set to f Fig 4 32 Structure of the Spectrum emission mask measurement unknown 4 81 E 1 Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask R amp S FSMU W Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Frequency B Mand T Scrambling code Any Antenna diversity OFF Set the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BS to the basic state Test model 1 Set the frequency for example to M Maximum output power Switch off antenna diversity mode 2 Set the R amp S FSQ to the basic state See Chapter 3 section Basic State of the R amp S FSQ for Measurements on 3G Base Stations Internal reference frequency 3 Set the measurement mode gt Press the key The softkeys for selecting measurements in spectral mode will appear gt Press the SPECTRUM EM MASK softkey The R amp S FSQ will measure the SPECTRUM EMISSION MASK The softkeys for configuring this measurement will appear 4 Choose the optimum setting for the reference level and input attenuator of the R amp S FSQ Press the ADJUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S F
254. e the channel bandwidth resulting from the modulation process and non linearity in the transmitter but excluding spurious emissions This out of band emission limit is specified in terms of a spectrum emission mask and adjacent channel leakage power ratio for the transmitter The mask defined in Tables 6 14 to 6 17 below may be mandatory in certain regions In other regions this mask may not be applied Test Setup The measurement can be performed using the standard test setup see Chapter 3 section Standard Test Setup with R amp S FSQ Only the R amp S FSQ is required to perform the measurement Internal triggering FREE RUN and the internal reference frequency of the R amp S FSQ are sufficient Base Station TX signal Value see text an a Fig 4 31 Test setup for Spectrum Emission Mask The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly Recommended Options The measurement can be performed without any additional options Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T Peculiarities for Multicarrier The measurement can be performed only for single carrier unknown 4 80 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must b
255. e the following variables untouched api pe SSS SSS eS SS variables for GPIB bus 8 2 SS eec suere y char db SEAS 100Q0 P ocstrings written o gplib bus mr Tin analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer a Tam generator GPIB handle for Generator ab Tum status PF OF Service register se LE SaveTimeOut save value when changine device s default time out via ibtmo ap MET SS Calculation ana Result 2 gt HS gt e0 xy char resulte string L10000 7 ascir String of result message E ifdef CRTU al Frequency O IUIS 3 GHZ Of transmitter aap al ul duplex cc 0 00768 f GHz receiver freq is Lower A Uplink level 20 0 dBm m smu trigger delay 38380 Ee qmi ps ub tendif y A UE EU RE x Ji A A A A A Lu ioi VERIFICATION OF THE INTERNAL BLER CALCULATION E jy cuspide Steps Tor Carrying ub MegSUreNent esee eee A7 dr LL la Ber he BIO oO Tus baste State dst Au Foma MessageBox QUSS User nro ten Initialize tbe BTS n Set the scrambling scheme n Set the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel 144 kbps xn Set the frequency for example to MAn Connect frame trigger of BTS to SMU Trigger 1 2 Set the SMU to the basic state X t Imnitralrze the SMU by pressing the the PRESELIL Key Besse aay Fsmu InitSmu amp generator Fomu 1bWretLa generator TARSI 7 if 0 e SSeS e Trigg
256. each of the data channels has a specified timing offset to the reference the slots of the channels differ from that of the reference channel With power control the data channels change their power at the beginning of their slots which means that the composed signal in one time slot may contain two power levels of each of the data channels Therefore analyzer R amp S FSQ has two modes of displaying the slot structure in general all of the measurements that are performed for the composed signal have the slot structure of the reference channel All measurements that are performed for one channel only such as measuring power control steps have the slot structure of that special channel This ensures that no change of power occurs within one slot which would otherwise affect the measurement The 3GPP FDD standard defines several test models Each of the models is used for specified measurements In the following passage the test models with their structure are listed together with the tests they shall apply to Test model 1 This model shall be used for tests on e occupied bandwidth e spectrum emission mask e ACLR e spurious emissions e transmit intermodulation e base station maximum output power e total power dynamic range e frequency error e error vector magnitude e PDL time mask 1166 1560 42 4 4 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Overview of the standard For this test model 64 DPCHs at 30 ksps SF 128 distributed randomly
257. easurement Results The internally calculated BLER shall be within 10 of the BLER generated by the SMU Note TS 25 141 Annex C General Rules for Statistical Testing where test conditions in terms of test methods and test conditions are defined Tips and Special Tricks Ensure that the RF blocks are switched on while the measurement procedure is running Since the test case wizard does not activate or deactivate the RF ports these have to be switched on before or after the Apply Settings button is pressed The signal quality can be enhanced or for test purposes modified by additional settings in the impair ments section of the AWGN block in the I Q modulator block and in the RF block Usually the test case wizard does not alter these settings In case of an channel coded signal e g an RMC is activated the base station that triggers the SMU signal generation shall emit an SFN System Frame Number mod 4 periodic trigger A simple SFN periodic trigger probably will disturb the channel coding scheme Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 6 section General Routines CkCckCk A CckCck ck Kok ok ck KK 00K 00K KG X M M KG M SK GS A MK KG X MA M KG KK M E S KK SK GG MX M KG KG KK MG KG KK KK KG KG Kk KK Ko MK KG KK KK XR X X Module VerificationOfTheInternalBlerCalculation c x OPV t Lge c 2004 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Provecu FSMU Descrip
258. ect from e 168 bits e 360 bits Remote control command COOURTBB WSGP ITS25141 WSIGnal PCPChszCCODIing TYPE FEBIO TB360 1166 1560 12 4 278 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case 8 9 4 Demodulation of CPCH Message in Multipath Fading Case 3 This test case is identical to test case 8 8 4 except from differing E No ratio requirements and the CPCH Message demodulated instead of the RACH Message Test requirements in fading case 3 channel Transport Block size TB and TTI in frames 168 bits TTI 20 ms 360 bits TTI 20 ms E No for required E No for required Eb No for required Eb No for required BLER lt 107 BLER lt 107 BLER lt 107 BLER lt 107 BS with Rx Diversity 8 1 dB 9 1 dB 7 9 dB 8 7 dB BS without Rx Diversity 11 4 dB 12 6 dB 11 3 dB 12 3 dB Transport Block Size TB Sets the Transport Block Size The user can select from e 168 bits e 360 bits Remote control command COOURTBBSWSGPITS2514I WSIGhnal PCPEChsCCODIingsTYPE TB168 TB360 1166 1560 12 4 279 E 1
259. ed by x steps It is then raised back to the maximum power level 5 Set the scrambling code Select the Scrambling Copde hex menu Enter the desired scrambling code as a hexadecimal number in the input field Press the key The menu for configuring a 3GPP FDD measurement will appear again 6 Set the length of the generated pattern Select Filter Clipping ARB Setting Select Sequence Length Select the desired number of frames For a base station with a 25 dB dynamic range and 0 5 dB level steps you will need to set 25 2 2 15 6 7 i e 7 frames Press the key The basic configuration menu will appear again 7 Set the trigger The trigger is set to the external source Trigger 1 so that the R amp S SMU is triggered by the BS To ensure that the selected pattern is not interrupted by a newer trigger the trigger is disabled during the period duration by specifying External Inhibit The R amp S FSQ is triggered by Marker 1 Select Trigger Marker Select Mode Armed Retrigger This causes the TPC sequence to be started with the external trigger event It is restarted for each external trigger event Select the source External TRIGGER 1 in the Source menu The menus for configuring the external trigger should appear gt n the External Inhibit menu enter the length in chips as was computed in the previous step number of chips numbers of frames 38400 This makes it possible to generate a
260. ed to RMC 12 2 kbps Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal DPDCh CCODing TYPE M12K2 M64K M144k M384k AMR RF Frequency Sets the RF frequency of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP T8S25141 WSIGnal FREQ 100 0 KHz 6 0 GHz 1166 1560 12 4 179 E 1 Receiver Test Cases Power Level Interference Signal State Frequency Offset C I Interferer Modulation 1166 1560 12 R amp S FSMU W Displays the RF power level of the wanted signal in case of Accord ing to Standard e 115 dB when Wide Area BS e 105 dB when Medium Range BS e 101 dB when Local Area BS In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level figure Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal POW 145 0 dBm 44 20 0 dBm Enables Disables the signal generation of the interference signal e g WCDMA In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command CSOURSBB IWSGPITS2951414IPSIOHnaltSTATO IFON 1 OFF oets frequency offset of the interference signal versus the wanted signal RF frequency In case of According to Standard the choice is limited to e 5 MHz e 5 MHz In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary frequency offset figure Remote control command CSOURTBBSW3SGP TO25IAI SIESLIgnaltsFOFESset oets the power ratio of the wanted
261. efinable the user can enter an arbitrary frequency offset figure Remote control command SSOUR BB W3GP TS25141 IFSi1gnal FOFFset 40 0 MHz 40 0 MHz oets power ratio of the interference signal versus the wanted signal RF 4 129 E 1 Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation R amp S FSMU W Signal Level power In case of According to Standard the choice is fixed to 30 dB In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power ratio Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 IFSignal CNRatio 80 0 dB 80 0 dB Fig 4 62 shows an achieved example signal flow within the R amp S SMU after pressing the Apply Settings button Marker Ina 1 Radia Frame OUT 2 Radio Frame gt Radio Frame _ amp Radio Frame FadingA REJA Mod A contig config config TRIGGER 1 M On On rJ Std Del IMP Graphics config config config On On On Baseband B Fading B AWGNIIMP B VO Mod B RFA Mod B contig config config config config n n On On DigMod Std Del IMP Fig 4 62 Routing of baseband A to RF port A In case of routing to path A B the RF port A B holds an test model interference signal The test setup pictured in Fig 4 63 is suitable to measure the transmit intermodulation Signal Generator for the WCDMA Base station modulated Under test RX TX or TX Spectrum analyser Fig 4 63 Test Setup according to TS
262. eld using the numeric keypad and terminate by pressing the unit key Example 90 dBm Press the key The R amp S SMU is in its default state 5 Start the 3GPP FDD measurement application for base stations gt gt Select the Baseband config menu Select the 3GPP FDD menu The basic menu for configuring the 3GPP FDD application is displayed 1166 1560 12 2 9 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Contents Contents 3 Frequency Correction of the Test Setup eere 3 1 Preliminary IRGINANKS uicecvo ucc eb Evo eM a VN DI DUM E Plda TU RERUM dENEETI UA ER ix NT E MER UE Ru NOE Ea SE ETUR EVE ERE 3 1 Correction by Entering a Level Offset Ire ones a dais 3 2 Entering a Fixed Attenuation Value for the Test Setup in the FSQ sssses 3 2 Entering a Fixed Attenuation Value for the Test Setup in the SMU 3 2 Correction of the Frequency Response of the Test Setup eere 3 2 o a o qe c Dmm 3 2 Steps for Measuring the Frequency Response Using the FSMU W ssss 3 3 Normalizing the Instruments and the Auxiliary Cable ooocococnccocncoccnconnncnonononoss 3 9 Recording the Frequency Response of the Test Setup eeeeeeeseusss 3 6 Storing the Correction Value S a a 3 7 Using the Correction Vales v3 dedo od 3 7 Sample aitelelU
263. eme n Set the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel Aad KOS An Set the frequency Tor example to MAn Connect frame trigger of BTS to SMU Trigger 1 2 Set the SMU to the basic state X t Initialize the SMU by pressing the the PRESET Key PA Fsmu InitSmu amp generator Femu DWrPrtlm generator TARSI 3 if 0 Pe SSeS SSS ese Trigger slope POSi tive or NEGats ye ub Fomu bDWrtln generator SINPUL TRIGger BBANGO SSLOPe POSPItlve Fsmu ibWrtln generator INPut TRIGger BBANd SLOPe NEGative endif Be See i ese Switch on the Generator Re channel A and B e Esmu u 16Wrtlin generator QUTPutl STAte ON 7 Femu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator Fomu ibWrtln generator 0UIPUt2 5LATe ON Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator z DAE Es ow IS DU test Case Wizard eere OS s Sn EnDer Test Cases Test ase 0 ss st T Femu bDWrcln generator S90UBTBBTWOGPT ITSZOIdJISTCASe TOTO 4 Sea See a Set Ed Le Mode GG According to standard ses Au Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 EMODe STANdard 1166 1560 12 4 214 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases d EI oet Trigger Configuracionm and Select Autos gt eessen AF Fem ibWwet La generator 950URIBBSWOGPSITOZ2OIAL TRIGCger AUTO 3 E EE oet Marker Contligurarion and select Autos S999 e Femu 2sbWrctln generator 90U0RIBBTWOGPITO2OI
264. ement results They are as follows Total Power in dBm Carrier Frequency Error in Hz or mHz Composite EVM in The results refer to the CPICH slot which is currently set default 0 In the result for the Total Power any specified frequency correction values are already taken into account so that the displayed result can be used directly for test evaluation purposes The result is displayed continuously on the screen Display of the Composite EVM for All Timeslots 1 Set the result display to Composite EVM Press the RESULTS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the measurement results in the code domain will appear Press the COMPOSITE EVM softkey The COMPOSITE EVM will be displayed for all 15 CPICH timeslots A Code Power Relative SR 15 ksps Chan Code 0 CP 2 14 GHz CPICH Slot o Chan Slot 0 Fig 4 70 Measurement of the composite EVM for all timeslots Display of the Total Power for all Timeslots 1 Set the result display to power display Press the RESULTS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the measurement results in the code domain will appear Press the POWER VS SLOT softkey The total power will be displayed for all 15 CPICH timeslots see the figure below unknown 4 143 E 1 Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM R amp S FSMU W 2 Modify the display opt Press the AMPT key The softkeys for configuring the level display and the RF input will appear Press the SCREEN B
265. en into account as well as any possible changes in the test equipment gt Press the key The menu for configuring the measurement applications will appear gt Press the SPURIOUS EMISSIONS Y softkey The menu for configuring and performing the spurious emissions measurement will appear gt Press the SWEEP LIST softkey The menu for editing the sweep list will appear gt Press the EDIT SWEEP LIST softkey The form for entering sweep lists will appear SWEEF LIST Fig 4 51 Form for entering sweep lists gt To enter three further ranges use the cursor keys to go into the 4 range and press the INS AFTER RANGE softkey three times n Range 4 change the stop frequency from 12 75 GHz to 2 09 GHz reduce the number of sweep points to 5001 input the transducer table as for example wideband and set Stop after sweep to ON gt n Ranges 1 3 input the transducer table as for example wideband Ranges Bereiche 5 and 6 measure the spurious emissions in the inband range Accordingly input the transducer table as inband in these ranges In order to enable a switch of the external connection Stop after sweep was set to ON in Range 4 gt To summarize the values in Ranges 1 to 5 should be entered as follows unknown 4 107 E 1 Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions R amp S FSMU W SHEEP LIST Fig 4 52 Ranges 6 and 7 when entering the sweep lists The values in Ranges 6 to 7 shoul
266. enerator BB DM DLISt DATA APPend 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 j A A A A A x PA M initialize SMU as UE x switch off the UE of SMU to speed up data transfer set frequency to ul frequency of BTS set output level to 111 dBm depending on type of BS 10 dB above reference sensitivity level send a TPC preamble pattern starting with some 1 to set channel 120 to max output power and to make the BTS to react on TPC bits set frame length to appropriate length at least TPC slots set trigger to frame length set trigger input delay polarity mode and input selector adjust output power of SMU to 0 dB Switch On base band and SMU inhibit trigger until FSO is setup ko E E x Se A ee XE unknown 4 56 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps Fsmu SetupInstrumentS3mu generator INIT UL Ol treque cy Gl uL duplex 2 Set SMU to the ul frequency of the base station sprintf ib string FREQuency FIXed g GHZ dl trequenecy dl ul duplex Fem XDWFLID generator 10 Siring j SAA AAA A Set output level sprintf ib string POWer LEVEL IMMediate AMPLitude g dBm uplink level Fe
267. ent Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Multicarrier All carriers ON Frequency B MandT Scrambling code Any Antenna diversity OFF oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements unknown 4 95 E 1 Test Case 6 5 2 2 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR R amp S FSMU W Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BS to the basic state Test model 1 Set the frequency for example to M All carriers at maximum output power Switch off antenna diversity mode Set the R amp S FSQ to the basic state See Chapter 3 section Basic State of the R amp S FSQ for Measurements on 3G Base Stations Internal reference frequency The default for the measurement is the channel with code 0 i e the CPICH Switch on multicarrier You will have to skip this step for a single carrier base station gt Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear gt Press the key The side menu for the settings will open gt Press the MULTI CARR ON OFF softkey The INS will switch to multicarrier mode and the green marker will switch from OFF to ON Set the Single Carrier measurement mode You will have to skip this step for a multicarrier base station gt Press the key The softkeys for selecting measurements in spectral mode will appear gt Press the CHAN PWR ACP softkey The R
268. eot Lb SDEI09 Fsmu ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut SES Examples of SMU settings after the test case wizards g tif 0 PA meet input trigger delay only positive values are allowed 2 Sprintt 2b string SBB WOGPSTRIGger bXxTernalsDbbay Sc smu trigger delay Femu 10Wrtla Generator ib string jov Sees Sse See duds OUTP pO OD JB Sesso sas SS ra Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust AME OS EE Stop SMU to get detincd timing HS de Psu DWrtlm generator SSB WSGPDSTRIGGer ARMEEXRCULCO OPO Fsmu ibRd generator XD string SIXzeof 1b String z A SSS adjust Output power Eo 0 dB and wait Tor execution 5 Ea Pemu bWrtln generator SBB WSGPp POWer rADJust OPC Fomu bRd generator 10 String Sizeot rb string M See ae enable external trigger 1 SU era if 1Psmu GertBtshmulationt Esmu LbWrtla generator 28BSWOSGPITRIGger 5OUNCOe External OPC Fsmu ibRd generator XD Strringy sizeof 10 SLtring s j else Esmu bBWecla Generator BBESNOGP ITRIGQgerDrIbXECUute OPC Fsmu ibRd Generator XD String Sizeof 10 Strigg s 1166 1560 12 4 215 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W endif Pi a eee x po Sa de a The SMU is now ready tO start signal generation 2d E A I rcli A cU L C uu c UE x pe See As Stace ene Meads etlent Sessa Ses Sa Seas Tu EY ODend detect curiggen 2mpudse o tasas MU 2 So eee A p T
269. equencies will appear Press the START softkey Enter the start frequency in the field e g 2100 MHz Press the STOP softkey Enter the stop frequency in the field e g 2180 MHz 4 Setthe number of measurement points in the sweep opt You can skip this item if you do not wish to change the default setting for the number of measurement points 7 625 1166 1560 12 3 4 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Correction of the Frequency Response of the Test Setup Press the SWEEP hotkey The softkeys for configuring the sweep will appear Press the SWEEP POINTS softkey Manually enter the desired number of points in the input field e g 625 or set a value using the rotary knob You can only enter a limited range of measurement points The R amp S FSQ automatically adjusts your input to the closest possible value It indicates this by displaying Value Adjusted in the input field The range of possible values is from 155 to 2501 measurement points Note A maximum of 625 values can be transferred to the R amp S FSQ s transducer tables 5 Setthe R amp S SMU s output power opt You can skip this item if the power entered under item 2 is already correct Press the NETWORK hotkey The softkeys for configuring the network mode will appear Press the SOURCE POWER softkey Set the desired output power in the input field e g 0 dBm 6 Setthe R amp S FSQ s drive level opt You can skip this item if the default setting of the
270. er 3 section Obtaining an Optimum Setting for the R amp S FSQ s Attenuator Setting the Reference Level oetting of the reference level is handled automatically after you press the ADUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S FSQ s reference level is set so as to just avoid overdriving the instrument i e the reference level is set about 3 dB above the peak value of the signal that is present Due to the wide dynamic range of the R amp S FSQ the current value of the reference level is not critical as long as the R amp S FSQ is not overdriven oee also Chapter 3 section Obtaining an Optimum Setting for the R amp S FSQ s Reference Level unknown 4 13 E 1 Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power R amp S FSMU W Improved Measurement Accuracy when Measuring with Option K9 Power Meter Test Setup The NRP Z11 or NRP Z21 sensor is connected via an attenuator directly to the output of the base station see the figure below Note The value of the attenuation can be automatically taken into account in the measurement result However it is not possible to specify a transfer function similar to the transducer tables of the R amp S FSQ Base Station TX signal USB Adapter Power Sensor NRP Z4 NRP Z11 or NRP 221 Fig 4 6 Test setup for Base station output power with Option K9 The average input power at the power sensor may not exceed 26 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly
271. er delay only positive values are allowed pa Sprint 2b sbring BB WSGPSITRIGGQersbhxTernaleDbbay Sar smu trigger delay Esmu 2bWrtln generator zb string E A E adjust Ou pu power 010 dra map Esmu 2bWrtln generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust io SSS See eee ee Stop MU Gorge denied timing SS 95 ed Esmu ibWrtla generator S8B WSGPDSTRIGOQer ARMIEXROute OPC Fsmu ibRd Generator 2b string sizeof 1b SEPIDSg ov eue adjust Output power to 0 OB and welt Tor execution esses AF Fomu LoWetln gen rtator IBBIWSGPDEPOWer ADJust OPC Femu sbRd generator ib String sizeck 1D SUCLAG 7 jy eges aa enable external roger BI OM 23 SS Au if Fsmu GetBtsEmulation Fomu 1bWrtin generator S8B WSGP ITRIGgereoO0UNBCOG External OPC y Fsmu_ibRd generator D String Srzeor ib string j else Fomu LbWrtla generator BBSNWOGPITRIGgQger EbEXEbCUute OPC Fsmu_ibRd Generator ID sstring sizeor ib sStraingl 3 j tendif e is dd o e E a ti x AMO EE The SMU is now ready tO Start signal generation m jx SS CL cc ee UU x M EE Je SEAL the Meas ellen p MEUM at pe Send a start eri Gel pulse LO Cie MU SSI OS Ecce oy pv BBe SMU WI Start toto te lL genera ton Eee HeEPPEEU EIU ete TE 1166 1560 12 4 186 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases A SSA Ow Calea te pue sto sae fo The bile terco ly Calculates tie BER PeS 229222 eese
272. er slope POSitive or NEGata ye i Fomu bWrtln generator SINPUL TRIGger BBANGO SLOPe POSItlve Fsmu ibWrtln generator INPuLt TRIGger BBANd SLOPe NEGative tendif dr i E Switch On the generator Re channel A and B d Esmu toWetln generator QUTPutl STATe ON Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator Fomu ibWrtin generator 0UIPUt2 5LATe ON Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator 1166 1560 12 4 253 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W A feierte Sea Sw DEL CNS Gest Case Wi Zor SSeS See SS SS AF M eS aaeeoaS Enter Test Cases lest Case Ou tescececte eere eee x Femu 2DWPtIm generator 290URIBBIWSGPTTS2DIAISTCASe TCS86 3 AR Seu de Modas to Accord wo Standard eec EOS T Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 EMODe STANdard Sea See uc Set TRIgger CoOntagqurat bom and select Autos Au Femu 10Wet La generator S90URTBBIWOGPSITOZOIALTRIGger AUTO 3 EE oet Marker ContigUrab rion and select Autos ses9 ceeEM aa Fomu 2sbWrctlr generator 90UR IBBIWSGPITOZOTIAISTRIGger rOUTPUC AUTO 7 s decree pe pony SIE OU D euet SSeS x Fomu 2DWrtlm generator 290URTBBIWSGP TS29141 RXDIVers2ty ON y Doo Ecce Enter Sorambolingcoos Scrembling Mode gt Tu PE 21s prints sn in eger cn hex at Least one digit 2 us SPIrLIDnbtr Ib string SOSOURSBBIWOGPITS2OIAISSCODe Six y ue scrambling cod
273. er will determine the maximum number of peaks per range that will be taken into account Press the PEAK SEARCH softkey The peaks will be read in and displayed in the trace Peaks are taken into account only if they exceed the margin from the limit line unknown 4 109 E 1 Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions Ref 10 dBm NUNT Fig 4 55 118 a Ti tt tt 022 2221 MHz gt Press the VIEW PEAK LIST softkey The peak list will be displayed as shown in the figure below e E TRACE DETECTOR al PRPPPRPBPBRRPRBPBRBBRB Fig unknown RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS RMS Center 4 56 VIEW PEAK FREQUENCY 4 2205 pose 4858 8603 1988 6623 858 2208 0255 5025 0113 0196 0907 163 E GHz MHz kHz MHz kHz MHz kHz kHz GHz GHz GHz GHz GHz GHz LIST LEVEL dBm 4 JER un Y 25 44 eae 02 3 der m 2 61 34 40 40 42 42 43 43 43 44 39 40 41 41 44 43 Peaks for Spurious emissions DELTA LIMIT dB 4 67 27 29 28 44 OL 02 93 32 56 7 61 34 Display of the peak list for spurious emissions R amp S FSMU W R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions Tips and Special Tricks Application Note For information on measuring spurious emissions using spectrum analyzers from Rohde amp Schwarz we suggest you read Rohde amp Schwarz Applic
274. ere test conditions in terms of test methods and test conditions are defined 1166 1560 12 4 172 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Tips and Special Tricks Ensure that the RF blocks are switched on while the measurement procedure is running Since the test case wizard does not activate or deactivate the RF ports these have to be switched on before or after the Apply Settings button is pressed The signal quality can be enhanced or for test purposes modified by additional settings in the impair ments section of the AWGN block in the I Q modulator block and in the RF block Usually the test case wizard does not alter these settings In case of an channel coded signal e g an RMC is activated the base station that triggers the SMU signal generation shall emit an SFN System Frame Number mod 4 periodic trigger A simple SFN periodic trigger probably will disturb the channel coding scheme Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 6 section General Routines KKXXKXKXKXKXXKXKXXXXKXXXKXKXKXKKXKXXKKXKXKKKKKKKKKKAKKKAKAKAKAAKAAAAKAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA Kk AA RAR Module DynamicRange c Copyright c 2004 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Project FSMU Description measures the dynamic range 5 according to test case 7 3 KK KK Ck kk kk kCk kk Ck k Ck kk kk KK KK k kk kk kk kk k kk kk kk kk Ck k k kk kk kCk kk k kk kk kk kk ck ck ck kk kk tai
275. erence waveform This ratio is expressed in dB The Peak Code Domain Error is defined as the maximum value for the Code Domain Error for all codes The measurement interval is one timeslot as defined by the C PICH when present otherwise the measurement interval is one timeslot starting with the beginning of the SCH Test Setup The measurement can be performed using the standard test setup see Chapter 3 section Standard Test Setup with R amp S FSQ Only the R amp S FSQ is required to perform the measurement Internal triggering FREE RUN and the internal reference frequency of the R amp S FSQ are sufficient E T Base Station l a ie 0 JR R1 Wo ee e ee 4 TX signal Value see text A Fig 4 72 Test setup for Peak Code Domain Error The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly Recommended Options The measurement can be performed without any additional options Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T unknown 4 149 E 1 Test Case 6 7 2 Peak Code Domain Error R amp S FSMU W Peculiarities for Multicarrier When measuring under multicarrier conditions the CPICH power of one carrier is measured while the others are switched on The following figure represents a sample configuration IA LU LL EXT T ILE Fig 4 6 Configuratio
276. eris ultus 0x8000 we enable SWEEP BREAK Note STATus OPERAtion register is routed only to STB register if corresponding bit in PTansition or NTRansition register is set corresponding bit in ENABle register is set event occurs RC DX E ow 1 173 1 1272 241 321 202171 1 1 13 Y Ox0400 1024 Rp pg a NS set Status Operation Register to wait for break disable all others Fsmu_ibWrtln analyzer STATus OPERation ENABle 1024 event is set as positive transistions of bit only ai Fsmu_ibWrtln analyzer STATus OPERation PTRansition 1024 Fsmu_ibWrtln analyzer STATus OPERation NTRansition 0 E ARS clear status before start of measurement Esmu ibWrtln analyzer CLS pt Sanare clear OPC status before start of measurement sweep until first break P OPC bit will be set after last range has been finished Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate SPURious OPC E AA continue only if only BREAK has occured while status WaitForMeasurement analyzer SRO BREAK put in your code to change configuration of external equipment Pemu MessageBox 777r User Into 959 get Up next trade y a a dece continue until next break Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate CONMeas a 5eSSs5e5 last range must be handled individually if status SRQ BREAK SRQ BREAK Fomu MessageBox
277. ers in the file name and finish your input with ENTER Use the key to select the upper line You will see the following text Press for character lines EDIT TRD FACTOR NAME l Trans Press 2 for character lines ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRATUVWXYZ ADO N x f E1CO H 7 abcdefghijklmnoparstuvwuxuzsaa 23 lt gt 1 yp 1234567898 Fig 1 1 Entering the name of the transducer table Accept the file name by pressing ENTER 8 Enter a comment gt gt Press the 2 key to select the Comment line and press ENTER Enter the comment as described in the previous step Accept the comment by pressing ENTER 9 Enter the frequency level pairs gt Enter the value of the frequency in the Frequency column and press the key to complete your entry You can also enter the frequency in units of MHz kHz or Hz The cursor will jump automatically to the TDF dB column In the TDF dB column enter the value of the attenuation and press The cursor will jump automatically to the next row and the Frequency column EDIT TRANSDUCER FACTOR MNameYUnitYInterpolation Trans dB LIN Comment FREQUENCY TDF dB FREQUENCY TDF dB 1 000000000 GHz 22 0ua Z 000000000 GHz 25 000 3 000000000 GHz 22 000 Fig 1 2 Transducer table with some values entered 10 Save the table gt Press the key to save the table If there is already a table with the same name you will be asked to confirm your
278. esult gt The BTS internally calculates the BER Interpretation of the Measurement Results The internally calculated BER shall not exceed 0 001 Note TS 25 141 Annex C General Rules for Sta tistical Testing where test conditions in terms of test methods and test conditions are defined Tips and Special Tricks Ensure that the RF blocks are switched on while the measurement procedure is running Since the test case wizard does not activate or deactivate the RF ports these have to be switched on before or after the Apply Settings button is pressed The signal quality can be enhanced or for test purposes modified by additional settings in the impair ments section of the AWGN block in the I Q modulator block and in the RF block Usually the test case wizard does not alter these settings In case of an channel coded signal e g an RMC is activated the base station that triggers the SMU signal generation shall emit an SFN System Frame Number mod 4 periodic trigger A simple SFN periodic trigger probably will disturb the channel coding scheme 1166 1560 12 4 183 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 6 section General Routines pa dir dir di di div dir dir di div dir dir di div dir dir dir di div dir dir di div dir dir di dio dir dir dir dir div dir di dir div dir dir di dir dir
279. et the test case wizard Press Test Case and select Test Case 8 8 3 The panel adapts to its test case Press Edit Mode and select According to Standard This selection guides the user close to TS 25 141 Press Trigger Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Marker Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Select the Diversity reception capabilities of the BTS under test In case of no Rx diversity press Baseband A Signal Routing and select which RF output port A or B is connected to the BTS Enter Scrambling Code Scrambling Mode according to the BTS scrambling scheme Enter the Power Class of the BTS under test Press RF Frequency and enter the same frequency e g M the BTS has set to Select the Transport Block Size among 168 bits and 360 bits Select the Required BLER among 1 and 10 Press Apply Settings The SMU is now ready to start signal generation V Y VV VV V V 8 Start the measurement gt Send a start trigger impulse e g SFN modulo 4 from the BTS to the SMU The SMU will start signal generation 9 Calculate the result gt The BTS internally calculates the BLER 1166 1560 12 4 272 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Interpretation of the Measurement Results The internally calculated BLER shall not exceed the required BLER settings Note TS 25 141 Annex C General Rules for Statis
280. et which has to be added to the respective RF frequency In case of routing to path A B the RF port A B holds a reference measurement channel signal and RF port B A both interfering signals the CW interferer and the WCDMA or GMSK modulated interference The test setup pictured in Fig 4 102 is suitable to measure the base station intermodulation characteristics Signal Generator ATT1 SMU RFA Base station for the wanted signal Under test HYBRID a RX1 Signal Generator ATT2 RX2 for the CW interference signal SMU RF B HYBRID Signal Generator a BER measure for the WCDMA modulated ATTS oiii li Termination if needed Fig 4 102 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A BER measure optional Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T 1166 1560 12 4 210 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T The variety of modulated interferer signals wideband and narrowband is denoted by i W Nj 7 6 Intermodulation Characteristics Init BTS Set BTS to RMC 12 2 kbps Init SMU I E Case Wizard El n gt last interferer OVL Fig 4 103 Structure of
281. exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly The measurement can be performed without any additional options Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T Peculiarities for Multicarrier The measurement can be performed only for single carrier unknown 4 74 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 1 Occupied Bandwidth Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T Occupied Bandwidth set to Test Model 1 BTS set to f set to max FSQ set to f auto adjust measure Peak Code Domain Error Fig 4 29 Structure of the Occupied bandwidth measurement unknown 4 75 E 1 Test Case 6 5 1 Occupied Bandwidth R amp S FSMU W Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Frequency B MandT Scrambling code Any Antenna diversity OFF oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BS to the basic state Test model 1 oet the frequency for example to M Maximum output power owitch off antenna diversity mode Set the R amp S FSQ to the basic state See Chapter 8 section Basic State of the FSQ fo
282. f buffer XT LfHz Freq Femu zbWrtin generator bDufter 7 write levels invert sign pa io cae aa do not set EOL after Transiter M ur Pemu 1bE60t generator 0 pp Sanar ot write level data Fsmu ibWrtln generator CORR CSET DATA POW Or Ir idx 0 7 EE adx lt NOOPPES I 7 TE xdxer sprinti burrer ST 4IOB levels fre idx 7 Fsmu ibWrtln generator buffer a 22 set EOI after transfer Poma 1bEOt generator 1 5 A a write last frequency data sprint butter Y7 artaB levels ff 1dx 7 Femu zbWrrtln generator butter jg AR AAA close SMU on GPIB Esmu Closesmu Generator 7 a me en a display result sprintf ResultString Trace of FSQ transferred to user correction table s FileName returns FSMU OR 7 1166 1560 12 3 10 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Contents Contents 4 Tests on Base Stations According to 3G Standard 3GPP FDD 4 1 Overview OF the standards til 4 1 Transmitter Test CasbBs ui neri A xia s een Fee nx voice vex Ve b ou P rx eee 4 9 Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power ccoocccccccccccccccnccncnncncnonannonannnnnnnononoonnnonnnnonaninnaninos 4 9 lh uel e NE TU TT UT TT TITTEN 4 9 MOSES CULO M TCR RN EE 4 9 Recommended Options RE E OQ I codos
283. f a signal where erroneous blocks are inserted in the data stream by the SMU The test is passed when the calculated BLER is close to the simulated BLER at the test frequencies B M and T Quotation from 1 Base Station System with internal BLER calculates block error rate from the CRC blocks of the received This test is performed only if Base Station System has this kind of feature All data rates which are used in clause 8 Performance requirement testing shall be used in verification testing This test is performed by feeding measurement signal with known BLER to the input of the re ceiver Locations of the erroneous blocks shall be randomly distributed within a frame Erroneous blocks shall be inserted into the UL signal as shown in figure 8 1 Test Setup The test setup pictured in Fig 4 118 is suitable to verify the base station internal BER and BLER calculation with diversity Base BS frame Station trigger 1166668 i RF signal B RF signal A without diversity Base BS frame Station trigger Rx Tx or Rx RF signal Fig 4 118 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A In case of diversity measurements both RF ports A and B hold the the wanted signal and both RF ports A and be shall be connected to the base station receiver ports In case of no diversity measurements a single RF port A or B depends on the Smus routing scheme is connected to
284. fading case 3 Fading case 3 8 9 1 CPCH access preamble and collision detection preamble de Static propagation tection in static propagation conditions 8 9 2 CPCH access preamble and collision detection preamble de Fading case 3 tection in multipath fading case 3 Demodulation of CPCH message in static propagation condi Static propagation tions Demodulation of CPCH message in multipath fading case 3 Fading Case 3 Scrambling Code hex oets the base station or user equipment scrambling code figure base station identification Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS825141 S5C0ODe 1166 1560 12 1 15 E 1 Information about the R amp S SMU R amp S FSMU W Scrambling Mode Sets the scrambling mode Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 S8CODe MODE OFF ON LONG SHORt Off Disables scrambling coding for test purposes On in case of Enables scrambling coding in case of forward link forward link only test setups only Long Scram oets the long scrambling code in case of reverse bling Code in link test setups only case of reverse link only Short Scram oets short scrambling code in case of reverse link bling Code test setups only only modes The short scrambling code is only standardized for DPCCH DPCCH and DPDCH channels DPDCH and PCPCH only Power Class if supported by Sets the base station power class The user can choose from the test case and if Edit Mode Wide Area BS According to Standard
285. fdef CV this is needed by Labwindows CVI compiler only mU include lt ansi_c h gt else 7 ANGST SC compillerse Tinclude lt stdlib h gt J pod y include lt stdio h gt Lapin 7 finclude lt string h gt eterea strlen Ty endif include fsmu_global h include 3gpp tests h KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK Kk AAA void MeasureDynamicRange void KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK Kk KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK measures the dynamic range KK KK kk kCkCk Ck kk k kk kk kk kk k kk kk kk kk AAA oO RSS ve Lab lee eee ecu 5311722717325 a PE ee change the following variables according to your needs UE double dl frequency 2214 ss ow GHz Of transmitter du double dl uL duplex 0 19 GHz receiver freq is lower dU int ue scrambling code 0x00 7 scrambling code of UE in hex 7 used for simulation only mE int bts scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code of BIS in hex S int smu trigger delay 0 y Erame tragget to SMU in chips du JB 222232223 27 leave the following variables untouched mU 1166 1560 12 4 173 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W pe pude cue variables Tor GPLPO DUS eeeemee M eter cene Ss ri char Jb SCING BOBO PF Strings written o gpib bus mr Tin analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer a Tam generator GPIB handle for Generator ab Tue status PF GCF Service register a LE SaveTimeOu
286. for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 249 Fig 4 123 Structure of the Verification of the Internal BLER Calculation measurement 4 250 Fig 4 124 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 256 Fig 4 125 Test case panel for According to Standard essessessseseeeeeseeee nnne 4 257 Fig 4 126 Test case panel for User Definable occcccccconcccoccncccnccncnccncncnncnnnnnonnnnnonnnonanononcnonaninos 4 258 Fig 4 127 Routing of baseband A to RF port A and B oocoocccnccnnnccncncnccncncnononncncnnnnnnnnnnnononnnncnaconnnnnnos 4 260 Fig 4 128 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A and B 4 260 Fig 4 129 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 260 Fig 4 130 Structure of the RACH Preamble Detection in Static Propagation Conditions measurement ecc leri chi dei cL Lia ctu eL aie Katie EE 4 261 Fig 4 131 Test case panel for According to Standard seeesseeseeeseeeeeeeeeenn nnn 4 269 Fig 4 132 Test case panel for User Definable occcoccncoccnccccncccnccocnconcncnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnncnannnnnnnnns 4 269 Fig 4 133 Structure of the Demodulation of RACH Message in Static Propagation Conditions A T S TEM 4 271 List of Tables Fable 41 Frequency DANGS ii tede stunt uiua Devant bono uteri eos Roni eese Lue HI teeth p sea
287. formed using R amp S FSMU W For TX the following tests are described Test case 6 2 Test case 6 2 2 Test case 6 3 Test case 6 4 2 Test case 6 4 3 Test case 6 4 4 Test case 6 5 1 Test case 6 5 2 1 Test case 6 5 2 2 Test case 6 5 3 Test case 6 6 Test case 6 7 1 Test case 6 7 2 Base Station Output Power CPICH Power Accuracy Frequency Error Power Control Steps Power Control Dynamic Range Total Power Dynamic Range Occupied Bandwidth Spectrum Emission Mask Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ration ACLR Spurious Emissions Transmit Intermodulation Error Vector Magnitude Peak Code Domain Error For RX the following tests are described Test case 7 2 Test case 7 3 Test case 7 4 Test case 7 5 Test case 7 6 Test case 7 8 Test case 8 2 1 Test case 8 3 1 Test case 8 3 2 Test case 8 3 3 Test case 8 3 4 Test case 8 4 Test case 8 5 Test case 8 6 Test case 8 8 1 Test case 8 8 2 Test case 8 8 3 Test case 8 8 4 Test case 8 9 1 Test case 8 9 2 Test case 8 9 3 Test case 8 9 4 Reference Sensitive Level Dynamic Range Adjacent Channel Selectivity Blocking Characteristics Intermodulation Characteristics Verification of Internal BER Demodulation of DCH in Static Propagation Conditions Demodulation of DCH in Multipath Fading Case 1 Conditions Demodulation of DCH in Multipath Fading Case 2 Conditions Demodulation of DCH in Multipath Fading Case 3 Conditions Demodulation of D
288. g ne ee ee ee ee ee Set mask for service request in the SRE register enable SRQ for error event 0x04 and measurement available 0x10 Oxld 20 ESB MAV ErrorQueue contents of status register STB j 17161514113121110 4 4 44 4 4 0x01 not used LITE boebeee 0202 nol used dl PD asses 0x04 error event queue a iin bd dog o esses Ux0G Status Questionable 7 MALE RSS Ox107 MAV Measurement available lt o OxX207 ESB register j PS OA 0x40 ROS MSS SRO sent by this device E 0x80 Status Operation we enable error event queue and MAV for SRQ Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SRE 20 5 ne read in the peak list in binary format this produces an SRQ either due to data or due to an error d Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer FORMAT REAL 32 TRACe FINall Ji e X M Ses a Check if data are available nnn Wait for SRQ either due to an error or due to a measurement result gtatus Us no srg occured should not occur this function sets time out for the service request to 3 sec d the time out has to be set on board level in this case unknown 4 90 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask p San wait 3 seconds for SRQ
289. g Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 4 10 4 11 4 12 4 13 4 14 4 15 4 16 4 17 4 18 4 19 4 20 4 21 4 22 4 23 4 24 4 25 4 26 4 27 4 28 4 29 4 30 4 31 4 32 4 33 4 34 4 35 4 36 4 37 4 38 4 39 4 40 4 41 4 42 4 43 4 44 4 45 4 46 4 47 4 48 4 49 4 50 4 51 Code Domain Power of a signal containing 3 data Channels cococccccccncccnccccnncncncnnnnnnnos 4 3 Test setup for Base station maximum output power occoccccnccconcnccocncncnnnncncnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 4 9 Configuration of a multicarrier signal for measurement of the output power 4 10 Structure of measurement procedure Base station maximum output power 4 11 Measuring tne output DOWOLF Pinoso rag Qui au d uv as hahet av mue Seve uS dw pv ER E ic RE 4 12 Test setup for Base station output power with Option K9 eeeeseeesssesse 4 14 Configuration of a multicarrier signal for measurement of the output power 4 21 Measuring the CPICH DOW ocioso ita 4 23 Power control on the downlink oocccoocccocccocccocccocccocnnocnnocnnonnnonocononononanonanonanocnnnnaninons 4 28 Plot of the code domain power in the alternating power control steps 4 30 Plot of the code domai
290. g 5 MHz we 7 Fsmu ibWrtln generator LOOUER SBBIWSGPSTSZSIdTI TIESEXgnalcEORPRPSeLt 0MHz DUREE Press APPLY Sete inion eec Exe c T This may take a long time So Set time out temporarily to 100 Sec 7 Fsmu ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo generator T100s Fsmu xbWriocin generator SSQOURIBBIWSGP ITS25IAISTOASe EXECube Fsmu WaitForDevice generator AF FSMU I DWECIN GSN aL Orp ORC Fsmu ibRd Generator Ib String SoA2eoPR 10 Sterndl lt 7 Fsmu ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut PE AAA Examples of SMU settings after the test case wizards Xu tif 0 MEE input trigger delay only positive values are allowed ET SPprintt 10 string 3BBSWSGPSTRIGGQer bXTernaleDbbay Sar smu trigger delay Psmu boWrcln Generator 25 SEring 7 Ja AAA adqus5 CUEDUE PONOT EO UB nase Sea ete ar Fsmu rbWrtlin generator BB WSGPp POWer ADJust jo pata e cu Stop SMS get det ined CIMINO T Psi bDWrtln generator S9SB IWSGPDp DIRBIGOQOer ARMiEXbCUte TOPC Fsmu ibRd Generator Ib String Srxeort ib string 7 E SATA ad ust output power to dB and wert ror execution no bsmu SbWrLlo igenerator rBBE WSGPPTPOWerrADJgJust OPC Femu SbDhRd generator 1b String si zeor rb strring 7 jp yore ucc US enable external Bigger gui OMU pc T Le Esmu Getbtsbmulatromo unknown 4 135 E 1 Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation Fsmu JbWwretlo
291. g error message will appear in the top screen SYNC FAILED Only noise is displayed The composite EVM is equal to 100 96 e Code Power Relative Result Summary CP 2 14 GHz GLOBAL RESULTS Total Power Ref Chip Rate Error 54 6 IQ Offset Composite EVM Att CPICH Slot No 15 dE CHANNEL RESULTS Symbol Rate Channel Code No of Pilot Bits CLRYR Channel Power Rel Symbol EVM Fig 1 9 The FSQ is overdriven or underdriven The scrambling code of the base station and the R amp S FSQ do not agree The antenna diversity is set incorrectly The antenna diversity is set incorrectly 1166 1560 12 CPICH 3lot SR 15 ksps Chan Code 0 3 Chan Slot 2 SR 15 ksps Chan Code 0 3 Chan Slot 2 Carrier Freq Error Trigger to Frame IQ Imbalance Pk CDE 960 keeps No of Active Chan 00 kaps o Channel Slot No Timing Offzet o Modulation Type Channel Power Abs Symbol EVM 147 72 Hz 471 663215 ps 26 58 0 77 dB 2 O Chips 3 OPSK 17 03 dBm 68 44 Pk Error screen for Sync Failed Make an automatic level setting Press the RESULTS hotkey then the ADJUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S FSQ will perform an automatic level setting Set the correct scrambling code gt Press the Settings hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear gt Press the SCRAMBLING CODE softkey Enter the scrambling code for the base station as a hexadecimal number Ran
292. g the Apply Set tings button Marker 1 Radio Frame z Radio Frame X Radio Frame 4 Radio Frame Fading A ra config On Std Del TRIGGER 1 config On Fading B config On Std Del gt Ed TRIGGER 1 1 Radio Frame z Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame 4 Radio Frame Marker Routing of baseband A to RF port A Marker Fig 4 94 1 Radio Frame z Radio Frame x Radio Frame 4 Radio Frame Fading A config On Std Del TRIGGER 1 BB In config On Fading B Ed config On Std Del TRIGGER 1 1 Radio Frame 2 Radio Frame On IMP AWGN IMP B config On IMP config On IMP AWGN IMP Bl config On IMP Graphics conta onno RFIA Mod A config y config On BERT config On BERT config On RF A Mod B config Iv On BERT RF A Mod A config Graphics config config On BERT On RF A Mod B config Iv On Marker Routing of baseband A to RF port B Fig 4 95 1166 1560 12 3 Radio Frame 4 Radio Frame BERT 4 197 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W In case of routing to path A B the RF port A B holds the wanted reference measurement channel signal and RF port B A the interference signal The test setup p
293. ge of values O to 1FFF Enter hexadecimal numbers by preceding them with a decimal point Example Enter the scrambling code 1F2a by typing 1 52 0 Set the antenna diversity to the correct value The settings of the base station and the R amp S FSQ must agree gt Press the Settings hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear gt Press the ANT DIV ON OFF softkey The green marker will switch from ON to OFF or vice versa gt Press the ANT DIV 1 2 softkey This is required only if ANT DEV was set to ON in the previous step The green marker will switch from 1 to 2 or vice versa The synchronization of the R amp S FSQ is set incorrectly The R amp S FSQ should synchronize to the synchronization channel SCH only if the common pilot channel CPICH is missing This is the case in test model 4 gt Press the Settings hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear gt Press the SNC TYPE CPICH SCH softkey The green marker will switch from CPICH to SCH or vice versa R amp S FSMU W Information about the R amp S FSQ The trigger offset or trigger polarity is Set the trigger offset to the correct value The R amp S FSQ needs a trigger signal in the set incorrectly range from 650 us to O ns before the frame begins gt Press the TRIG key The softkeys for triggering will appear gt Press the TRIGGER OFFSET softkey Set the correct trigger offset in the input field
294. gger Configuration Marker Configuration Diversity if supported by the test case Baseband A Signal Routing in case of no diversity 1166 1560 12 oets the required test case The user can select from a list of test cases according to the chapter numbering in TS 25 141 s Table x Remote control command COQURSBBSWSGPSTSZ5bIZAPTCASe DTC642 TEGO J TOT2 TH e qe Ape re ili SPOTS due ETS i BES il Messy TESIZ TESSA p TCSS4 J Tes 4 Tess TESO TESSA TESS2 TCSS3 l TESSA TESOL TCS92 TESIS TGCO94 Sets the wizards edit mode The user can select from e According to Standard the settings are bound to TS 25 141 some items may be set to read only e User Definable The user can choose the settings from a wider range e g in terms of frequency offset power level and so on Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 EMODe STANdard USER oets the R amp S SMU trigger configuration Triggers may be used to synchronize the R amp S SMU by the other equipment The user can choose from e Auto A test case dependent trigger configuration is in use Unless otherwise stated the R amp S SMU is set to Armed Auto External Trigger1 e Unchanged The previous trigger setting is not changed Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 TRIGger AUTO PRESet oets the R amp S SMU marker configuration Markers may be used as trigger to synchronize the other equipment The user can choose from
295. gger delay Fomu bWrtln generator ib string a cM x e AS DOVeE mu GB eese rete ee T Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust dE E STOP SMU ES get derined Cini ng esse eto mah Fomu SDWrclno generator SBB IWOSGPp TRIGGQer ARM EXROUtO OPCP Fsmu ibRd Generator 2D string Sizer rb string 7 jp cse aduse Output power to U OB and wart TOL execution e Ag 1166 1560 12 4 254 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust OPC Fsmu ibRd generator XD String sizeof 1b string 7 A od enable external Trigger I DMU gt s if lFsSmu GetBtsEmulation Fomu rbWrtlmn Generator SBBSWOGPTTRIGger 5OURCOe bxTernal OPC 3j Fsmu ibRd generator ID String SS2zeor rb strang l j else Fs 1bWecla generator SBBESWSGP ITIRIGger bXECute OPC Fsmu_ibRd generator 1p String Srzeor nb String s j tendif a AEE E EEEE ESE RT x Eje eR The SMU i5 now ready tO start signal generation A P tere T PME M ITF NN ERO xl oO EE d c tara che Nea oUt eMlen t SESSION MEE y Send a oare pPigger Impulse to 216 SUL SS SS Soo a PTS MUN WILLE Starts LO ne Generac O Sanaa Se eee ees au d E Os qooque he osu HS SS SS SOS AJ As The BTS internally calculates the BLER 699 922 5929 c m ifdef FSMU LOG DATA VI Mee En am xu IM c M MU ul tM Eu I A ee x AMO RES Nerte Gut pue dara Piles 7 1
296. gidos contra el agua si no es que exista otra indicaci n ver tambi n punto 1 Si no se tiene en cuenta esto se arriesga el peligro de golpe de corriente o de dafios en el producto lo cual tambi n puede llevar al peligro de personas No utilice el producto bajo condiciones en las que pueda producirse y se hayan producido l quidos de condensaci n en o dentro del producto como por ejemplo cuando se desplaza el producto de un lugar fr o a un lugar caliente Por favor no cierre ninguna ranura u orificio del producto ya que estas son necesarias para la ventilaci n e impiden que el producto se caliente demasiado No pongan el producto encima de materiales blandos como por ejemplo sof s o alfombras o dentro de una caja cerrada si esta no est suficientemente ventilada No ponga el producto sobre aparatos que produzcan calor como por ejemplo radiadores o calentadores La temperatura ambiental no debe superar la temperatura m xima especificada en la hoja de datos p gina 4 Informaciones de seguridad 27 Bater as y acumuladores no deben de ser expuestos a temperaturas altas o al fuego Guardar bater as y acumuladores fuera del alcance de los ni os Si las bater as o los acumuladores no son cambiados con la debida atenci n existir peligro de explosi n atenci n celulas de Litio Cambiar las bater as o los acumuladores solamente por los del tipo R amp S correspondiente ver lista de piezas de recambio
297. h Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower MEASurement OBANdwidth PA A auto adjust the FSQ settings wait for the command execution Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel OPC unknown 4 78 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 1 Occupied Bandwidth Fomu 16Rgd analyzer 1b string Sizecr 15 StEIng 7 a anneni trigger FSQ and wait for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate IMMediate OPC Fomu 2bhd analyzer ib String S1260r 1b string 9 ementi emitte trem read in the result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult OBANdwidth Femu zDpRdlus analyzer 16 Strand Size r rb Str mg result ator 1p Sec 7 2 2 display the result sprintt result string occupied bandwidth 7 2 KHz result 1E3 Fenu MesssgeBox 5 5 Result 959 resulte SLPINg 3 close FSQ on GPIB Fsmu CloseFsq analyzer unknown 4 79 E 1 Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask Test Objective This test is used to verify whether the transmitted power of the base station is concentrated in the specified frequency band Quotation from 1 Out of band emissions are unwanted emissions immediately outsid
298. hannel The user can choose from e RMC 12 2 kbps 12 2 kbps measurement channel e RMC 64 kbps 64 kbps measurement channel e RMC 144 kbps 144 kbps measurement channel e RMC 384 kbps 384 kbps measurement channel e AMR 12 2 kbps channel coding for the AMR coder 4 190 R amp S FSMU W Operating band in case of Wideband blocking RF Frequency Power Level Interference Signal State Frequency Offset Power Level 1166 1560 12 Receiver Test Cases In case of According to Standard the choice is fixed to RMC 12 2 kbps Remote control command SOOURSIBB IWSGP ITS25141 WSIGnal DPDChiCCODing TYPE M12K2 M64K M144k M384k AMR Sets the operating band required for calculation of power levels and interferer types The user can choose from e Operating band I 1920 1980 MHz e Operating band Il 1850 1910 MHz e Operating band Ill 1710 1785 MHz e Operating band IV 1710 1755 MHz e Operating band V 824 849 MHz e Operating band VI 830 840 MHz Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal OBANd I II III IV V VI Sets the RF frequency of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal FREQ 100 0 KHz 6 0 GHz Displays the RF power level of the wanted signal in case of According to Standard e 115 dBm when Wide Area BS e 105 dBm when Medium Range BS e 101 dBm when Local Area BS In case of User Definable the use
299. hapter 3 section Standard Test Setup with the R amp S FSQ Only the R amp S FSQ is required to perform the measurement Internal triggering FREE RUN and the internal reference frequency of the R amp S FSQ are sufficient Base Station J ee R1 F8 e 0 0 TX signal Value see text n m Fig 4 2 Test setup for Base station maximum output power The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly Recommended Options The measurement can be performed without any additional options If you need increased measurement accuracy we recommend the option Power Sensor Measurements R amp S FS K9 in conjunction with the Power Sensors R amp S NRP Z11 up to 8 GHz or R amp S NRP N21 up to 18 GHz Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T unknown 4 9 E 1 Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power R amp S FSMU W Peculiarities for Multicarrier When measuring under multicarrier conditions the power of one carrier is measured while the others are switched on The following figure represents a sample configuration TENTE mun EXT T ILI Fig 4 3 Configuration of a multicarrier signal for measurement of the output power Measurement of for example the reduced carrier in Fig 4 1 Configuration of a multicarrier signal for measurement of the
300. he SMU Wall Start StonaL Generat tO eS Eee Ee TE M E Oe taluta Tes HSSuLe gt eee eee Tu Wie Blo CIDDerpDsnbycseloulqbres the BED SS sees A Hifdef FSMU LOG DATA cc cT EP EE ese E WELLES Output dara rey 1 SSS mee 21 mot P LUE x IEILLEC amytfrile mytile ropen intermodulation characteristios deae wrp x if myfile fprintf myfile This is a data file fclose myfile j j fendif L Seas Depay le resul cesses a ee ee aF MN A Sd xr i intermodulation casracreriSticsin WU ios sel 7 ree eG ry A Me Ps M LER ERRARE RN BEER ER Xr Femu MessageBox qe RESulo cv result String 3 Ao cri ue Close OM ION CPi uere ecce etd Fomu Closesmu generator 1166 1560 12 4 216 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Test Case 7 8 Verification of Internal BER Test Purpose The test case shall verify that a BS receiver has the capability to calculate the BER of a signal where erroneous bits are inserted in the data stream by the SMU The test is passed when the calculated BER is close to the simulated BER at the test frequencies B M and T Quotation from 1 Base Station System with internal BER calculation can synchronise it s receiver to known pseudo random data sequence and calculates bit error ratio from the received data This test is performed only if Base Station System has this kind of feature This test is performed by feeding measure ment signal with known BER to the inp
301. he R amp S FSQ to the basic state oee Chapter 3 section Basic State of the R amp S FSQ for Measurements on 3G Base Stations For automatic setting of the reference level deactivate the external trigger then switch it back on Internal reference frequency 2 Set the R amp S FSQ to multicarrier mode opt okip this item if there is only one carrier Single Carrier Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the key The side menu for the settings will open Press the MULTI CARR ON OFF softkey The green marking will switch from OFF to ON and the R amp S FSQ will be in multicarrier mode 3 Set the scrambling code Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the SCRAMBLING CODE softkey Enter the scrambling code for the base station as a hexadecimal number Range of values 0 to 1FFF Enter hexadecimal numbers by preceding them with a decimal point Example Enter the scrambling code 1F2a by typing 1 52 0 4 Choose the optimum setting for the reference level and input attenuator of the R amp S FSQ Press the RESULTS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the measurement results in the code domain will appear Press the ADJUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S FSQ will make a measurement of the power of the base station and will set the reference level and the attenuator to their optimum values 5 Se
302. he code domain parameters will appear unknown 4 141 E 1 gt Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM R amp S FSMU W Press the SCRAMBLING CODE softkey Enter the scrambling code for the base station as a hexadecimal number Range of values 0 to 1FFF Enter hexadecimal numbers by preceding them with a decimal point Example Enter the scrambling code 1F2a by typing 1 52 0 6 See the antenna diversity okip this item if antenna diversity is switched off in the base station 9 Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the ANT DIV ON OFF softkey The green marker will switch from OFF to ON and the R amp S FSQ will be in Antenna Diversity mode Press the ANT NO 1 2 softkey okip this item if you are measuring on antenna 1 of the base station The green marker will switch from 1 to 2 and the R amp S FSQ will use the coding of the pm antenna Set the synchronization to SCH TM4 or CPICH TM1 TM5 Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the SYNC TYPE CPICH SCH softkey The green marker will switch from CPICH to SCH or vice versa and the R amp S FSQ will synchronize to the channel marked in green CPICH common pilot channel or SCH synchronization channel For test model 4 select SCH For the other test models select the CPICH Choose the optimum setting for the refe
303. hese settings In case of an channel coded signal e g an RMC is activated the base station that triggers the SMU signal generation shall emit an SFN System Frame Number mod 4 periodic trigger A simple SFN periodic trigger probably will disturb the channel coding scheme Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 6 section General Routines KKXXKXXKXKXKXXKXKXXXKXKXKXXKXKXKXKKXKXKKXKXXKKKXKKKAKXKKAKKAKKAKAKAKAAAAKAAAAAA KK KK KO MK Kk KK Ko Kk KK KK XR X X Module RachPreambleDetectionInstaticPropagationConditions c x OPV t Lge c 2004 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Provecu FSMU Description measures RACH preamble detection in static propagation conditions according XO Test case 2041 KKK KK k Ck KK kCk kk Ck k ck kk kk KK KK kk k kk kk kk k kk kk kk kk kck k kk kk KK KK k kk kk kk kk ck ck ck kk kk ifdef CVI this is needed by Labwindows CVI compiler only a include lt ansi_c h gt else UONNSI Q Gcompilers 7 tinclude lt stdlib h gt pelo B include lt stdio h gt Je Sprint 7 include lt string h gt SECA Strilen 7 tendif include fsmu global h tinclude 3gpp tests h EEE AAA void MeasureRachPreambleDetectionInStaticPropagationConditions void KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK Kk KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK RACH preamble detection in static propagation cond
304. hotkey The lower screen will be selected and the display of the hotkey will switch to SCREEN A Press the REF VALUE POSITION softkey Enter the desired resolution using the cursor keys or rotary knob or directly in numeric format Rotate the rotary knob counterclockwise The bars will slide towards the bottom Press the Y PER DIV softkey Enter the desired value for the screen scaling using the cursor keys or rotary knob or directly in numeric format A Code Power Relative SR 15 ksps Chan Code 0 CP 2 14 GHz CPICH 3lot o Chan Slot 0 Start Ch 0 64 Ch Stop Ch 511 Fig 4 71 Measurement of the total power for all timeslots Tips and Special Tricks Tips for code domain measurements are described in Chapter 2 General Settings Using an External Reference Frequency Source We recommend using a suitable external reference frequency source in order to measure the frequency error of the base station If a reference frequency source of this type is connected to the R amp S FSQ we also recommend using it in all of the measurements Accordingly the source of the reference is not reset to Internal when you press the PRESET key unknown 4 144 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 2 section General Routines A kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
305. hqs May bdke a Long time So Set time out temporarily to 100 sec 47 Fsmu ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo generator T100s Fomu IDWrrlm generator SZ90URTBBIWSGP TS20141 TCADe EXbCute Fsmu WaitForDevice generator ESmu 2bWrLtln generdtor OPC gj Fsmu ibRd generator tb Strang SEzeor 10 Stringy 7 Fsmu ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut pp Sas Examples of SMU settings after the test case wizards api tif O LE SSS input trigger delay only positive values are allowed pi Sprintt 10 string BB WSGP ITRIGGQersbhxTernaleDbbay vg smu trigger delay Esmu bWrtln generator zb string RA E adjust Ou pu Dover do arrasa Sea map Femu bWrtln generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust Doce x eae Stop MU BO ger denied timing SS p T Esmu ibWrtla generator SB8SB IWSGPDSTRIGOQer ARMEIEXROute OPC Fsmu ibRd Generator 2b string sizeof 1b SEPIDSg 7 D Sess LE adjust OUuPput power to 0 OB and welt Tor execution Au Psmu 2DbWrtln generdtor IBBIWOGPDEPOWer ADJust OPC Femu sbhRd generator ib String sizeck rb String jy eges aa enable external roger Ln eM 23 SS Au if Fsmu GetBtsEmulation Femu SbWrcln generator S8B WSGP TRIGgereo0UNCOG External OPC Fsmu_ibRd generator D String Srzeor ib String j else Esmu LbWretla generator SBBSWSGPITRIGger EbEXECUute OPC Fsmu_ibRd Generator XD Striggy size0r 2b sSt
306. ianalyzer ib String 7 measure power of all carriers and 3 adjacent channels Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel ACPairs 3 measure adjacent channels rel to lowest highest carrier Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer POWer ACHannel REFerence TXCHannel AUTO LHIGhest set the instrument to the frequency of the base station do this after setting the measurement mode to suppress automatic settings of the frequency of the instrument y sprintf ib string SENSel FREQuency CENTer g GHZ frequency Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer ib string Le ADA auto adjust the FSQ settings wait for the command execution m Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel OPC Fsmu IbBd analyzer iD string Sizeor ib string a SS se trigger FSQ and wait for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate IMMediate OPC Fsm loka analyzer 2b String Sizeot 10 String y A A read in the result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate MARKer FUNCtion POWer RESult MCACpower Feu ZXDRd analyzer xD String sizeor 105 string 7 Si o A prepare print out of the result sprintf result string ACLR measurement 1n1n count Femu CouvertbsqgBesultlraoe 10 SLEIDO fesulrs sizeof results sizeof results 0 number of carriers total power only if multi ca
307. ic State of the R amp S FSQ for Measurements on 3G Base Stations The steps described in this chapter must be performed at the start of each test This is why they are described here in one central location and mentioned under the description of the individual tests 1 Set the R amp S FSQ to multicarrier mode opt Note Skip this item if there is only one carrier Single Carrier Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear 2 Reset the instrument Press the key This will return the instrument to its basic state 3 Load a suitable transducer table You can skip this item if the value of the transfer function for the external circuitry is already taken into account in the result or if a fixed value for the transfer function is assumed For information on creating the transducer table see Chapter 8 Frequency Correction in this manual Press the key gt Press the TRANSDUCER Y softkey gt A selection window with the stored transducer tables should appear Select the desired table using the or key and press ENTER Mark the selected table with the Y mark Press the key again to deactivate the transducer table Press the key Selection of the transducer table is complete 4 Set a fixed value for the transfer function gt If only a single value is required to represent the transfer function of the external circuitry you can enter it in this ste
308. ictured in Fig 4 96 is suitable to measure the base station blocking characteristics Due to the large frequency offset ranges a second RF port is re quired In case of frequency offsets below 35 MHz the Baseband B which generate the interference signal the user might reroute the signal flow by adding it to Baseband A signal Mobil Station Simulator or RF RX source Base Station Under Test BER measure SMU RF A optional T RX1 Desired Signal RX2 SMU RF B Signal ATT 3 if needed Interference Signal Fig 4 96 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A Note In comparison with test case 7 4 Adjacent channel selectivity test case 7 5 requires very large offset frequencies of the interfering signal even far beyond SMU option B106 Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the frequency M 1166 1560 12 4 198 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequeny M The blocking scenario varies in terms of type of the interfering signal offset frequency and interferer signal power This vari ety of blocking scenarios is denoted by s S 7 5 Blocking Characteristics Init BTS Set BTS to RMC 12 2 kbps Set BTS to f M Init SMU Set SMU Test Case Wizard Trigger SMU
309. id after the function has been called Declaration void Fsmu_CloseSmu int ud Parameters ud GPIB handle of the generator Returned value None Fsmu_SetupinstrumentSmu Sets the R amp S SMU to the status required for the examples e Executes a reset if necessary see description e Switches the R amp S SMU off e Sets the trigger to internal e Sets the trigger mode to Auto e Sets trigger inhibit to O e Sets the frequency to the value specified in the parameter resolution 1 Hz e Sets the RF level to 2 dBm e Switches the 3GPP mode on depending on the parameter for simulating a base station INIT DL or a mobile phone INIT UL Note The reset is skipped after the function Fsmu SetSkipReset has been called with parameter 1 allowing the programs to run faster Calling the function with parameter O switches the reset on again The generator is switched off after the function is called and must be switched on by calling the functions Fsmu SmuOn and Fsmu Smu3GPPOn Declaration void Fsmu SetupInstrumentSmu int ud InitMode Mode double freq Parameters ud GPIB handle of the analyzer Mode INIT ULOrINIT DL freq Frequency in GHz Returned value None 1166 3363 12 1 24 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Notes on programming examples Fsmu SmubDiversity The R amp S SMU switches antenna diversity off mode 0 to antenna 1 mode 1 or antenna 2 mode 2 If a parameter outside the permitted range is specified diversity is swi
310. ignal Routing and select which RF output port A or B is connected to the BTS Enter Scrambling Code Scrambling Mode according to the BTS scrambling scheme Enter the Power Class of the BTS under test Press RF Frequency and enter the same frequency e g M the BTS has set to Press Bit Error Rate and enter 0 01 Press Apply Settings The SMU is now ready to start signal generation Y VV VV V V 4 Start the measurement gt Send a start trigger impulse e g SFN modulo 4 from the BTS to the SMU The SMU will start signal generation 5 Calculate the result gt The BTS internally calculates the BER Interpretation of the Measurement Results The internally calculated BER shall be within 10 of the BER generated by the SMU Note TS 25 141 Annex C General Rules for Statistical Testing where test conditions in terms of test methods and test conditions are defined Tips and Special Tricks Ensure that the RF blocks are switched on while the measurement procedure is running Since the test case wizard does not activate or deactivate the RF ports these have to be switched on before or after the Apply Settings button is pressed The signal quality can be enhanced or for test purposes modified by additional settings in the impair ments section of the AWGN block in the I Q modulator block and in the RF block Usually the test case wizard does not alter these settings 1166 1560 12 4 223 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W
311. impair ments section of the AWGN block in the I Q modulator block and in the RF block Usually the test case wizard does not alter these settings In case of an channel coded signal e g an RMC is activated the base station that triggers the SMU signal generation shall emit an SFN System Frame Number mod 4 periodic trigger A simple SFN periodic trigger probably will disturb the channel coding scheme Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 6 section General Routines pa di dir dir dir div dir dir di dir dir dir di div dir di di dis div dir dir di div dir dir di dio dir dir dir dios div dir dir dir div dir dir di dir dir dir dis dir dir dir dir dir div dir dir dir div dir dir dir dios dir dir dir dir dir dir dir dir div dir dir di di dir dir Module BlockingCharacteristics c a CODY Ege c 2004 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Project FSMU Description measures the blocking characteristics according to test case 7 5 KK KK kk k kk kCk kk Ck k ck kk kk KK KK k kk kk kk kk k k ck kk kk kk Ck k k kk kk kCk kck kck ck kk kk kk ck ck ck kk S ELFder OVI this is needed by Labwindows CVI compiler only E include lt ansi_c h gt else L NNSISC compilers include lt stdlib h gt FX apod y include lt stdio h gt fe Sprite 7 include lt string h gt JU Seca S
312. in the DL transmitter output power of a code channel in response to multiple consecutive power control commands corresponding to that code channel unknown 4 28 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps Inner loop power control in the downlink ts the ability of the BS transmitter to adjust the transmitter output power of a code channel in accordance with the corresponding TPC symbols received in the uplink The power control step is the required step change in the DL transmitter output power of a code channel in response to the corresponding power control command The combined output power change is the required total change in the DL transmitter output power of a code channel in response to multiple consecutive power control commands corresponding to that code channel The power control dynamic range is the difference between the maximum and the minimum code domain power of a code channel for a specified reference condition Transmit modulation quality Shall be maintained within the whole dynamic range as specified in TS 25 104 1 subclause 6 8 Down link DL power control dynamic range maximum code domain power BS maximum output power 3 dB or greater minimum code domain power BS maximum output power 28 dB or less The normative reference for this requirement is TS 25 104 1 subclause 6 4 2 1 Performing the Test During the test the SMU replaces the UE The R amp S SMU transmits a precisely defined TPC bit sequence
313. ing IIO000 strings written to gpib bus m int analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer EJ unsigned int status Of service register id char serial poll j byte Or serial poll 7 calculation and result display char result string 1000 strings read in from gpib bus de char peak string 1000 5 string read in from gpib bus e LOTE length of data in Bytes as reported by FSQ uf peak value pk values 3 50 max 50 values in 3 ranges a unsigned int peak index used n for loop E7 calculation of limit lines double max frequency 12750 MHz of analyzer or acc standard m double max fsg frequency MHz of analyzer queried a const double LowerBand 2100 MHz s7 const double UpperBand 2180 MHz m unsigned int freq index used in frequency loops m unsigned int limit index used in loops for limit lines AE char rreg bur LLODOT 3 frequency steps of the limit line A char limit buf 1000 levels according frequency steps y n J immi tm initialize BTS emen cnmeAT sprintf result string Set BTS to Test Model 1 Max Powerin tol 29 15 MHZ 02 9 1 MHz tel 1902 y Fomu MessageBox User IDEO 9 result string 7 sn initialize FSQ Fsmu InitFsq amp analyzer Fsmu SetuplnstrumentFsq analyzer the following step are only
314. ing SRQs BREAKs are indicated in the STATus OPERation register which is routed to Bit 7 in STB Operations other than BREAK are disabled SWEEP FINISHED is indicated in Bit 0 Operation Complete of register ESR which is routed to Bit 5 ESB of STB So we enable in STB register ESB register for Sweep Finished X ee Gp XR eee RO We eS d N Set mask for service request in the SRE register meaning of the bits of status register STB X unknown 4 117 E 1 Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions R amp S FSMU W 17161514113121110 4 4 44 4 4 E kj OXxOl not used Y T3 0x02 not used EN Ux04e X error event queue Dsr gs Status Questionable T deeeeeeee UZIO MAV measurement available j E EE a USZOS X ESB register di POD Ox40 ROS MSS SRQ sent by this device di jeudi secum Ox80 x Status Operation we enable Status Operation ESB and Error Queue The bits can be enabled for SRQ via SRE register v utr a mL Ec E mE EE ES Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SRE 164 Stat Oper ESB ERR Queue l Set mask for service request of the ESR register for ESB OPC is set when the sweep has finished s ali QUISO DLS IUGIOCASDe various errors X Contents Of status register oie
315. ing Signal Fig 4 59 Test setup for Transmit intermodulation in the case of protection of other services co existance und co location The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly The continuous input power on the R amp S SMU may not exceed 0 5 W 27 dBm The circulator must have suitable insulation unknown 4 126 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation Recommended Options In order to test the Protection of other services co existance und co location you will need either an external preamplifier or the option B25 RF Preamplifier R amp S FSQ3 and R amp S FSQ8 or option B25 and B23 R amp S FSQ26 The remaining measurements can be performed without any additional options Test Case Wizard Panel The Fig 4 60 and Fig 4 61 show the input parameters for both kinds of Edit Modes According to Standard and User Definable Eat 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation Test Case General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard y Trigger Configuration auto Marker Configuration auto Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF PortA v Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex 0000 Power dBm gp Scrambling Mode On 100 RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz gt DER 3000 dBm 2 4007 1008 1 004 1 01 14 011
316. ins a R amp S SMU generator and a R amp S FSQ analyzer Referring to the different frequency ranges the models R amp S FSMU W3 R amp S FSMU W8 and R amp S FSMU W26 are available R amp S FSMU W3 is composed of a R amp S FSQ3 and a R amp S SMU R amp S FSMU W8 contains a R amp S FSQ8 and a R amp S FSQ and R amp S FSMU W26 contains a R amp S FSQ26 and a R amp S SMU 1166 1560 42 4 5 E 1 R S Overview of the standard R amp S FSMU W Each model of R amp S FSMU W comes with the following configuration of R amp S FSQ Table 4 2 Table 4 2 Standard configuration of R amp S FSQ Standard Configuration R amp S FSP B10 External Generator Control R amp S FS K72 3GPP FDD WCDMA Base Station Test R amp S FS K74 3GPP FDD HSDPA Base Station Test All of the tests described in the following chapters of this manual can be performed with this configuration using one of the models of R amp S FSMU W That means that no additional hardware or software option is needed once the customer has ordered an R amp S FSMU W At some of the tests described in the next chapters an additional use of analyzer option FS K9 Power Sensor Measurements is described This option can be added to the R amp S FSMU W but is not necessarily needed for performing the tests The following table Table 4 3 lists the standrad configuration for R amp S SMU Table 4 3 Standard configuration of R amp S SMU R amp S FSMU W Standard R amp S SMU 200 A Vector Signal Generator
317. interference Pd is defined as condi tional probability of detection of the preamble when the signal is present Pfa shall be 10 3 or less Only one signature is used and it is known by the receiver Test Setup The test setup pictured in Fig 4 124 is suitable to measure the base station RACH CPCH preamble detection performance with diversity Base BS frame Station trigger 5588668 i RF signal B RF signalA gt without diversity Base BS frame Station trigger Rx Tx or Rx gt RF signal Fig 4 124 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A In case of diversity measurements both RF ports A and B hold the the wanted signal and both RF ports A and be shall be connected to the base station receiver ports In case of no diversity measurements a single RF port A or B depends on the Smus routing scheme is connected to the single base station receiver port The SMU will start signal generation by the first BS frame trigger sent to trigger port Trigger 1 1166 1560 12 4 256 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the option FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main mod ule R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and is required to set up the R
318. ion Conditions Init BTS Init SMU Set BTS to f Set BTS to RMC r kbps Set SMU Test Case Wizard Trigger SMU Measure BLER 144 384 b gt last BLER n Fig 4 117 Structure of the Demodulation of DCH in Static Propagation Conditions measurement 1166 1560 12 4 233 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Parameter Value Frequency B MandT RMC 12 2 kbps 64 kbps 144 kbps 384 kbps Scrambling code Any Set the frequency to B M and T and the RMC data rates to 12 2 kbps 64 kbps 144 kbps 384 kbps during the course of the measurements Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BTS to the basic state Initialize the BTS oet the scrambling scheme oet the frequency for example to M 2 Set the SMU to the basic state Initialize the SMU by pressing the the key unless some settings e g in terms of I Q and RF blocks have to be kept 3 Set the test case wizard V Vv VV VV V V Press Test Case and select Test Case 8 2 1 The panel adapts to its test case Press Edit Mode and select According to Standard This selection guides the user close to TS 25 141 Press Trigger Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Marker Configuration and select
319. iren Om tendif include fsmu global h tinclude 3gpp tests h EEE AAA void MeasureBlockingCharacteristics void KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK RARA KK KK KK KK KK KK KK RA KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK measures the blocking characteristics 3 KK KK kCk kCkCk Ck kk k kk kCk kk Ck k k kk kk kk kk k kk kk kCk kk Ck k k kk kk kk kk Ck k k kk kk kk KK ck k ck kk kk kk kk PE DAA SSeS SSS veta bles SSS e SSeS eS sSs SSeS a SSeS See 7 UP DEAR change the following variables according to your needs id double dl frequency 2514 3 A GH2 o0f transmitter rd double dl ub duplex 0 19 GHz receiver freq is lower NU imt ue scrambling code 0x00 scrambling code of UE in hex Ns used or Simulation only aa ine bts serambling code 0x0 serambling code of BIS in hex da int smu trigger delay 0 Lrame Cragger to SMU in chips NJ 1166 1560 12 4 201 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W acude Erequency offset Dn Oy pe MHz dnterterer frequency oftfset t Jo SSeS SSeS leave the following variables untouched mr Jv ome cct variables Tor GPIB DUS gt 2 2 2 22 gt 2 2 23 d char ib SLT LODO Strings written CO gpib bus a int analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer A int generator GPIB handle for Generator mr Tur status i Or Ser LCG pequsret aap LE SaveTimeOut save value when changine device s default time out via ibtmo D ME E Calculation ana Toore
320. itions KK KK kCk kCkCk Ck kk k kk kCk kk Ck k k kk kk kk kk k kk kk kCk kCk Ck k k k k kk kk k Ck Ck k k kk kk kk KK ck k ck k k kk kk kk viscera ecce Se eese vaca Les c re ri 1166 1560 12 4 263 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W y SS change the following variables according to your needs aA double dl frequency 2 4 IIGHz ot transmitter mr double dl ul duplex ep l9 PP GHz eceiver freg is lower a int ue scrambling code 0x00 scrambling code of UE in hex ua used for simulation only sa int bts scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code of BIS in hex my INE smu trigger delay 0 p Erame t1199ger EO SMU im chips a PE xecsinenienM Soe leave the following variables untouched api pe SSS SSS eS SS variables for GPIB bus 8 2 SS eec suere y char db SEAS 100Q0 P ocstrings written o gplib bus mr Tin analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer a Tam generator GPIB handle for Generator ab Tum status PF OF Service register se LE SaveTimeOut save value when changine device s default time out via ibtmo ap MET SS Calculation ana Result 2 gt HS gt e0 xy char resulte string L10000 7 ascir String of result message E ifdef CRTU al Frequency O IUIS 3 GHZ Of transmitter aap al ul duplex cc 0 00768 f GHz receiver freq is Lower A Uplink level 20 0 dBm m smu trigger delay 38380 Ee qmi ps ub HALF d NERO AAA A IIA
321. ive This test case is used to verify whether the frequency errors of the base station lie within certain limits The test involves measurements at the maximum and minimum power of the base station If the base station supports Closed Loop Diversity 4 or Space Time Transmit Diversity STTD 4 then the test should be performed on both of the antennas Quotation from 1 Frequency error is the measure of the difference between the actual BS transmit frequency and the assigned frequency The same source shall be used for RF frequency and data clock generation Test Setup As the test of frequency error is performed in connection with test case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude the description of the test setup and all of the recommended options can be found within the chapter of test case 6 7 1 See chapter 6 7 1 for further details unknown 4 27 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps Test Objective If we want to make the best possible usage of the base station s transmission capacity it is necessary to optimize the transmitted power for each individual UE On the one hand the transmitted channel power should be as low as possible since this power increases the noise for all of the other UEs On the other hand the transmitted power needs to be high enough to ensure satisfactory transmission for the UE For use in optimizing the transmitted power the standard defines a control
322. izard esas mi 1166 1560 12 4 236 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases a Eiger Test Cases Test Case buzos s 23 9 s SiSS s penu DWrcln generator S90URTBBTWSGP TSO29I141 TCASe TCS21 3 d a Ses Ed Le Mode DO According to Standard ra Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 EMODe STANdard E EE oet Trigger Configuration and Select Auto e99 a Esmu bWrtln generator 90URIBB WSGP TS29141 TRIGger AUTO SP O sel Marker Contiguratuor and Select ANULO deesse e Esmu 2DWPtlIm generator 2900RtBB WOSGPITOZ2OIATI TRIGger QUTPUE AUTO Ao Se Saar ae Seu Jos dl versiEy PODA p Se a eae a eS T Esmu ibWretln generator 90UR BBTWSGPE TS29141 R8XDi1versrty ON jm aec cc x Eater oorgmoling Codey Sereno ling Mouse eee JI y Six prints an integer in hex at Least one digit e995 925 4 5 54 api Spraintr ib string 90URSBBIWOGPULOZOLATLSSCODeSlx ue scrambling code Fsmu sbWrtln generator ib string Femu ibWrtln generator 950URZSBB WOSGPeTS25141 9CODe MODE LONG 7 EE Enter the Power Class of the BTS under Test s Esmu 2bWrcln generator 290UR SBBINSGP TS29141 359PClass WIDE uL Biter qud A ue ceu c dA See SMU Eo the UL Erequency of the base statlon 5 252 2 4 api Sprintt 2b string TS0URZBBIWSGPTLISZ514 1 WOIGnal FREQ g GHZ al frequeney dl ul duplex Esmu 2bWrcln generator D string y DE ea ast
323. k kk kk kCk kk kck ck kk kk kk ck ck ck kk kk tifdef CVI this is needed by Labwindows CVI compiler only ub include ansi c h else ANSI C compilers include lt stdlib h gt ER Aiea EL include lt stdio h gt JW Epia m tinclude string h SEPIA Sie lens X tendif tinclude rsms gl bal a include 3gpp tests h KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK Kk Kk KK KK KK AAA void MeasureDemodulationOfRachMessageInStaticPropagationConditions void KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK measures demodulation of RACH message in static propagation conditions KK KK kCk KK KK KK KK KK KK Ck k KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK k k KKK KK KK kck KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK 1166 1560 12 4 273 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W JU SS eue ctun vent ab Les SS ice Pi jio SS change the following variables according to your needs mr double dl frequency 2414 z f GHz of Lransmitcter ur double dl ul duplex 0 19 GHz receiver freq is lower xy iq ue scrambling code O0x00 7 d scrambling code of UE in hex ae used for simulation only mr TI bts scrambling code 0X0 s scrambling code of BIS in hex A ld smu trigger delay zu jw Erame 11996 ta MU cn Chips x px SSS SSS SSS SS leave the following variables untouched vy doa EE variables for GPIB Dus s2 22 9s 092 SS o char 1b III ELON 3 Je SELLOS welbten tO g
324. k kk kk kk kk k kk kk kk kk k kk kk kk kk kk kk k kk kk kk Ck k k kk kk kk ck ck kc k ck kk k kc kk kk eee ae ee ee Vell Web lee eee SS SS SS SS ay 1 ce change the following variables according to your needs ey double dl frequency 2 14 GHz of transmitter Ur double di ul duplex 0 19 GHz receiver freq is lower t int ue scrambling code 0x00 scrambling code of UE in hex a used for simulation only ES int bts scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code of BTS in hex Ur Tob smu trigger delay 0 m Bosmeetrriggerf to SMU am chips el double smu inserted ber 0 01 7 BER inserted by SMU aur JU Sa oases leave the following variables untouched a AB EISE E variables Los GPIB bus STAR SSR AnA ee erc AU char Ibustrrug ELOOOU 3 PE Strings written to gpib bus e LI analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer ied LI generator GPIB handle for Generator e Int status I OI SER VUCE register or LNE SaveTimeOut save value when changine device s default time out via ibtmo Ef JE SS SS dcalomlatron anrd result 25 22 gt 2 gt 23 a char result string 10000 2 ascii String of result message iS 1166 1560 12 4 224 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases ifdef CRTU aL Frequency yi SO 3 GHz Of transmitter Pi al ul duplex 0 00768 GHz receiver freq is lower ar uplink level 20 0 dBm ai smu trigger delay 38380 A Chips ay tendif D EIEE O
325. kkx void MeasureCompositeEVM void S E K K k k k k k k d k k d k k k k d k k k k ARK k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk kk kkk kk kkk kk kk measure the Composite Evm frequency error and dynamic power range kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk variables change the following variables according to your needs double frequency 2 14 GHz e NE scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code in hex E leave the following variables untouched variables for GPIB bus char 10 SUC mg LOGO strings written to gpib bus my int analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer a int Status y of service register E a a calculation and result display char result string 1000 strings read in from gpib bus ml double fsq ref lvl read and set ub i double fsq rf atten read and set ur Fsq ResultSummary result summary structure of the results Eg int length of data in Bytes as reported by FSQ e TE A A A M a e initialize BTS necne bsmu MessageBox User nto Set BTS to Test Model 1 Max Power PA A eu initialize FSQ Fsmu InitFsq amp analyzer Fsmu SetuplnstrumentFsq analyze
326. l ul duplex 0 00768 GHz receiver freq is lower ara uplink level 20 0 ABM 2 smu trigger delay 38380 PE aho ps SU tendif D aevum x M M PE DEMODULATION OF DCH IN STATIC PROPAGATION CONDITIONS TE O A B Jv aS SSS sea Steps fOr Carrying Out lt a Messureneno aH SSs2 S sS2e4 T a SEE Ta SS the BIDS qo the Dase SUO vue dece s Fomu Mescagobox A AFE User LALO Initialize the BTS Xn Set the scrambling scheme n Set the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel 364 kbps Set the frequency for example to M n Connect frame trigger of BTS to SMU Trigger 1 2 Set the SMU to the basic state pe Initialize the SMU by pressing the the PRESET key 3 25 un Fsmu InitSmu amp generator Femu 2bWretin generator BST y if 0 AR A uec Trigger slopes POSitlive or NBEGOSLIye HSs pi Esmu bWrcln generator TINPUuL TRIGger BBANd SLOPe POS3CIVe 7 Fsmu ibWrtln generator INPut TRIGger BBANd SLOPe NEGative tendif DUE Eee eee Switch on the generator RF channel A and B SUE Fsmu ibWrtln generator OUTPutl STATe ON Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator Femu ibWrtln generator 0UIPut2 SlIATe ON Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator 7 j y EEUU ai Su Seu Cle TOP case W
327. le Enter the scrambling code 1F2a by typing 1 52 0 unknown 4 65 E 1 Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range 5 Choose the optimum setting for the reference level and input attenuator of the R amp S FSQ gt Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear gt Press the ADJUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S FSQ will make a measurement of the power of the base station and will set the reference level and the attenuator to their optimum values 6 Set the code channel gt Press the RESULTS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the measurement results in the code domain will appear Press the SELECT CHANNEL softkey and enter 120 128 as the channel number The channel at the far right on the screen will be marked in red 7 Select the CPICH slot gt Press the SELECT CPICH SLOT softkey R amp S FSMU W The menu for making the settings will appear Enter the desired CPICH slot Range of values 0 to 14 no particular CPICH slot is specified in the standard 8 Read off the result Themeasured maximum power of the channel will be displayed continuously under Channel Power Abs A Code Power Relative SR 20 ksps Chan Code 120 e z CPICH 3lot o Chan Slot 0 AE ITI rs ET MET TO m Em BR n Em Uu a 0 n 7 in H m Result Summary SR 30 ksps Chan Code 120 CF 2 14 GHz CPICH 3lot o Chan Slot 0 GLOBA
328. lize the SMU by pressing the the key unless some settings e g in terms of I Q and RF blocks have to be kept 3 Set the test case wizard Press Test Case and select Test Case 8 6 The panel adapts to its test case Press Edit Mode and select According to Standard This selection guides the user close to TS 25 141 Press Trigger Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Marker Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Select the Diversity reception capabilities of the BTS under test In case of no Rx diversity press Baseband A Signal Routing and select which RF output port A or B is connected to the BTS Enter Scrambling Code Scrambling Mode according to the BTS scrambling scheme Enter the Power Class of the BTS under test Press RF Frequency and enter the same frequency e g M the BTS has set to Select the Reference Measurement Channel among 12 2 kbps 64 kbps 144 kbps and 384 kbps Press Block Error Rate and enter 0 01 Press Apply Settings The SMU is now ready to start signal generation V Y VV NW No N V 4 Start the measurement gt Send a start trigger impulse e g SFN modulo 4 from the BTS to the SMU The SMU will start signal generation 5 Calculate the result gt The BTS internally calculates the BLER 1166 1560 12 4 251 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Interpretation of the M
329. llowing error message will appear in the top screen INCORRECT PILOT The measured values e Code Power Relative CP 2 14 GHz CPICH 3lot SR 15 ksps Chan Code 0 14 Chan Slot 14 Start Ch 0 Stop Ch 511 Result Summary CP 2 14 GHz CPICH Slot GLOBAL RESULTS Total Power Ref Chip Rate Error 59 1 IQ Offset dum Composite EVM Rtt CPICH Slot No 20 db CHANNEL RESULTS Symbol Rate Channel Code No of Pilot Bits CLRUR Channel Power Rel SR 15 ksps Chan Code 0 14 Chan Slot 14 Carrier Freq Error 0 00 ppra Trigger to Frame 0 155 IO Imbalance 12 56 Pk CDE 960 ksps 14 No of Active Chan 15 00 kaps Timing Offset o Channel Slot No o Modulation Type Channel Power Abs EXT 72 06 mHz 99 963979 ps 0 14 34 25 dB 44 O Chips 14 QPSK 35 21 dBm Symbol EVM Symbol EVM 5 52 h Pk Fig 1 8 Error screen for Incorrect Pilot The antenna diversity settings of the base station and FSQ do not agree Set the proper antenna diversity gt Press the Settings hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the ANT DIV ON OFF softkey The green marker will switch from ON to OFF or vice versa Press the ANT DIV 1 2 softkey This is required only if ANT DEV was set to ON in the previous step The green marker will switch from 1 to 2 or vice versa 1166 1560 12 1 9 E 1 Information about the R amp S FSQ R amp S FSMU W Error FRAME SYNC FAILED The followin
330. ln analyzer TRIGgerl SEQuence SOURce IMMediate perform an auto adjust the FSQ settings wait for the command execution as we do not have an external trigger here we trigger internally Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel OPC Fsmu ibRd analyzer 1b String S1Z260L 2b SuELag 7 set instrument to external trigger offset 100 usec Fsmu_ibWrtln analyzer TRIGgerl SEQuence SOURce EXTernal Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff 100us pe SAA define length of frames to be captured sprintf ib string SENSe CDPower IQLength d dynamic frames Fomu bWrtln ianalyzer 2b String 7 JR x pe asar s Start SMU and FSQ read in the results Ji a x a A dee clear status registers Femu XDWILLI analyzer Cho PR E start measurement on FSQ Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate IMMediate enable external trigger in SMU Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GP TRIGger SOURce EXTernal OPC Fsmu ibRd Generator 15 S5tr119 SizZeo0r 1D String 7 pp 2 2 wait for next external trigger and for result Timeout SFN 0 trigger has got a period of 40 96 sec adjust time out on GPIB bus accordingly and save original time out value for
331. loops 7 Inr NoOfPts Sweep points per trace Char buffer 80 5 holding freqeuency information T char ResultString 1000 hold results ii FileName NULL FileName ESMU Tsg NoOfPts 625 JE A mE initialize FSQ Fsmu Initrsq analyzer 7 trace data shall only be read in from spectrum analyzer SAN mode Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INSTrument SELect Femu rbRdlis analyzer 1D String Srzeofr 10 String 1166 1560 12 3 8 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Sample Program if strcmp ib string SAN 0 Esmu MessageBox TF ERROR Wee FSQ not in spectrum analyzer mode returns FOMU ERROR pp Saneco c read in start freqeuncy Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer FREQuency STARt Fomu 2 Dhd analyzer 1b String S1z60f Lb String 7 Pregsrtart ator 1b String 7 pe Sora Sse SSeS A read in stop freqeuncy Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer FREQuency STOP Fomu zbBhBd analyzer 2D String S1280f Lib String y Eregsrop aroi 1b string JE SA ADA A read in sweep points per trace Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer SENSel SWEep POINts benu 2DhRd analyzer 1b String So2zeor 1b String 7 NOOEPTS actor xD String 7 if NoOfPts gt MaxNoOfPts Fomu MeSsSageBOX T ERROR eS Too many trace points in FSQ max 2501 allowed return FSMU ERROR j calculate frequency
332. lt and the Ec N ratio requirements Preamble detection test requirements in fading case 3 channel Do EdNo for required Pd gt 0 99 E No for required Pd gt 0 999 BS with Rx Diversity 14 9 dB 12 8 dB BS without Rx Diversity 8 8 dB 5 8 dB Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the options e R amp S FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main module R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and e R amp S FSMU B3 consisting of R amp S SMU B14 Fading simulator R S SMU B152x Fading simulator extension R amp S SMU K71 Dynamic Fading are required to set up the R amp S SMU 1166 1560 12 4 267 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case 8 8 3 RACH Demodulation of Message Part in Static Propagation Conditions Test Purpose The test case shall verify that a BS receiver has the capability to demodulate the RACH message sent by the SMU but superimposed by AWGN The test is passed when the calculated BLER is below a specified threshold at the test frequencies B M and T Quotation from 1 The performance requirement of RACH in static propagation conditions is determined by the maximum Block Error Ratio BLER allowed when the receiver input signal is at a specified Eb NO limit The BLER is calculated for each of the measurement channels supported by the
333. ly Settings button In case of routing to path A B the RF port A B holds a reference measurement channel signal The test setup pictured in Fig 4 76 is suitable to measure the base station reference sensitivity BS RXA or RXA TX RXB Bem eplenay Termination if needed BER if needed Fig 4 76 1166 1560 12 RF signal source or UE simulator RF out Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 160 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T 7 2 Reference Sensitivity Level Init BTS i Set BTS to RMC 12 2 kbps Set BTS to disabled TPC function Init SMU Fig 4 77 Structure of the Reference Sensitivity Level measurement 1166 1560 12 4 161 Receiver Test Cases E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Parameter Value Frequency B MandT RMC 12 2 kbps Scrambling code Any TPC function OFF oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement
334. lyzer INPut ATTenuation Fsmu ibRdln analyzer ib string sSizeot ib string 7 Sq Fr atten ato 1b String 7 B messen A set reference level sprintf ib string DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV g DB fsq ref lvl Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer ib string memes PES HE set input attenuator sprintf ib string INPut ATTenuation g DB fsq rf atten Fomu ibWwrtin analyzer 10 String j A A clear status registers Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CLS k 22 wait for next external trigger and for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate IMMediate OPC Fomu LJDRa analyzer ib String sizeof 10 String 7 unknown 4 146 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM PE AR status questionable register indicates sync Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition Fsmu ibRdln analyzer 215 String sizeot 10 string 7 Status abor 1D String 7 if status amp 0x02 psmu MessageBox ERROR Sync FALLED abort Fsmu CloseFsq analyzer return A a a read in the summary result containing the EVM frequency error and power of BTS CPICH power in dem Read in as float numbers directly into the Structure Psg Resultoummary Alternatively you could read in the results in ASCII format And convert them directly
335. m LowWecla generator D String F ana Set test model DPCCH DPDCH 60 kHz this switches on the MSTationl implicitely f Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp SETTing TMODel MSTation DPCCH DPDCH 60ksps a E a set scrambling code S1x prints an integer in hex at least one digit Bf sprintf ib string BB W3GP MSTationl SCODe H 1x ue scrambling code 7 Fsmu 1bwrtln generartor 16 string j A a e 4 45 set scrambling mode gt OFF do not use a scrambling code ef LONG use a long code 4 JT GHORT use a short code a Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GP MSTationl SCODe MODE LONG msc TCP Data mz J a A select our data list Fsmu_ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp MSTationl DPCCh TPC DATA DSELect TPC_LIST pa A Ee use data list for TPC bits Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp MSTationl DPCC TPC DATA DLISt NE E repeat the data list for ever Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp MSTation1 DPCCh TPC READ CONTinuous TRIGGERING and MARKING k mecen disable external trigger set SMU to internal Fsmu_ibWrtln generator BB W3GP TRIGger SOURce INTernal A SS trigger mode armed auto trigger once run forever Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GP SEQuence AAUTo
336. mentaciones que no les correspondan puede llevar a malinterpretaciones y tener por consecuencia da os en personas u objetos Informaciones de seguridad elementales 1 El producto solamente debe ser utilizado 2 En todos los trabajos deber n ser tenidas en segun lo indicado por el fabricante referente cuenta las normas locales de seguridad de a la situaci n y posici n de funcionamiento trabajo y de prevenci n de accidentes El sin que se obstruya la ventilaci n Si no se producto solamente debe de ser abierto por convino de otra manera es para los personal p rito autorizado Antes de efectuar productos R amp S v lido lo que sigue trabajos en el producto o abrirlo deber este como posici n de funcionamiento se define ser desconectado de la corriente El ajuste principialmente la posici n con el suelo de la el cambio de partes la manutenci n y la caja para abajo modo de protecci n IP 2X reparaci n deber n ser solamente grado de suciedad 2 categor a de efectuadas por electricistas autorizados por sobrecarga el ctrica 2 utilizar solamente en R amp S Si se reponen partes con importancia estancias interiores utilizaci n hasta 2000 m para los aspectos de seguridad por ejemplo sobre el nivel del mar el enchufe los transformadores o los A menos que se especifique otra cosa en la fusibles solamente podr n ser sustituidos hoja de datos se aplicar una tolerancia de por partes originales Despues de cada 10 sobre el voltaje nomi
337. modulation void KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK Kk KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK measures the transmit intermodulation CKkCkCk kk kCk kCkCk Ck k kk kk kCk kk Ck k k kk kCk kk kk k kk kk kk kCk kk k k k kk kk kk Ck k k kk kk kk ck ck ck k ck kk kk kk KK ps A a oe ver tables Sos 3s S55 533s SSS SS eee y A change the following variables according to your needs Sr double dl frequency 24414 5 J GHz Of transmitter mo double dl ul duplex 0 19 GHz receiver freq is lower mt DD ue scrambling code 0x00 scrambling code of UE in hex no used for simulation only T Int bts scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code of BTS in hex i int smu trigger delay 0 y Ereme tr1igget LO OMU Xs chips AU pp Sesa te eie leave the following variables untouched S pue BESAS Se var tables TOC GPIB DUO H 22H x7 char 1b String LLOOO 2 f Strings written to qpib bus P TTE analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer nor Tut generator GPIB handle for Generator o Tre status L Of Service register m unknown 4 133 E 1 Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation R amp S FSMU W THE SaveTimeOut save value when changine device s default time out via ibtmo TE A ee calculation and result 2H29 2 9 gt 32 a char result string 10000 7 ascirli string Of result message m tifdef CRTU aL frequency s 000536 x PR GAZA Of transmitter o dl ul duplex 0 00
338. mple of how to read out the trace of the R amp S FSQ and store it as a user correction table in the R amp S SMU The function checks to make sure that the following prerequisites are met gt Instrument in analyzer mode and not in the K72 gt Frequency sweep set with sweep gt 0 Hz gt Max number of points lt 2501 otherwise the trace was not recorded with tracking generator max number of points per trace using a tracking generator tdefine MaxNoOfPts 2501 A kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk int trace2smu char FileName AAA copies the contents of a trace of the FSQ to the SMU as a user correction table kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk variables leave the following variables untouched variables for GPIB bus char ib string MaxNoOfPts 20 each tracepoint having 20 chars int analyzer GPIB handle for analyzer oni int generator GPIB handle for generator ar calculation and result display double FregStart start in Hz y double FreqStop Stoo n Hz m double FreqStep step in Hz i double Freq current frequency in Hz m float levels MaxNoOfPts levels measured with FSO x int iu mds used in
339. mu ibWrtln generator BB W3GP SEQuence AAUTo F eee set length of data to enable triggering of FSQ sprintf ib string BB W3GPp SLENgth d preamble length dynamic frames Fomu 1bWrtln generator ib string PA set length of marker to length of ARB data Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp TRIGger OUTPutl MODE CSPeriod input trigger delay only positive values are allowed sprintf ib string BB W3GP TRIGger EXTernal DELay d smu trigger delay Fsmu 1ibWrtlin generator ib string RP trigger slope POSitive or NEGative Fsmu ibWrtln generator INPut TRIGger BBANd SLOPe POSitive JE Sano 222 we use Trigger 1 as output marker A a A see start trigger of FSQ after preamble sprintf ib string BB W3GPp TRIGger OUTPutl DELay d FSMU chips per frame preamble length Femu rbWrrlnigenerator 16 string PR adjust output power to 0 dB unknown 4 50 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps Fsmu_ibWrtln generator BB W3GPp POWer ADJust 2 switch on base band this may take a long time set time out to 100 sec a Fsmu ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo generator T100s Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB W3GP STAT ON OPC Fsmu ibRd generator ib string si
340. mum values Read off the result gt The result will be displayed continuously see the figure below Ret 56 8 dBm Att 10 dB SWT 100 ms Center 2 14 GHz 10 ms Tx Channel W CDMA 3GPP FWD Bandwidth 5 MHz Power A 3 1 9 dBm Fig 4 5 Measuring the output power unknown 4 12 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power Interpretation of the Measurement Results The R amp S FSQ measures the carrier power of the RF signals unweighted with a 5 MHz channel filter Few 5MHz 2 4 7 MHz l 0 3 84MHz a 0 22 This works to suppress any adjacent carriers so that the display shows only the power of the carrier that is located at the center frequency of the analyzer In the result the frequency correction values set in the R amp S FSQ are already taken into account so that the displayed result can be used directly for test evaluation purposes Triggering You must set the triggering of the R amp S FSQ to FREE RUN This is done automatically after PRESET Tips and Special Tricks Setting the Input Attenuator oetting of the attenuator is handled automatically after you press the ADUST REF LVL softkey The input attenuator of the R amp S FSQ is set so that the peak value of the input signal to the R amp S FSQ s mixer has a value of less than 5 dBm Due to the wide dynamic range of the R amp S FSQ the current value of the attenuator is not critical as long as the R amp S FSQ is not overdriven See also Chapt
341. n Chapter 2 section General Routines A kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkx void MeasurePowerControlDynamicRange void f E K K k k k k k k k d k k k e d k k k k d k k k e k k k he e k k k he k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k kk kkk kk kkk kkk measures the dynamic range of the inner loop of channel 120 ke ee ke ke e e ke KKK KKK KK KKK e e KKK e e e ke ke e e ke ke e e e ke ke e e e ke A variables change the following variables according to your needs double frequency 2 14 GHZ TI inst scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code in hex 2 4 leave the following variables untouched variables for GPIB bus int analyzer 0 GPIB handle for Analyzer d d int generator 0 GPIB handle for Generator a THE status of service register uf char Lib Ser ing 1000 strings written to gpib bus m g eee E e calculation and result display char result string 1000 l strings read in from goib bus Tur double max power tml dBm max measured power of BTS ur double max power tml quick dBm max measured power of BTS d d double max power tm2 dBm Channel max power 7 double min power tm2 dBm Channel min power E7 Fsq ResultSummary result
342. n and the R amp S FSQ will wait for the next trigger Press the CAPTURE LENGTH softkey Enter the desired number of frames in the input field using the keypad R amp S SMU 1 Set the R amp S SMU to the basic state oee Chapter 3 section R amp S SMU basic state for measurements on 3G base stations You are in the menu for configuring a 3GPP FDD measurement Set the output power level Press the key oet the desired output power in the input field Use to exit the input mode Select the test model gt Select the link direction Set link direction to Uplink Reverse and complete your entry with ENTER Select the Test Setup Models menu The menu for selecting the test models will appear Select the desired model e g TDPCCH DPDCH 60 ksps and complete your entry with ENTER Set TPC bits for Aggregated Select the UE1 menu The menu for configuring User Equipment 1 should appear Select Pattern in the TPC Data Source menu The menu for entering the TPC pattern will appear Select TPC Pattern In the input field enter 01 and as many zeroes as are necessary depending on how many dynamic steps the base station supports See Tips and Special Tricks page 4 47 for unknown 4 40 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps information about selecting a suitable pattern n Read Out Mode select Single All 1 This causes the power of the channel with code number 120 to first be reduc
343. n in Static Propagation Conditions Init BTS Set BTS to RMC RACH Init SMU Set BTS to f i p gt last Pd n Fig 4 130 Structure of the RACH Preamble Detection in Static Propagation Conditions measurement 1166 1560 12 4 261 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Parameter Value Frequency B MandT RMC RACH Scrambling code Any oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BTS to the basic state Initialize the BTS oet the scrambling scheme oet the BTS to detect RACH preambles oet the frequency for example to M 2 Set the SMU to the basic state Initialize the SMU by pressing the the key unless some settings e g in terms of I Q and RF blocks have to be kept 3 Set the test case wizard Press Test Case and select Test Case 8 8 1 The panel adapts to its test case Press Edit Mode and select According to Standard This selection guides the user close to TS 25 141 Press Trigger Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Marker Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Select the Diversity reception capabilities of the BTS under test In case of no Rx diversity press
344. n o electr nicos no son aptos para el corte de la red el ctrica Si los productos sin interruptor est n integrados en construciones o instalaciones se deber instalar el interruptor al nivel de la instalaci n p gina 3 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Informaciones de seguridad No utilice nunca el producto si est da ado el cable el ctrico Asegure a trav s de las medidas de protecci n y de instalaci n adecuadas de que el cable de el ctrico no pueda ser da ado o de que nadie pueda ser da ado por l por ejemplo al tropezar o por un golpe de corriente Solamente est permitido el funcionamiento en redes de distribuci n TN TT aseguradas con fusibles de como m ximo 16 A Nunca conecte el enchufe en tomas de corriente sucias o llenas de polvo Introduzca el enchufe por completo y fuertemente en la toma de corriente Si no tiene en consideraci n estas indicaciones se arriesga a que se originen chispas fuego y o heridas No sobrecargue las tomas de corriente los cables de extensi n o los enchufes de extensi n ya que esto pudiera causar fuego o golpes de corriente En las mediciones en circuitos de corriente con una tensi n de entrada de Ueff gt 30 V se deber tomar las precauciones debidas para impedir cualquier peligro por ejemplo medios de medici n adecuados seguros limitaci n de tensi n corte protector aislamiento etc En caso de conexi n con aparatos de la t cnica
345. n of a multicarrier signal for measurement of the Peak Code Domain Error The measurement in the R amp S FSQ takes place on the carrier whose frequency the R amp S FSQ is set to For automatic setting of the reference level and the input attenuator it is necessary to switch on the multicarrier mode provided by the R amp S FSQ unknown 4 150 E 1 RES FSMU W Test Case 6 7 2 Peak Code Domain Error Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f 1B M T Peak Code Domain Error BTS set to Test Model 3 BTS set to max power measure Peak Code Domain Error BTS f Fig 4 3 Structure of the Peak Code Domain Error measurement Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Frequency B MandT Scrambling code Any but set the same scrambling code on the R amp S FSQ Antenna diversity OFF oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements unknown 4 151 Test Case 6 7 2 Peak Code Domain Error R amp S FSMU W Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BS to the basic state Test model 3 oet the frequency for example to M Maximum output power oet and note the scrambling code owitch off antenna diversity mode Set the R amp S FSQ to the
346. n power in the alternating power control steps test 4 30 Test setup for Power control steps occccoccccocnoconnoncnnononoconnnnonnonannononcnnnnononnonanonannonannnnons 4 31 Test case panel for According to Standard oocccoccccccnccccnconcncconnnncnonncncnnnnnonnonnnnnonnnnnnnnnnoos 4 32 Test case panel for User Definable oocccocccocccocccocccocncococonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnononononnnonanenanenanos 4 33 Routing of baseband A to RF port A ssessssessseessseeeeee nennen nennen nna nnn nns 4 36 Routing of baseband A to RF port B ccoocccnccccnccccncnccncnccncnnnonocnnnnononononnnnnnnonannnnancnnnnonanoss 4 36 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 37 Configuration of a multicarrier signal for measurement of the dynamic range of ec A haar oe eee et Ue tee alee tate ee aces Game 4 37 Structure of the Power Control Steps measurement cece ceececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeaes 4 38 Measurement of the aggregated power control steps ccoocccoccccccnccccnconcncnanononnnnnnnnnnonos 4 43 Measurement of the alternating power control steps ooccconcccoccccocnccncncnncnonanonnnnonnnnnononos 4 46 Measuring the Power control dynamic range oocccoccccccnccccnccncncconononnnoncnnnncnonanonnnnnnnnnnennnos 4 46 Test setup for Power control dynamic range ccooccccccnccncnccccnnocnnoncnonnnnnoncnnnanonnnnnonnncnnn
347. n responds reliably to the TPC bits from the R amp S SMU some frames with TPC bits 1 are transmitted at the start of the test preamble This keeps the power of the base station at the maximum level in the channel being tested Once the preamble is complete the R amp S FSQ is triggered using marker 1 of the R amp S SMU and the actual recording of the measurement data begins unknown 4 29 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W rising part pre falling part amble e A Y Code domair Prex 3dB power dB 10 highest 10 highest steps steps 10 lowest steps time time slots Fig 4 10 Plot of the code domain power in the alternating power control steps When measuring the alternating power a sequence of 0101 is sent for each power step and the related power levels are measured The standard does not say how many 01 sequences are to be sent per power step The TPC pattern is best set so that per frame exactly one power step is tested Thus a TPC pattern per frame of 0101 0101 0101 010 is selected i e There is one more 0 in the pattern than there are 1 s The recording goes on until all of the power steps have been determined Fig 4 10 Plot of the code domain power in the aggregated power control steps test shows the code domain power vs time timeslots for this case For a dynamic range of 25 dB this means that at least 25 or 50 frames
348. n the instruments This makes it possible to correct the measured value at a single frequency very quickly If the frequency response of the test setup can be neglected in the frequency range of interest this method offers the fastest approach Measurement of the frequency response of the external circuitry and taking into account of the measured frequency response in the equipment In general this is the most precise technique but it is also the most complex The complexity can be minimized by using the External Generator Control Option a standard feature of the R amp S FSMU W A combination of all of these is possible This chapter describes how you can automatically take into account the frequency response of the test setup in the displayed levels 1166 1560 12 3 1 E 1 Correction by Entering a Level Offset R amp S FSMU W Correction by Entering a Level Offset Correction by entering a level offset into the instruments will always make sense if the frequency response of the test setup can be neglected in the frequency range of interest or if the absolute measured level is not important This will be the case for example when making signal quality measurements EVM PCDE etc On the stimulus side this applies to the measurement of the power control steps for example Entering a Fixed Attenuation Value for the Test Setup in the R amp S FSQ 1 Seta fixed value for the transfer function Press the AMPT key The Amplitude menu
349. n trailing LF from FSQ Fsmu ibRd analyzer ID Strrngs L ARAS a Eee display the result sprintf result string Peak code domain error 57 21 dB n result sSummary peak domain error bonu MessdgeBom TFAA Result Tem result OPTIIBO y PA FSA PASADAS close FSQ on GPIB Fsmu CloseFsq analyzer unknown 4 156 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Receiver Test Cases Test Case 7 2 Reference Sensitivity Level Test Purpose The test case shall verify that a BS receiver has the capability to demodulate the signal that is sent by the SMU at the specified low reference sensitivity power level properly The test is passed when the resulting BER calculated internally by the BS is below a specified thresh old at the test frequencies B M and T Quotation from 1 The reference sensitivity level is the minimum mean power received at the antenna connector at which the BER shall not exceed the specific value indicated in subclause 7 2 2 The test is set up according to Figure B and performed without interfering signal power applied to the BS antenna connector For duplex operation the measurement configuration principle is indicated for one du plex branch in Figure B 7 For internal BER calculation an example of the test connection is as shown in figure B 7 The reference point for signal power is at the input of the receiver antenna connector
350. nal y de 5 recambio de partes elementales para la sobre la frecuencia nominal seguridad deber ser efectuado un control de 1171 0000 42 02 00 p gina 2 Informaciones de seguridad seguridad control a primera vista control de conductor protector medici n de resistencia de aislamiento medici n de medici n de la corriente conductora control de funcionamiento Como en todo producto de fabricaci n industrial no puede ser excluido en general de que se produzcan al usarlo elementos que puedan generar alergias los llamados elementos alerg nicos por ejemplo el n quel Si se producieran en el trato con productos R amp S reacciones al rgicas como por ejemplo urticaria estornudos frecuentes irritaci n de la conjuntiva o dificultades al respirar se deber consultar inmediatamente a un m dico para averigurar los motivos de estas reacciones Si productos elementos de construcci n son tratados fuera del funcionamiento definido de forma mec nica o t rmica pueden generarse elementos peligrosos polvos de sustancia de metales pesados como por ejemplo plomo berilio n quel La partici n elemental del producto como por ejemplo sucede en el tratamiento de materias residuales debe de ser efectuada solamente por personal especializado para estos tratamientos La partici n elemental efectuada inadecuadamente puede generar da os para la salud Se deben tener en cuenta las directivas nacionales referentes al tratamiento
351. nc rc p A Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INSTrument SELect BWCD set instrument to single sweep Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer INITiatel CONTinuous OFF set instrument to external trigger opt offset 100 usec set trigger to external after switch on code domain power measurement as negative trigger offsets are only allowed in zero span Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer TRIGgerl SEQuence SOURce EXTernal Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff 100us Set FSQ to Single or Multi Carrier mode if Fsmu GetMultiCarrier Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe ON else Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe OFF unknown 4 24 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 2 2 CPICH Power Accuracy LM RE ERE set FSQ to code domain power measurement Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower MEASurement WCDPower A A set scrambling code 1x prints an integer in hex at least one digit mur SDrInLrf 1b String i5BNSescDPowerinocODesVALue gqHslx scrambling code Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer ab string use auto detection of test model best results in most cases alternatively use predefined test model 2 Foma xbNrFPtin analyzer TCONPIgure WULDPower BIS CIABIe sTATe QN 7 Fomu DNrILI
352. nccnnccnnccononononanos 4 104 Peculiarities for Multicarrier coooccconcconcconoconoconoconoconoconononnnonononnnonnnnononanonanenanes 4 104 Structure of the Measurement ocoocccocccccncccncccnccooncconoconoconoconncnnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 105 Settings on the Base Station cooccccnccccncccncccncconcconocanoconocanononnonnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnonnnonnnnns 4 105 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMeNt occcocccccccnccccccccocccocncncncnnncnnnonnnonnnonnnnnnnoncnnnnnnos 4 106 Tips ANG Special MES 4 111 Sample Program 4 112 1166 1560 42 I 4 2 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Contents Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation cooocococcconiconnconiconnconnconnnnnnnonnnonnnonnnonnnonononanos 4 125 A mn 4 125 A of c ELM HH HL PM HH MEHR 4 125 Recommended ODIOS dessus theta outside oes teorie ber date osea 4 127 Test Case Wizard Fabel etate detis prt eunte se iru rto but d wtkeors daa 4 127 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiON coocccocccocnconnconncconoconicanonanonanos 4 130 Structure of the Measurement ooccocncocccccncocncocncconcnonocononononnnnonnnonnnonnnonnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnos 4 131 Settings on the Base Station 1 lees eene nnne nennen nennen nnus 4 132 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent ocoocccocncccncocncocncocnnocnnocnnonnnonnnonnnonnnonnnonnnonnnons 4 132 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS coocccocccocncocncocncconoconoconocanocanocanonoss 4 133
353. necessary if RST is skipped A emit set to spectrum analyzer mode Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INSTrument SELect SANalyzer ee eH ae reset ref level offset to 0 dB Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer DISPlay WINDow TRACe Y RLEVel OFFSet 0 dB a c set instrument to single sweep Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer INITiatel CONTinuous OFF x JE 2 Check max frequency for limit lines and ranges JE x unknown 4 113 E 1 Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions R amp S FSMU W Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer FREQuency STOP MAX Fsmu ibRdln analyzer 10 String 812601 1b Sring 7 a A calculate upper frequency limit max fsq frequency atof ib string 1E6 Hz gt MHz if max frequency gt max fsq frequency max Frequency max sq Trequency j O ee ee ee ee ee ee J3 eese eite create the limit lines e sp io ba ao sio oe Seo eee cepnedpnnpnmnipRnn We create a limit line containing all limits All frequencies are in MHz Limits are in dBm We just use upper limit check Limit lines are programmed in two strings one containing the frequencies and one containting the relating limits Note The range fcl 12 5 MHz fc2 12 5 MHz is excluded with the ranges and therefore not handled
354. nel e RMC 384 kbps 384 kbps measurement channel e AMR 12 2 kbps channel coding for the AMR coder In case of According to Standard the choice is fixed to RMC 12 2 kbps Remote control command COOURSBBIWSGP TS25141 WSIGnal DPDCheCCODing TYPE M12K2 M64K M144k M384k AMR Sets the RF frequency of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR BB WSGP2TS7 5141 2WS Gna ll PREO 100 0 KHz 6 0 GHz Displays the RF power level of the wanted signal in case of According to Standard e 120 3 dB when Wide Area BS e 110 3 dB when Medium Range BS e 106 3 dB when Local Area BS In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level figure Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal POW 145 0 dBm 20 0 dBm 4 159 E 1 Receiver Test Cases Marker 1 Radio Frame z Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame 4 Radio Frame config On Std Del TRIGGER 1 r4 BBinput config On Baseband B config On DigMod config On Std Del Fig 4 75 FadingA FadingB AWGN IMP Bl R amp S FSMU W RF A Mod A config config On On IMP Graphics config On Graph A B VO Mod B REA Mod B config config config On On On IMP Routing of baseband A to RF port A Fig 4 75 shows an achieved example signal flow within the SMU after pressing the App
355. nels B M and T may be specified by an operator In order to make sure that the signal can be properly received by node B in the case of fading conditions 3GPP defines the use of transmit diversity while sending 3GPP FDD signals Transmit diversity means sending the same signal on two antennas at the same time the antennas being stationed at different places Two forms of transmit diversity are specified by 3GPP open loop STTD and closed loop transmit diversity Simultaneous use of STTD and closed loop modes on the same physical channel is not allowed 1166 1560 42 4 1 E 1 R S Overview of the standard R amp S FSMU W Closed loop transmit diversity Closed loop transmit diversity is described in 25 214 Both closed loop transmit diversity modes shall be supported at the UE and may be supported in the UTRAN Open loop transmit diversity The open loop downlink transmit diversity employs a block coding based space time transmit diversity STTD The STTD encoding is optional in UTRAN STTD support is mandatory at the UE A detailed description of open loop transmit diversity can be found in 25 211 In this document only general rules of the resulting signal are stated For a detailed description of the channel structure of a 3GPP FDD signal see below In general open loop transmit diversity applies to data and control channels of the 3GPP FDD signal For data channels the symbols of each channel are passed through a STTD encoder In th
356. nerates channel coded signals This is the case for all tests in sections 7 and 8 of 1S25 141 R amp S FSQ Trigger Circuitry Connect the frame trigger output of the base station with the input EXT TRIGGER GATE IN of the R amp S FSQ Fig 2 2 shows the test setup and location of the trigger input connector Base Station REF IN EE CE 4 M Hz to 2 0 M Hz a 5 m lo E y a mouse MONTOR EXT TRIGGER GATE IN Trigger Fig 2 2 R amp S FSQ triggering R amp S FSQ settings With the R amp S FSQ use only the Free Run or External trigger types when carrying out measurements of 3GPP base stations Measurements in the code range are usually faster with external triggering than with internal triggering since it is easier to search for the beginning of the frame Set the trigger type to Free Run This trigger type is on after pressing Preset gt Press the key gt Press the FREE RUN softkey The softkey is highlighted in green Set the trigger type to External gt Press the key gt Press the External softkey The softkey is highlighted in green 1 Compensate for the analog delays between the trigger event and the beginning of the frame gt Press the TRIGGER OFFSET softkey 1166 1560 12 2 2 E1 R amp S FSMU W Trigger R amp S SMU Trigger Circuitry The measurements in chapters 7 and 8 require that the R amp S SMU be triggered externally from the base station Fig 2 3 shows
357. ng SIZeoE d rzb String 1166 1560 12 4 237 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W D need See enable external Trigger in 5MU eee e T if iF smu GetBtshmulation Esmu LbWrtla Generator 2 BBeWsGP TRI Gger SOURCSe External OPC 7 Fsmu_ibRd generator 1D Striag sizeor 2b strang s j else Psi bDWITIn dgenerdtory BBESNOGP ITRIGQgeDIbXECUute OPC Fsmu ibRd Generator XD string Sizeof 10 Strigug 3 j tendif a A RU RU x dr ae oe The SMU 5 now ready to Start signal generation Ty rr mec rP TC E aa ee x jov EIE uem Us otare ehe Imsa2sgbeenb ecce use Ee p end a Stare Erigger Impulse tO phe MU SPP AROS SE 2d pe She SMU aL Stark sona generation SS SS ae aS SOS S jo qeu Os Ce UCuL de pue Deu recess Mud D fo The Bis Xnpernebly calodglates tie PLE Rs SSAA A eere gt ifdef FSMU LOG DATA Vr eee mE s I uu LU il A M m LL Sea CED eee x RS SS e Write output data Tiles e Soe eas mr yiiccc cuoi uM Lc LE II EU Doe EN os OE EAE x BILE mytile J myfile fopen demodulatron Of DCH in static propagatrionocondrtrons dar Mw 7 if myfile fprintf myfile This is a data file fclose mytile j j tendif v SS E eee DESpray le rSEulp Sas SS aS Se ueque aF SDITIUE reste Ser ing y TSS SS SS eee n demodulation of DCH in static propagation conditions n Was Se re So oer EDEN SPEC LR NER MENDES te A kan E Femu MessageBox Quem Result cv result string 3
358. nnnnncnonaros 4 22 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS cooocccoccconccoccconnconoconocococonnnonncononononos 4 23 TID ANG Special TICKS ct 4 23 Sample ProdraM RR c 4 24 TestCasebo 3 Frequency EN cea 4 27 TESFODJECUVG c 4 27 So ese 1 6 pment ame Tr ee er er ee eae Ce eee 4 27 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control SfeDs iioii iii 4 28 LEMON IV S 4 28 PEMOMMING ne Test dle 4 29 OSU elite E TS 4 31 Recommended OPIO Sui 4 31 est Case Wizard alleles as aqoa ur iia 4 32 Variation in the Parameters of the Base Stati0N ooccccccccoccncoccncccnncncnonannconcnnnanonos 4 37 Pecullarties for M lticarniet aa aa 4 37 Structure of the Measurement ooccoocconcnonoconoconoconononaronononorononranrrnnrrnnrrnnrennenonenanenanes 4 38 Settings on the Base Station cooccoooconccinononocinocinanenonononconnronnronrronnronrrnnnronnrnnnennnos 4 38 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent occocccocccocccocccconccnnnconnnnnncnnnnnnnonnnoncnonnnoncneninonons 4 39 Interpretation of the Measurement ResultS ooocccoccconccocccocnconncocncononocnnonnnonnnonnnos 4 46 Tips MAS UU D MM 4 47 Sample Program Signal Generation with the Generator Measurement with the PRIVY ZN NEP EE 4 47 Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range occcoccccccnccccnccccnconnnnnnnncncnnnncnonnnnnnnnnonanonnnos 4 62 sr OT HERREN 4 62 Fes Selten EMIL MUI ML E LTEM LL ELT EE 4 62 RECOMMEND c O Mo 4 62 Variation in
359. nnnnnnnnnnnnononannnanonnnnnanonanos 4 75 Settings on the Base Station scies exivit E EF X FENR FS EY EI YR CES vs v S va Vici i i E DL 4 76 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent occocccncccccccncccconnconnconononncnnncnnncnnnnnnnnnnnoneneninnnnos 4 76 Interpretation of the Measurement ResultS cooocccocccocccocccocncocncocnconnnononononononononos 4 77 Tips and Special TICK cueca a 4 77 Sample Program Measurement with the Analyzer oocccocccocncocncocncocncconccnnnnnnnnanos 4 78 Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask occooncccccnccccnccccncnocnnnononnnnnonononncnonnnononnnonanonnnnss 4 80 Fest ODecIVO T teta ci ed 4 80 A A a ere Cen 4 80 Recommended OPINAS ia ii 4 80 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiON ocooocccoccconccocnconiconnconnconnnononononos 4 80 Peculiarities for Multicarrier oocoocccocccocncccnoccnoconoconoconononocononononanocanonanonanonanonaninoss 4 80 Structure of the Measurement ccoocccocccocccocncocnnoconocnnonnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnononononnnonnnannnanenanenanes 4 81 Settings on the Base Station oocccocccocccocncocnconnconnnonnnonnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnononanonanonanonanenanos 4 82 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent oocccoccccncnccccnconcnconcnoncncnncnnnncnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonanos 4 82 Interpretation of the Measurement ResultS cooocccoccconccocccocnconococncocnnonnnnnncnnnnnnnnos 4 84 Hips ana Special Tel tetitas 4 85 Sample FOO IET asso ecastifa
360. nonnos 4 62 Configuration of a multicarrier signal for measurement of the dynamic range of the channel power ta 4 63 Structure of the Power Control Dynamic Range measurement uusesss 4 64 Measuring the Power control dynamic range occcoccccccnccccnconcncnonnnnnnnoncncnnnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnss 4 66 Measuring the Power control dynamic range oocccocnccncnccccnconcnconnnnnnnnonononnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnonos 4 67 Testsetup Tor Occupied bangdawlidtlh ssccerb esa out auge to eu iss caw ee ees Du es esee be e 4 74 Structure of the Occupied bandwidth MeasureMent ooncccncnccncnccncncccnnnccnncncnnoncnonacononcnnos 4 75 Measuring the Occupied Bandwidth ccccscccsseccsseeceeeeceeeecueeceueeseueesseeeseeessaeeseueess 4 77 Test setup for Spectrum Emission Mask cccccccssecceeeeceeeceeeeceucecaueesseeeceeeseueessueesaaes 4 80 Structure of the Spectrum emission mask MeasureMent occcoccccccccccnocccocnconnconocononononos 4 81 Measurement of the spectrum emission MaSK coocccncccnnccoccconncocnconnconnnnnnnonnnonnnonnnonanonanos 4 83 Measurement of the spectrum emission MaSK coocccnnccncicoccconncocnconnconnnonononononnnonnnononononos 4 84 Measurement of the peak list for the spectrum emission mask c oocccccccconcncocnncncnnnnnnss 4 84 Ranges during measurement of the spectrum emission mask
361. nt Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T 7 8 Verification o the Internal BER Calculation Init BTS Set BTS to RMC 12 2 kbps Init SMU Fig 4 111 Structure of the Verification of the Internal BER Calculation measurement Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Frequency B MandT RMC 12 2 kbps oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements 1166 1560 12 4 222 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BTS to the basic state Initialize the BTS oet the scrambling scheme oet the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel 12 2 kbps oet the frequency for example to M 2 Set the SMU to the basic state Initialize the SMU by pressing the the key unless some settings e g in terms of I Q and RF blocks have to be kept 3 Set the test case wizard Press Test Case and select Test Case 7 8 The panel adapts to its test case Press Edit Mode and select According to Standard This selection guides the user close to TS 25 141 Press Trigger Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Marker Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Baseband A S
362. nt only those peaks with an amplitude that is at least equal to the value of the limit line margin Press the PEAKS PER RANGE softkey This step is necessary only if you wish to change the default value of 25 Enter the desired maximum number of peaks to be searched in the input mask During the subsequent peak search the value you entered for this parameter will determine the maximum number of peaks per range that will be taken into account For more information on ranges see the section Adapting the Peak Search on page 4 85 unknown 4 83 E 1 Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask R amp S FSMU W Ref 46 4 dBm Att SUT 50 ms Cemter 2 14 GHz Fig 4 34 Measurement of the spectrum emission mask gt Press the PEAK SEARCH softkey The peaks will be read in and displayed in the trace Peaks are taken into account only if they exceed the margin from the limit line gt Press the VIEW PEAK LIST softkey The peak list will be displayed as shown in the figure below LE 6 4 tk do Sh SA mz VIEW PEAK LIST TRACE DETECTOR FREQUENCY LEVEL dBm DELTA LIMIT dB 1 RMS 2 1362 GHz 37 E cikar RMS 2 1358 GHz 25 32 ELITS RMS 2 1441 GHz 26 6 19 82 RMS Z 143 GHz 41 36 18 13 RMS 2 1298 GHz 2B 4 19 02 RMS 2 1436 GHz AZ 05 17 44 RMS 2 1448 GHz 42 BL 16 68 RIMS 2 1433 GHz 41 09 16 56 RMS 2 1434 GHz 43 09 15 78 FPREP RP RE R RMS 2 1272 GHz 31 14 15 35 Fig 4 35 Measurement of the peak list for the spectrum emission mask
363. nto account so that the displayed result can be used directly for test evaluation purposes The measured maximum and minimum channel power levels have to be subtracted in each case from the measured power of the total signal in test model 1 Tips and Special Tricks The power of the total signal in test model 1 Pmax can also be viewed in the Result Summary for code domain measurements This means you can perform all three measurements using a single setting of the R amp S FSQ A Code Fower Relative SE 230 keeps Chan Code 120 CP Z l14 GHs CFICH Slot Chan Slot oO Ret 56 2 dim Rtt 5 dE CLETTE HIE I Start Ch oO 64 Ch Stop Ch 511 Result Summary SR 20 k p Chan Code 120 CF 2 14 GHs EPICA Slot Chan Slot oa arrier Freq Error 209 87 Hz Ret Trigger to Frame 9 333571 me I2 Imbalance o Of 4 Pre CDE 15 reps 64_ 55 de E 56 1 dad Em Io Offzet Corpozite EVM CPICH Slot Ho Att 5 dE Ho of Active Chan CHANNEL RESULTS Symbol Rate 30 00 keeps Channel Code 120 Ho of Pilot Bits a amp 9 dE Symbol EVM 0 0 amp rms Timing Offzet 512 Chips a QPSK Channel Slot Wo Modulation Type CLENER Channel Pover Pel Fig 4 27 Measuring the Power control dynamic range unknown 4 67 E 1 Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range R amp S FSMU W Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described i
364. nto physical channels FDD Abbreviations STTD Space Time Transmit Diversity see TS 25 211 CPICH Common Pilot Channel see TS 25 211 PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel see TS 25 211 Synchronization Channel see TS 25 211 Test Model see TS 25 141 Keys on the R amp S FSQ Hardkeys are all of the other keys on the R amp S FSQ In this document Hotkeys The hotkeys are located at the lower edge of the screen You can use the hotkeys to switch between the different applications of the R amp S FSQ In this document Softkeys The softkeys are located at the right side of the screen The labelling of the softkeys will change depending on what mode the instrument is in For a description of the keys and their position on the FSQ please refer to Chapter 3 of the R amp S FSQ manual Keys on the R amp S SMU Hardkeys are all of the keys on the R amp S SMU In this document Hotkeys The hotkeys are located at the lower edge of the screen You can use the hotkeys to switch between the open windows of the R amp S SMU In this document Menu keys The menu keys are found in the active window The menus can be selected using the cursor keys or the rotary control In this document Selection Possible selections within a particular menu of the R amp S SMU These selections can be accessed using pull down menus For a description of the keys and their position on the SMU please refer to Chapter 3 of the R amp S SMU manual 11
365. nts ANSI C was used as the programming language Every measurement example is listed as a function in a separate file A common graphical user interface GUI is used to call all measurement examples There are two versions of the GUI e 3gpp menu cvi c uses the API of LabWindows CVI National Instruments e J3gpp menu ansi c uses only ANSI C string routines The programs can thus be implemented in other languages or development environments as well The GPIB bus is programmed in separate central functions contained in the FSMU_ global module The functions there address the GPIB bus via drivers from National Instruments Encapsulation in the FSMU global module makes porting to drivers of other GPIB bus manufacturers easy GUI MeasureseYyy PT o Pid o o e e PL oe MeasuresBtsMaxPower FSMU_global FSQ SMU Fig 1 17 Structure of example programs This section describes the central functions contained in the FSMU_ global module IEC IEEE bus addresses used R amp S FSQ 28 R amp S SMU 20 The instrument addresses used are ex factory If other addresses are used the defines for FSQ PRIMARY ADDR or SMU PRIMARY ADDR must be changed in the fsmu global c module 1166 3363 12 1 20 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Notes on programming examples Recommended settings in the GPIB driver from National Instruments The recommended settings are in the NI 488 2 Settings tab IN GPIB Configuration xl NI 488 2 Set
366. o have the R amp S SMU test case signals sent Table 1 2 Operation Summary Push the button Test Case Wizard in the 3GPP panel Choose the required Test Case Enter the test case directed settings e g in terms of frequency power level Push the button Apply Settings May change or further refine the setting results Start the R amp S SMU signal generation by an trigger impulse at connector TRIGGER1 Note For safety reasons the RF is not active unless the button RF ON has not been pressed once 1166 1560 12 1 17 E 1 Information about the R amp S SMU R amp S FSMU W Improvements on the Signal Quality I Q Settings The l Q blocks offer the possibility to change the internal baseband gain for improved ACLR perform ance see Fig 1 15 In each I Q block A or B that will be used for the test case e Set Source to Internal Baseband and e Setthe internal Baseband Gain to 3 dB Best For High 3GPP ACLR or 6 dB Best For Low Noise 5 1 0 Settings A E zal xl Internal Baseband Off Impairments State Offset 0 00 5 Q Offset 0 00 5 Gain Imbalance 0 000 dB Quadrature Offset 0 00 deg O Swap VO Wideband Internal Baseband Baseband Gain Auto 3 dB Best For Low Distortion O dB Standard 3 dB Best For High 3GPP ACLR 6 dH Best For Low Noise Fig 1 15 Baseband Gain Setting for improved ACLR Performance 1166 1560 12 1 18 E 1 Information about the R amp S SMU R amp
367. oconcnononononanononanononannnnnnnnononenonanenenanos 2 6 Test Setup with the Two channel R amp S SMYU 1 11eeeeeeeleeeeeeeee enne enhn hann nhanh anna 2 7 Derauit Instr mert Settings rissin zi a dio veda EE a Piewu eria weGi aa await Qus vae e Eia M NERA uS E 2 8 Default R amp S FSQ Setting for Measurements on 3GPP Base Stations 2 8 Default State of the R amp S SMU for Measurements on 3GPP Base Stations 2 9 List of illustrations Fig 2 1 Basic setup with the R amp S SMU and R amp S FSQ sessssssssssseeeee nennen nnns 2 1 mio M R amp S FS RIM gain dt RT 2 2 FIj2 9 RSS SMUIIOSEFUEG sscicssicdisiontistat a is 2 3 Fig 2 4 R amp S FSQ test setup with external reference fTequencCy occccocccoccnccccnconnnononononnconnncnanonononos 2 4 Fig 2 5 Screen message of the R amp S FSQ when the external reference frequency is missing 2 5 Fig 2 6 Standard test setup for measurements with the R amp S FSQ ooooccccccccncccccnccocnnccncnccononononenonos 2 6 Fig 2 7 Basic setup with the R amp S FSQ and the two channel R amp S SMU sseuusse 2 17 1166 1560 12 I 2 1 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Basic Setup 2 Test Setup Basic Setup Fig 2 1 shows the test setup used for most measurements However for most applications it is sufficient to use solely the R amp S SMU or the R amp S FSQ You can determine the re
368. ode Tu PE EL prints sn integer an hex at Least one digit 2 03 s vus Sprintr 2b string So900RSBBIWOGPOTSZ2OIAISSCODe 9Ix ue scrambling code psmu 2bWrtlnidgenerdtor 1D string 4 Femu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 SCODe MODE LONG 1166 1560 12 4 185 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W a Enter the Power Class or the BIS under test ce d penu DWrcln generator 90UBRTBB NWSGP TO29141 55PClaSSs NARR ju EOS ee Biter GJ equengyeeeeeceetecescuecderueesi ce dl FF Set SMU to the UE frequency ot Che base station S s 52 3 Pi Sprintt 25 string T950URZBBiIWSGPZISZ25141 WSIGneltFBEO g GHZ dl Erequeney al ul duplexy Esmu sbWrctln generator ab string 7 jw iene SSeS benter interferer Trequency Ot set deest a Sprrntr to string S50U0RTBBIWOGP IISZOIAL IPSIgNal HBONPSet 9g MHz frequency Offset Femu toWrtln generator tb string P OX SEXE eM PIOSS APPLY SS cenas SS SO O OS E Thqs May take a Long eme SO Set time out temporarily to 100 see 7 Fsmu ibGetTmo generator amp SaveTimeOut Fsmu ibTmo generator T100s Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 TCASe EXECute Fsmu WaitForDevice generator ESmu 2b5Wrtln generdtor OPC 3j Fsmu ibRd Generator 2D Strang Sczeor 10 stripng 7 Fsmu ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut Sas Examples of SMU settings after the test case wizards Sur tif 0 MR E input trigg
369. of interference signal Press RF Frequency and enter the same frequency M the BTS has set to Press Frequency Offset and enter a multiple of 1 MHz interferer offset where in case of Wideband Blocking a minimum of 10 MHz and in case of Narrowband Blocking a minimum of 2 7 MHz is prescribed Y V VV ON gt In case of Colocated Blocking scenario and a Local Area or Medium Range BS respectively the user is free to manipulate the interferer Power Level due to level ambiguity in TS 25 141 gt Press Apply Settings The SMU is now ready to start signal generation 4 Start the measurement gt Send a start trigger impulse e g SFN modulo 4 from the BTS to the SMU The SMU will start signal generation 5 Calculate the result gt The BTS internally calculates the BER Interpretation of the Measurement Results The internally calculated BER shall not exceed 0 001 Note TS 25 141 Annex C General Rules for Sta tistical Testing where test conditions in terms of test methods and test conditions are defined 1166 1560 12 4 200 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Tips and Special Tricks Ensure that the RF blocks are switched on while the measurement procedure is running Since the test case wizard does not activate or deactivate the RF ports these have to be switched on before or after the Apply Settings button is pressed The signal quality can be enhanced or for test purposes modified by additional settings in the
370. ol Steps R amp S FSMU W Press the PEAK MODE MIN MAX softkey The Peak Search mode will be configured to search for the minimum The green marker will switch from MAX to MIN Press the NEXT PEAK softkey once The next minimum will be found and displayed see Figure 9 36 Measurement of the alternating power control steps CPICH slot O is excluded from this search Press the PEAK MODE MIN MAX softkey The Peak Search mode will be configured to search for the maximum The green marker will switch from MIN to MAX Press the PEAK softkey The maximum will be found and displayed A Code Power Absolute SR 20 ksps c Code 0 CP 2 14 GHz CPICH 3lot 2 c 3lo 2 Offset 35 4 Fig 4 21 Measurement of the alternating power control steps Interpretation of the Measurement Results Aggregated Power Steps The measurement starts with the third CPICH slot slot 3 and not with CPICH slot 0 since for technical reasons the power in the first CPICH slot can be displayed too low In order to compute the power of a code channel in CPICH slot n the power of the data symbols in CPICH slot n and the pilot symbols in CPICH slot n 7 is averaged If the pilot symbols are missing e g since the channel in the previous slot was unused the power will be displayed too low for technical reasons Prior to the actual sequence of TPC 0 a TPC sequence 0 1 is thus transmitted in order to be able to properly measure the power CP 2 14 GHz CPICH
371. oncnononononanonancnannnnnos 4 110 Limits near the transmit band for spurious emissions coccccoccccocnccncnconcnnonnnnnnnnonononanononos 4 112 Test setup for transmit intermodulation ooccooccconcconncocnconononnconnnonnnonnnonnconnonnnconocononons 4 125 Test setup for Transmit intermodulation in the case of protection of other services co existance UAC COO CAUON doses euet uci one dva we ia 4 126 Test case panel for According to Standard ssseesseesseseesseeeeeen nenne 4 127 Test case panel for User Definable oocoocccocncccncconcconcconoconoconoconocanocanocnnnnannonnnnnnnnnns 4 128 Routing of baseband A to RF port Lun iore irn ete pate d emet iia 4 130 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 130 Structure of the Transmit Intermodulation measurement eeeeeseeesse 4 131 Test setup for Error Vector Magnitude oocccoccccccnccncnconcnonononnnnnnncncnnnnonnnonnnnnnnnnonannnnaninos 4 138 Test setup for Error Vector Magnitude eeseeesesssessseeeeeneernenneene nne 4 138 Configuration of a multicarrier signal for measurement of the EVM 4 139 Structure of the Error Vector Magnitude EVM measurement 4 140 Measurement of the composite EVM maximum power and frequency error 4 142 Measurement of the com
372. onverter is just fully driven for an input signal level equal to the reference level In terms of the optimum reference level at the input mixer note the following e he A D converter may be overdriven only at times when the signal is not being evaluated e The higher the A D converter is driven the better the signal to noise ratio that will be obtained during the measurement Only the components of the input signal after filtering in the IF filter contribute to the drive of the A D converter e he optimum reference level for measurements in the code domain is 3 dB above the peak value of the filtered input signal The filter used in these measurements has a width of 10 MHz so that the levels of the carrier being measured currently and the adjacent carriers must be taken into account Error The Instrument is Not Triggering During manual operation the measurement is normally repeated continuously and the measurement results are always kept up to date The updating will be suspended while the instrument is waiting for a trigger This is indicated by a f at the top right edge of the screen RA Code Power Relative SR 7 5 ksps Chan Code 0 CP 2 14 GHz CPICH 3lot 2 Chan Slot 2 Fig 1 4 R amp S FSQ display when there is no trigger The trigger source is missing and the R amp S FSQ is set for Apply an external trigger signal external triggering or Switch over to Free Run Press the TRIGGER key and then the FREE RUN softkey
373. or GPIB bus char 10 SUC ag 1000 strings written to gpib bus ri inL analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer n int SaveTimeOut 0 saved value of time when changing the device s time out via ibTmo mu result disply char result string 1000 results read in from gpib bus Tur couple result dBm 7 PO A ee eee initialize BTS Fomu MessageBoOx User Initio 99 9 Set BTS to Test Model 1 Max Power mna initialize ESQ emere euer Mec Fsmu InitFsq amp analyzer Fsmu SetuplnstrumentFsq analyzer check if option K9 is installed exit if not Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer OPTT Fsmu 1bRa analyzer ib string sizeot ib string 7 TE AStrster 10 string 4149 NULL Fonu MessageBox Warning 958 Option K9 Power Meter not installed exit Reset the analyzer Fsmu CloseFsq analyzer return j Gne uem switch on power meter Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe PMETer STATe ON e RR EEEE set power meter to single measurements Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer INITiate2 CONTinuous OFF JA 22 A S check if power sensor is installed Query max frequency if 0 Hz P then the power sensor 1s not installe
374. or storage batteries are improperly replaced this can cause an explosion warning lithium cells Replace the battery or storage battery only with the 1171 0000 42 02 00 28 29 30 31 32 33 matching Rohde amp Schwarz type see spare parts list Batteries and storage batteries are hazardous waste Dispose of them only in specially marked containers Observe local regulations regarding waste disposal Do not short circuit batteries or storage batteries Please be aware that in the event of a fire toxic substances gases liquids etc that may be hazardous to your health may escape from the product Please be aware of the weight of the product Be careful when moving it otherwise you may injure your back or other parts of your body Do not place the product on surfaces vehicles cabinets or tables that for reasons of weight or stability are unsuitable for this purpose Always follow the manufacturer s installation instructions when installing the product and fastening it to objects or structures e g walls and shelves Handles on the products are designed exclusively for personnel to hold or carry the product It is therefore not permissible to use handles for fastening the product to or on means of transport such as cranes fork lifts wagons etc The user is responsible for securely fastening the products to or on the means of transport and for observing the safety regulations of the manufacturer
375. ormance cccoccccccnccccncnoccncnnnnnnnnnnncnconcncnnos 1 18 Fig 1 16 RF Level Setting for Level Control occcooccococcoconcconccccnconcnoconnocannonannnnannonnnonannnnannnnons 1 19 Fig 1 17 Structure of example programs ccccsecccsecccececeececeuceceeeccueeceucecsueesueesseeseueessueessueesaass 1 20 Fig 1 18 Recommended standard settings of the GPIB Card oocncocccccccccccnccncncnncncnnnnnnnnncnnncnncnnnnos 1 21 Fig 1 19 Structure of example PrOGraMs cccccccccsccccsceceececseeecseeccueeceueecsueesueecseessueessueecseeenaees 1 21 Fig 1 20 Example of the Fsmu MessageBox LabWindows CVI version 1 30 Fig 1 21 Example of Fsmu MessageBox ANSI version ccccccececceeeeceeeeseeeeseeeeseeesaeeeseneeseees 1 30 List of Tables Table 1 1 List of wizard supported test cases ccconcccoccccccncoccnconnncnnnnoncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnonnrnnnncnnnaninos 1 15 Table 1 2 Operation SUMMA Vasa 1 17 1166 1560 12 I 1 1 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Information about the R amp S FSQ 1 General Information Information about the R amp S FSQ Basic Operating Steps This chapter describes instrument settings that occur repeatedly These are steps that are required in order to put the instruments into a state where it is possible to make most of the required measurements directly oome optional steps are also described e g how to switch on the external trigger Bas
376. ort Trigger 1 Recommended Options The basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W is sufficient to set up the R amp S SMU completely which includes the option R amp S SMU B62 Additional White Gaussian Noise AWGN that is required to set up the SMU 1166 1560 12 4 167 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case Wizard Panel The Fig 4 79 and Fig 4 80 show the input parameters for both kinds of Edit Modes According to Standard and User Definable Bat 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to T5 25 141 7 3 Dynamic Range Test Case 7 3 Dynamic Range General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF Port A Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex 0 Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power Class Wide Area BS m Power dBm 0 995 1 1 005 Frequency GHz State On Reference Measurement Channel RMC 12 2 kbps RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 89 60 dBm On 16 80 dB Power Level within 3 84 MHz BW 73 00 dBm z Fig 4 79 Test case panel for According to Standard E 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to T5 25 141 7 3 Dynamic Range Test Case 7 3 Dynamic Range General Settings 50 g Edit Mode UserDefinable Trigger Config
377. ot Press the SELECT CPICH SLOT softkey The menu for making the settings will appear Enter the desired CPICH slot Range of values 0 to 14 no particular CPICH slot is specified in the standard Read off the result gt The result will be displayed continuously It is displayed in the GLOBAL RESULTS area under Pk CDE in dB and is marked in the following figure unknown 4 152 E 1 RES FSMU W Test Case 6 7 2 Peak Code Domain Error A Code Fower Relative SE 15 ksp Chan Code O CP 14 GHz CPICH Slot 3 Chan Slot Y Start Ch O 64 Ch Stop Ch 511 Result Summary SE 15 k sp Chan Code a CP Z l14 GHz PICO lot 3 Chan Slot Y GLOBAL RESULTS Total Power 2 Carrier Freq Error 200 295 Hz Ret Chip Rate Error 3 Trigger to Frame 2 021279 me SE IQ Offset IO Imbalance gt dim composite EVM f DE 960 k sp 61 22 dB nee CPICH Slot No IT 13 de CHANNEL RESULTS Bynbol Bate S Timing offset O Chips Channel Code Channel Slot Mo 3 Ho of Pilot Bites Modulation Type QPSE Channel Power Pel 2 Channel Power Abs 33 40 dBm Symbol EVM y Symbol EVM 0 42 h Ph CLEWE Fig 4 74 easuring the CPICH power Interpretation of the Measurement Results The Peak Code Domain Error of the signal is displayed in the Result Summary along with other measurement results It is shown in dB referenced to the total power of the signal The result is displayed continuously on the screen Tips and Special Tricks Tips for code domain
378. output power is possible only with a frequency selective measuring device such as a spectrum analyzer A power meter is a broadband device and measures the overall signal representing all of the carriers This means it is not suited to this measurement As is explained in the section Interpretation of the Measurement Results on page 4 13 the R amp S FSQ measures the carrier power with a channel filter having a width of 5 MHz This works to suppress the adjacent carriers so that the display shows only the power of the carrier that is located at the center frequency of the analyzer For automatic setting of the reference level and the input attenuator it is necessary to switch on the multicarrier mode provided by the R amp S FSQ unknown 4 10 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f 1B M T Base station max output power BTS set to Test Model 1 BTS set to max power Fig 4 4 Structure of measurement procedure Base station maximum output power Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Frequency B MandT The other parameters such as the scrambling code etc can be set to any value oet the frequency to B M and T d
379. owband interference signal In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary frequency offset figure Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP T825141 IFSignal MODulated FOFFset Sets the RF power level of the modulated interference signal In case of According to Standard the power is the same as the CW inter ference power when Wideband e 48 dBm whenWide Area BS e 44 dBm when Medium Range BS e 38 dBm when Local Area BS when Narrowband e 47 dBm when Wide Area BS e 43 dBm when Medium Range BS e 37 dBm when Local Area BS In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level figure Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 IFSignal MODulated POW Fig 4 101 shows an achieved example signal flow within the SMU after pressing the Apply Settings button 1166 1560 12 4 209 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Marker a 1 Radia Frame OUT 2 Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame 4 Radio Frame Fading A RFIA Mod A config config contig TRIGGER 1 v On On Std Del IMP BBIn Graphics config contig contig On On On Fading B RFIA Mod B config config TRIGGER 1 jv On otd Del 1 Omoti Ratio 2 OniOtt Ratio 3 OniOtt Ratio 4 OniOtt Ratio Ven Marker BERT Fig 4 101 Routing of baseband A to RF port B Note For implementation reasons baseband B shows a frequency offs
380. ower of channel to pmax 28 ul d Fem MessageBox User Info Set Channel Code 120 to Max Power 28 dB 22 gt eie clear status registers Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CLS wait for next external trigger and for result Esm u ibwrtin analyzer INITIIate i1MMeoci2ate OPC Fomu 1DBd analyzer ID String Sizeor 10 string 7 status questionable register indicates sync Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition FSmu ipRdin analyzer ib Strings SIzeor 1D String Statue atol 10 Gring y NO SYNC if 2nd bit is set if status amp 0x02 Femu MessageBox TAFA ERROR Sync FALLED abort Fsmu_CloseFsq analyzer frOeLTUIM F o read in the summary result abs channel power see above for explanation Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer FORMat REAL 32 TRACe DATA Trace2 phone A read in dd unknown 4 71 E 1 Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range R amp S FSMU W Psu ibRd analyzer 10 SUBIDOS 2 5 E usse skip the get length of next field Length OT data Sb Serie px meto E JE nemen mim eS read in lll length Psu DR Ganaebvzery String Length GE data y ib string length of data NO Length of dat
381. ower step 1 Generate the data list for TPC bits Select Data List Management The menu for creating and editing data lists will appear Select New Data List in the Data List menu As the file name select for example fsmu power control steps You will find a prepared file on the CD It can be transferred to the R amp S SMU using a memory stick for example Select File Manager in the Data List menu The File Manager menu will appear Select drive e The files on the memory stick should appear in the file list Select the file fsmu power control steps dm iqd and use Copy to copy it Select drive d and use Paste to insert the file you just copied 2 Edit the data list for TPC bits You can now edit the list you just created or copied Select Edit Data List The menu for editing the selected file will appear gt For the preamble enter the sequence of 01 s Make sure that the sequence ends with a 1 gt Place the cursor on the 0 in the sequence and Start Select Place the cursor at the end of the sequence and use Copy to copy the selected sequence to the buffer gt Now press Paste until you have the same number of sequences in the list as there are power steps in the base stations gt Press the key twice The menu for configuring a 3GPP FDD measurement will appear again 3 Set TPC bits for Aggregated Select the UE1 menu The menu for configuring User Equipment 1 should appear
382. p For information on frequency correction see Chapter 9 of this manual gt Press the key The Amplitude menu should open gt Press the key The side menu for the Amplitude menu should appear Press the REF LEVEL OFFSET softkey gt Use the keypad to enter the desired external attenuation in the input field e g 10 and complete your entry by pressing the key 5 Set the center frequency to the frequency of the base station Press the key The Frequency menu should appear 1166 1560 12 1 1 E 1 Information about the R amp S FSQ R amp S FSMU W Use the keypad to enter the desired frequency in the input field e g 2140 and complete your entry by pressing the key You can enter the frequency in units of GHz MHz kHz and Hz 6 Launch the 3GPP FDD test application for base stations Press the 3G FDD BS hotkey If this hotkey is not located at the lower edge of the screen press the MORE hotkey until the 3G FDD BS hotkey appears The instrument should now be in the test application for 3G FDD base stations Entering a Transducer Table in the R amp S FSQ 7 Create a transducer table in the R amp S FSQ Y Press the key Press the TRANSDUCER Y softkey A selection window with the stored transducer tables should appear Press the NEW FACTOR Y softkey A form for entering transducer factors should appear Press the key Use the cursor keys or rotary knob to select the lett
383. plays the AWGN power level in case of According to Standard e 73 dBm when Wide Area BS e 63 dBm when Medium Range BS e 59 dBm when Local Area BS In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 AWGN POW NOISe 4 169 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Fig 4 81 and Fig 4 82 show an achieved example signal flow within the SMU after pressing the Apply Set tings button Marker i 1 Radio Frame OUT 2 Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame E Radio Frame Fading A REJA Mod A config config TRIGGER 1 On Std Del Graphics config config config On On On Baseband B Fading B AWGNIIMP B VO Mod B RFJA Mod B config config config config config On l On On On DigMod Std Del IMP BERT Fig 4 81 Routing of baseband A to RF port A barker i 1 Radio Frame OUT 2 Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame E Radio Frame Fading A AWGNJ IMP Al VO Mod A RF A Mod A config config config m TRIGGER 1 On On BB In Graphics config config contig On On Baseband B Fading B RFJA Mod B config config config On On DigMod Std Del Fig 4 82 Routing of baseband A to RF port B In case of routing to path A B the RF port A B holds a reference measurement
384. plb Dus Tur int analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer xy T generator GPIB handle for Generator sa int status FF OF Service register Pi LAE SaveTimeOut save value when changine device s default time out via ibtmo NUS pe exec ee Calculation ana resulte ASe OA Aeee A char result string 10000 ascii string of result message a ifdef CRTU al Ereque ey O40 1536 5 FE GHZ Of transmitter ae al ul duplex 0 00768 GHz receiver freq is lower 4 uplink level 20 0 dBm Ey smu trigger delay 38380 E Chaps api tendif pe P TM x DEMODULATION OF RACH MESSAGE IN STATIC PROPAGATION CONDITIONS DAE EE Steps Lor Carrying Out Measurement e Pp s ARA IS 1 799 c he BTS Lo EMS basis Sta E Sessa ed Foma MessageBox ss User Intro eL Initialize the BTS Xn Set the scrambling scheme n Set the BTS to demodulate RACH Message Part n Set the preamble threshold factor chosen to n fulfill Pd and Pfa requirements in test case 8 8 1 8002 hn Set the frequency for example to M n Connect frame trigger of BITS to SMU Trigger 1 A Sa De Dee UNS SMU X0 Cie base LC State uode Tu pe Inmwtralrize the SMU by pressing the the PRESET key use i Fsmu InitSmu amp generator Fsmu ibWrtln generator RSTT y if 0 ME Lie Trigger Sloper iOS Lve or NEOSLIVO Useeeeee eS ed Esmu bWrcln generator sINPut TRLGgG r BBANG SLOPS POSITIVE 7 Fsmu ibWr
385. plidas estas normas Este producto ha sido fabricado y examinado seg n el comprobante de conformidad adjunto seg n las normas de la CE y ha salido de nuestra planta en estado impecable seg n los estandards t cnicos de seguridad Para poder preservar este estado y garantizar un funcionamiento libre de peligros deber el usuario atenerse a todas las informaciones informaciones de seguridad y notas de alerta Rohde amp Schwarz est siempre a su disposici n en caso de que tengan preguntas referentes a estas informaciones de seguridad Adem s queda en la responsabilidad del usuario utilizar el producto en la forma debida Este producto solamente fue elaborado para ser utilizado en la industria y el laboratorio o para fines de campo y de ninguna manera deber ser utilizado de modo que alguna persona cosa pueda ser dafiada El uso del producto fuera de sus fines definidos o despreciando las informaciones de seguridad del fabricante queda en la responsabilidad del usuario El fabricante no se hace en ninguna forma responsable de consecuencias a causa del maluso del producto Se parte del uso correcto del producto para los fines definidos si el producto es utilizado dentro de las instrucciones del correspondiente manual del uso y dentro del margen de rendimiento definido ver hoja de datos documentaci n informaciones de seguridad que siguen El uso de los productos hace necesarios conocimientos profundos y el conocimiento del idioma ingl s Por eso
386. porte sean tenidas en cuenta En caso de que no se tengan en cuenta pueden causarse da os en personas y objetos Si llega a utilizar el producto dentro de un veh culo queda en la responsabilidad absoluta del conductor que conducir el veh culo de manera segura Asegure el producto dentro del veh culo debidamente para evitar en caso de un accidente las lesiones u otra clase de da os No utilice nunca el producto dentro de un veh culo en movimiento si esto pudiera distraer al conductor Siempre queda en la responsabilidad absoluta del conductor la seguridad del veh culo y el fabricante no asumir ninguna clase de responsabilidad por accidentes o colisiones Dado el caso de que est integrado un producto de laser en un producto R amp S por ejemplo CD DVD ROM no utilice otras instalaciones o funciones que las descritas en la documentaci n De otra manera pondr en peligro su salud ya que el rayo laser puede da ar irreversiblemente sus ojos Nunca trate de descomponer estos productos Nunca mire dentro del rayo laser p gina 5 Legend Abbreviations and Reference R amp S FSMU W Legend Abbreviations and References References 1 3GPP TS25 141 V5 x x 2004 WCDMA base station conformance testing FDD 2 ITU R SM 329 3 Rohde amp Schwarz Application Note 1EF45 opurious emission measurement on 3GPP base station transmitters 4 3GPP TS25 211 V5 x x 2004 Physical channels and mapping of transport channels o
387. ported Fig 4 127 shows an achieved example signal flow within the SMU after pressing the Apply Settings button 1166 1560 12 4 259 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Marker 1 Radia Frame z Radio Frame S Radio Frame 4 Radio Frame RF A Mod A RF A emis E TRIGGER 1 v On BBIn Graphics BERT config contig contig On On Baseband B REJA Mod B RF B config contig gt e On r4 DigMod EE BERT Fig 4 127 Routing of baseband A to RF port A and B Both RF ports A and B send a continuous sequence of preambles that is disturbed by AWGN and multi path fading effects The test setup pictured in Fig 4 129 is suitable to measure the base station RACH CPCH preamble detection performance Base Station under test Base Station Channel under test BS Simulator tester AWGN Generator Fig 4 129 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T 1166 1560 12 4 260 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T The variety of Pds is represented by p 0 99 0 999 8 8 1 RACH Preamble Detectio
388. posite EVM for all timeslots eeseeesesese 4 143 Measurement of the total power for all timeslots oocccoccconcconnconnconnconnnonncennnnnos 4 144 Test setup for Peak Code Domain Error ccccccccecccsecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeueeeeeeauecsueeaseeaeeeaaes 4 149 Structure of the Peak Code Domain Error measurement eeeeeeeeeeeesse 4 151 easuring the CPICH DOWER sso c S 4 153 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 157 Test case panel for According to Standard c cccccccccsseccseeeceeeeseeeeseeesseeesaeeeseueeseeeeaes 4 158 Test case panel for User Definable sees nennen nnn nnns 4 158 Routing of baseband A to RF port A occoccccncncnccncnncncccnccncnnoncnonncnconnnonanonnnnnonnncnncnnnnnnnnnnonos 4 160 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 160 Structure of the Reference Sensitivity Level measurement euessseuss 4 161 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A 4 167 Test case panel for According to Standard esseeesessesssesesseeneee ree 4 168 Test case panel for User Definable ccconcoconccccnccconcconnoconnncanocnanconnnonannnnannonannonanonos 4 168 Routing of
389. power power Signal 1166 1560 12 4 195 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Table 4 12 Blocking performance requirement for Medium Range BS when co located with BS in other bands Co located BS type Center Frequency of Interfering Signal Wanted Signal mean Type of Interfering Interfering Signal mean power power Signal Micro GSM900 921 960 MHz 3 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier Micro DCS1800 1805 1880 MHz 5 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier Micro PCS1900 1930 1990 MHz 5 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier Micro GSM850 869 894 MHz 3 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier MR UTRA FDD Band 2110 2170 MHz 8 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier MR UTRA FDD Band II 1930 1990 MHz 8 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier MR UTRA FDD Band III 1805 1880 MHz 8 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier MR UTRA FDD Band IV 2110 2155 MHz 8 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier MR UTRA FDD Band V 869 894 MHz 8 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier MR UTRA FDD Band VI 875 885 MHz 8 dBm 105 dBm CW carrier Table 4 13 Blocking performance requirement for Local Area BS when co located with BS in other bands Co located BS type Center Frequency of Interfering Signal Wanted Signal mean Type of Interfering Interfering Signal mean power power Signal Pico GSM900 921 960 MHz dBm 101 dBm CW carrier Pico DCS1800 1805 1880 MHz 4 dBm 101 dBm CW carrier Pico PCS1900 1930 1990 MHz 4 dBm 101 dBm CW carrier LA UTRA FDD Band VI 8 5 885 MHz 6 dBm 101 dBm CW carrier Table 4 14 Blocking performance req
390. ppear gt Press the SWEEP SINGLE softkey The INS will switch over to single sweep Set Limit Lines The figures used in the following example apply to a base station with two carriers f 2110 MHz fco 2115 MHZ i e in the lower frequency range gt Press the key The menu for creating and editing limit lines will appear gt Press the NEW LIMIT LINE softkey A form for creating and editing a new limit line will appear Fill out the form as follows EDIT LIMIT LINE TABLE Fig 4 50 Limit line for Spurious emissions unknown 4 106 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions gt Finish inputting a frequency by pressing the GHz MHz or key Finish inputting a limit by pressing for example the key 5 Enter Sweep Ranges You can use sweep ranges to configure and measure spurious emissions in the entire specified frequency band A separate range is defined for each setting of the R amp S FSQ or the test setup You can enter transducer tables in each range in order to take into account the frequency response of external test equipment Optionale breakpoints at the end of the ranges make it possible to switch the test equipment in manual mode or under remote control The INS s specified default table defines the measurement in compliance with ITU R SM 329 2 which is also how it is used in T925 141 1 As part of the measurement the changed limits in the vicinity of the carriers must be tak
391. ps 384 kbps measurement channel e AMR 12 2 kbps channel coding for the AMR coder In case of User Definable the choice is extended to AMR 12 2 kbps Remote control command SGOUBRSBB WSGP T925141 WSlICnal DPDCh CCODing TYPE M12K2 M64K M144k M384k AMR RF Frequency Sets the RF frequency of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR BB W gt 6P T525141 WSIGnal FREO 100 0 KHz 6 0 GHz Power Level Displays the RF power level of the wanted signal in case of Accord ing to Standard lt dependes on data rate and BS power class accord ing to Table 4 19 In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitray power level figure 1166 1560 12 4 247 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS75141 wWSiGnal POW 145 0 dBm 2040 dBm Bit Error Ratio BER in Sets the Bit Error Ratio The user can enter an arbitray BER figure case of User Definable below or equal to 0 1 Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal DPDCh DERR BIT RATE IOS ane Ds Block Error Rate BLER oets the Block Error Ratio In case of According to Standard the user can choose from e 0 00 No block errors are inserted e 0 01 The BLER is 196 In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitray BLER figure below or equal to 0 1 Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal DPDCh DERR BLOCk RATE OO vu Del Table 4 19 UL Signal levels for different da
392. q o bp AH o q Uo gt n 0 3 40 5 Y dA hee a a Se Ek p d oo p Wm O fu cj y o rH El uou FR rd B uH Q qp 4 Ea oO p amp OX 1 D0E8Qu Ss Ged suo odo 35213 Wo a ES u OM TETE m UAH Am AS HUE URED b a y p o n wd o d M od n O N m n g dada in g m sm a mod a 5 p d Oo no vo a de M ge m o o o o o o o sr o un o te o E T d b b o o E E ul ul tri ti o o H PI P uud o o 4Y p m 0 ul A Uu H E 9 H m y E H A q Q Hou nm El Pp 0 Ub 2 23 0 Aj mp ooo t Scopo 00 m d O rl f N uim o Do DH mmu rl x ICA A w rj a nH 5 w Y du Hd o Q H u Om m0 EH G a tli gdoaoatld Zo do E amp 8 Y d SEH Z E qi ai N aio o Sc 2 O0 Dh gu G 0 5 HHO HOU e oDSZO tu E 0 O o o o E ea f A x d gt YH TF o 74 o o 49 O 4 m on a Q E 1 Screen message of the R amp S FSQ when the external reference frequency is missing 2 5 1166 1560 12 Fig 2 5 Measurements Only with the R amp S FSQ R amp S FSMU W Measurements Only with the R amp S FSQ Standard Test Setup with the R amp S FSQ Fig 2 6 shows the test setup commonly used for measurements only with R amp S FSQ The use of the external trigger is described in the section R amp S FSQ Trigger Circuitry on page 2 2 The use of the reference frequency is described in the section Reference Frequency on page 2 4 Connect the RF input of the R amp S FSQ with the RF output of the base station by means of an attenuator The attenuation of the attenuator R1 must be large enough tha
393. quency State Power Level within 3 84 MHz BW General Settings Basestation Configuration ES 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to T5 25 141 8 2 1 Demodulation of DCH in Static Propagation Condition 2 R amp S FSMU W 8 2 1 Demodulation of DCH User Definable Auto Ext Trigger 1 Auto Off To Path and RF Port A Long Scrambling Code gt Reference Measurement Channel 1 000 000 000 00 GHz gt Power Level 34 00 dBm Eb NO BD 70 ME 80 40 100 110 ore Power dBm 120 E 130 140 E 150 1 005 1 01 0 994 0 995 1 Frequency GHz RMC 12 2 kbps gt 100 28 dBm 8 70 dB gt Fig 4 114 Test case panel for User Definable The input ouput parameters of the wizard panel read as follows Wanted Signal State Reference Measurement Channel RF Frequency 1166 1560 12 Enables Disables the signal generation of the wanted 3GPP signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal STATe ON OFF Sets the reference measurement channel The user can choose from e RMC 12 2 kbps 12 2 kbps measurement channel e RMC 64 kbps 64 kbps measurement channel
394. quency correction of the sensor to the frequency of the base station By entering the working frequency you can largely eliminate the frequency response error of the sensor Press the FREQENCY MANUAL softkey The Frequency menu should appear gt Use the keypad to enter the desired frequency in the input field e g 2140 and complete your entry by pressing the key You can enter the frequency in units of GHz MHz kHz and Hz 6 Read off the result The result will be displayed continuously see Fig 4 2 Screen display for Base station output power with Option K9 A REW 3 MHz VBW 10 MHz Ref 56 8 dBm Att 10 dB SWT 55 ms 1 IN Center 2 14 GHz 428 MHz Span 4 28 GHz Offset 45 dB Power 45 042 dBm Frequency 2 14 GHz Meas Time Normal Fig 4 3 ocreen display for Base station output power with Option K9 Interpretation of the Measurement Results The power sensor measures the carrier power in a broadband fashion This means that the total power of all the carriers that are present is measured If the value of the attenuator R1 is entered in the R amp S FSQ it is incorporated into the result so that the displayed result can be used directly for test evaluation purposes The result is displayed continuously on the screen unknown 4 15 E 1 Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power R amp S FSMU W Sample Program Measurement with the Analyzer Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu
395. quired test setups from the basic setup described in Fig 2 1 or from the description that follows Test setups that occur in only one measurement configuration are described together with the measurement in chapter 9 3gpp tx tests doc of 30 dBm is not exceeded The input power at the R amp S FSQ must not exceed 30 dBm The attenuation of attenuator R1 must be large enough that the max permissible input level Attenuator R1 must be dimensioned accordingly Connect the RF output channel A of the R amp S SMU directly with the input of the base station receiver For many measurements the instruments of the R amp S FSMU W require a trigger signal from the base station The description of the circuitry and application of the trigger signal is provided in the section Trigger on page 2 2 Frequency Ext frequency standard Base Station TX signal Value see text i E RX signal Trigger Fig 2 1 Basic setup with the R amp S SMU and R amp S FSQ 1166 1560 12 2 1 E 1 Trigger R amp S FSMU W Trigger Many measurements require that the measurement instruments be synchronized to the base station by means of a trigger With the R amp S FSQ a trigger is not absolutely necessary except for the power control steps measurement 6 4 2 However triggering increases the speed of the measurements in the code domain With the R amp S SMU a trigger is necessary in all cases in which the R amp S SMU ge
396. r set the instrument to the frequency of the base station sprintf ib string SENSel FREQuency CENTer g GHZ frequency Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer ib string pe switch on 3GPP FDD BTS measurement this sets the instrument to continous sweep implicitely et ee ee x Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INSTrument SELect BWCD 7 AR S55 set instrument to single sweep Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer INITiatel CONTinuous OFF set instrument to external trigger opt offset 100 usec set trigger to external after switch on code domain power measurement as negative trigger offsets are only allowed in zero span Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer TRIGgerl SEQuence SOURce EXTernal Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff 100us PE Single or Multi Carrier mode if Fsmu GetMultiCarrier Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe ON unknown 4 145 E 1 Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM R amp S FSMU W else Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe OFF 99 SaaS Euri set FSQ to code domain power measurement Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower MEASurement WCDPower 2 2 set scrambling code 1x prints an integer in hex at
397. r Measurements on 3G Base Stations Internal reference frequency The default for the measurement is the channel with code 0 i e the CPICH Set the measurement mode Press the key The softkeys for selecting measurements in spectral mode will appear gt Press the OCCUPIED BANDWIDTHE softkey The R amp S FSQ will measure the OCCUPIED BANDWIDTH The softkeys for configuring this measurement will appear Choose the optimum setting for the reference level and input attenuator of the R amp S FSQ Press the ADJUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S FSQ will make a measurement of the power of the base station and will set the reference level and the attenuator to their optimum values Read off the result Theresult will be displayed continuously in the marker field unknown 4 76 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 1 Occupied Bandwidth Marker 1 T1 E q z rsen A PA PEPA Temp 1 T1 OW 30 80 ABr STA Tz e 2 T1 ORV 29 54 dBm Center 2 14 GHz 1 MHz Span 10 MHz Fig 4 30 Measuring the Occupied Bandwidth Interpretation of the Measurement Results The occupied bandwidth is shown in MHz in the marker field under the OBW label The result is displayed continuously on the screen Tips and Special Tricks Increasing the Measurement Resolution You can increase the measurement resolution by raising the number of points in the trace 6 Increase the measurement resolution opt Press the key The sweep configur
398. r can enter an arbitrary power level figure Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP T825141 WSIGnal POW 145 0 dBm 20 0 dBm Enables Disables the signal generation of the interference signal e g WCDMA In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SQURSBBSWSGP TS2OlZ4T IESTSOhal 9crATe PON QER Sets frequency offset of the interference signal versus the wanted signal HF frequency In case of According to Standard the choice is limited to n MHz where n denotes an integer figure In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary frequency offset figure Remote control command SOOUR BBSWSGPS TSO2OI4I IESEqgnunal EOERSSt Displays the RF power level of the interference signal in case of According to Standard The resulting power level depends on the base station power class the sort of interfering signal WCDMA CW interferer or GMSK sig nal and RF frequencies of the wanted and interfing signals In case of Colocated BS Blocking the user can set the power level due to the interferers power level ambiguity according to Table 4 7 In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level figure Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP T8S25141 IFSignal POWer 4 191 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Interferer Modulation Displays the type of interference signal modula
399. rangl 3 j endif is a o a M x MM CE The SMU is now ready tO Start signal generation Ra jd A O E e UI MU CS uL A E A E x A RE dx Stare une messirenent SOS map PO Send qQostgrtsPILOgger 2mpulse X0 The MU SS eses 7 1166 1560 12 4 226 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases v ne SMU WILLE var Sonal Genera E Os sesos SS sas ar d E Os Cabetla ts he Ss SS SOS d pO Whe 21 terna Lily Ca Leuat s the DEN ess eee e cue ra ifdef FSMU LOG DATA VI eec Ens O dul uu DM MU ul tl MM E uU i A ee x A 22 NELES Gut pae dara SOLOS 1 SSeS seeeeasese a E E A A E A A ee eee x ELLE mytile mytile Tosen verificaci n Of the internal BER Calculation dat Tw if myfile fprinter myfile This is a data file fclose myfile j j fendif Ee um Display ne Testi OS Ee SS NO eae A SPEE Ae E SU PIng TS aa a a Se xr M VEri fication of the internal BER calculationin Wa a etek er ser Sie th ley eh Mee the De n Fomr Messagebox QUT Result COYSU pesuE St Eig 4 DG Xue lucc EE ES Close SMU orn GUILE gt ELE x Fomo CloseSmu generator 1166 1560 12 4 227 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case 8 2 1 Demodulation of DCH in Static Propagation Conditions Test Purpose The test case shall verify that a BS receiver has the capability to demodulate a signal that is sent by the SMU but superimposed by a heavy AWGN signal The test is p
400. rated only from TN TT supply networks fused with max 16 A Do not insert the plug into sockets that are dusty or dirty Insert the plug firmly and all the way into the socket Otherwise this can result in sparks fire and or injuries Do not overload any sockets extension cords or connector strips doing so can cause fire or electric shocks For measurements in circuits with voltages Vims gt 30 V suitable measures e g appropriate measuring equipment fusing current limiting electrical separation insulation should be taken to avoid any hazards Ensure that the connections with information technology equipment comply with IEC 950 EN 60950 Never remove the cover or part of the housing while you are operating the product This will expose circuits and components and can lead to injuries fire or damage to the product Sheet 3 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 2f oafety Instructions If a product is to be permanently installed the connection between the PE terminal on site and the product s PE conductor must be made first before any other connection is made The product may be installed and connected only by a skilled electrician For permanently installed equipment without built in fuses circuit breakers or similar protective devices the supply circuit must be fused in such a way that suitable protection is provided for users and products Do not insert any objects into the openings
401. rator 2BB2Ww3GPpyPOWer ADJUST OPC Femu sbhRd generator ib String SIZeoEt 1D SUCLAG 7 jy eges aa enable external roger d eM eee eee Au if Fsmu GetBtsEmulation 1166 1560 12 4 203 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Fst bWrclnm Generator 29BSWOGPITRIGgereo0UNBCOe External OPC 7 Fsmu ibRd generator XD SEtrsug sizeor 10 SUCLAD j else Esmu bDWICLn dgenerdtory 2BBESWNOGPSITRIGQgeDIbXECUute OPC Fsmu ibRd generator 150 String Szeor ib String 3 j tendif A LUE x ML E The SMU LS now ready to Stark signal generation Ty E A ici i E Lu ucc cL A E iu LL x jov Ecc i ds Stet She noasdgremert eee e SS 27 p oond a etare trigger PULSE Lo Cie QU Sean a al pe She SMU wild Start sana generation SPSS SS SOS aa jo eae ae Oe Ce UCase Ele osu SS eee pO CBBe BIS Laterna Lly Celeulalos the BE Pess SO em ifdef FSMU LOG DATA M mc m I E LU il uu E MUR D LL Sea eee ee ee x Doce ea Write ONEDUL dara EDEN 1 BROS ap r RR E O EE EEEE E ee ER LEA eM II II or aoe EAE x PILE myfile Uyfile Toper blocking characteristics dat y V w y3 if myfile t PO Lie Elle T Thro Ls ox date ELLE fclose myfile j j tendif MEE See Seas Display Che gestu Ss soa Se ae Sosa SSS e a E SPELE QUGSULE SECO y Ss SSS SS SS SS SOS SO RSS Aar blocking characteristics Mn IM um cH IA E ARONA HE Xp Femu MessageBox q Result
402. re Pmax in test model 1 a pa a switch FSQ into code domain power measurement Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CALCulate2 FEED XTIM CDP ERR SUMMary fe ee perform an auto adjust the FSQ settings wait for the command execution this needs the external trigger being active too T Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel PRESet RLEVel OPC Fsmu IDE analyzer ib string sizeot 1b string 7 ee En a HER clear status registers Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CLS a Wait for next external trigger and for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate IMMediate OPC Fomu 2bhd analyzer ib String Sizeor 1b string k eese status questionable register indicates sync Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition Fsmu ibRdln analyzer 2D String Sizeck ib String 5 unknown 4 69 E 1 CONFIQUES WEDPOWer BTS CTABle SeELEOT TIGB 2 Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range R amp S FSMU W Status atoi 1b string 7 if status amp 0x02 smu MessageBox ERROR Sync FAILED abort Fomu Closebsq analyzer return re EE read in the summary result abs channel power see evm c for a detailled information on reading in the result in other format Fsmu ibW
403. rence Measurement Channel RMC 12 2 kbps RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 115 00 dBm h Interferer Configuration Bandwidth Type Wideband State On Frequency Offset 10 000 000 00 MHz Power Level 43 00 dBm State On Modulation W CDMA 3GPP FOD Frequency Offset 20 000 000 00 MHz Power Level 43 00 dBm Fig 4 99 Test case panel for According to Standard 1166 1560 12 4 206 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases BE 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 7 6 Intermodulation Characteristics 7 6 intermodulation Characteristics General Settings Edit Mode UserDefinable gt Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Confiquration Auto vr Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF PortA y Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex 0 Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power dBm 1 005 1 01 1 015 1 02 Frequency GHz State On Reference Measurement Channel RMC 12 2 kbps RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 115 00 dBm Interferer Configuration Bandwidth Type Wideband Stato om Frequency Offset 10 000 000 00 MHz Power Level 49 00 dBm State GA Modulation W CDMA 3GPP FDD Frequency Offset 20 000000 00 MHz Power Level 4800 dBm Fig 4 100 Test case panel for User Definable The input oupu
404. rence level and input attenuator of the R amp S FSQ Press the RESULTS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the measurement results in the code domain will appear Press the ADJUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S FSQ will make a measurement of the power of the base station and will set the reference level and the attenuator to their optimum values Read off the result The results will be displayed continuously They will appear in the GLOBAL RESULTS area and are marked in the following figure A Code Power Relative SR 15 ksps Chan Code 0 CP 2 14 GHz CPICH 3lot o Chan Slot 0 Result Summary SR 15 ksps Chan Code 0 CP 2 14 GHz CPICH 3lot o Chan Slot 0 GLOBAL RESULTS Total Power Ref 54 9 dim Chip Rate Error IQ Offset Composite EVN Rtt CPICH Slot No 5 dE CHANNEL RESULTS Symbol Rate Channel Code No of Pilot Bits 15 00 kzpz a o 0 00 dB 0 11 rms Timing Offset Channel Slot No Modulation Type CLRWR Channel Power Abs Symbol EVN Channel Power Rel Symbol EVN Fig 4 69 Measurement of the composite EVM maximum power and frequency error unknown 4 142 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM Interpretation of the Measurement Results The measurement results for the three parameters are shown in the GLOBAL RESULTS of the Result Summary in the lower half of the screen in addition to certain other measur
405. riables change the following variables according to your needs LATE preamble length 27 in frames y int dynamic steps 5 In example shortened ui double power step size LO A J 1 0 OF Usp dB EJ double dl frequency 2 14 GHz of transmitter s double dl ul duplex 0 19 GHz receiver freq is lower m double uplink level 111 0 dBm sf int ue scrambling code 0x00 scrambling code of UE in hex n leave the following variables untouched variables for GPIB bus char ib String 1000 strings written to gpib bus a7 ipt analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer nur int generator GPIB handle for Generator E int status of service register s int SaveTimeOut 0 saved value of time when changing the device s time out via ibTmo SE calculation and result display Int frame index index when reading the frames f char line 80 ascii string of intermediate Ay char result string 10000 7 ascii string of result message di float p step max max power step a7 float p step min min power step y pn ALTERNATING POWER gt unknown 4 55 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W T oem calculate TPC pattern for alternating power steps
406. ring S1zeot 10 stridg j 215 String j frame index p step min p step max Jj strcat unknown result string line 4 60 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps Fomu MessageBox Result result string 7 J en switch off differential reading Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower PDIFf OFF Fsmu CloseFsq analyzer A a a a a close SMU on GPIB Fsmu Closesmu generator unknown 4 61 E 1 Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range Test Objective This test is used to verify whether the base station can vary the absolute power of a channel in the code domain within certain limits In test model 2 code channel 120 is measured with maximum power 3 dB below Pmax and then reduced by 25 dB Quotation from 1 The power control dynamic range is the difference between the maximum and the minimum code domain power of a code channel for a specified reference condition Transmit modulation quality shall be maintained within the whole dynamic range as specified in TS 25 104 1 subclause 6 8 Down link DL power control dynamic range maximum code domain power BS maximum output power 3 dB or greater minimum code domain power BS maximum output power 28 dB or less The normative reference for this requirement is TS 25 104 1 subclause 6 4 2 1 Test
407. ring Wanted Signal Minimum Offset Type of Interfering Interfering Signal Signal mean power of Interfering Sig Signal Level nal 1920 1980 MHz 30 dBm 101 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1900 1920 MHz 30 dBm 101 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1980 2000 MHz 1 MHz 1900 MHz 15 dBm 101 dBm CW carrier 2000 MHz 12750 MHz 1850 1910 MHz 30 dBm 101 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1830 1850 MHz 30 dBm 101 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1910 1930 MHz 1 MHz 1830 MHz 15 dBm 101 dBm CW carrier 1930 MHz 12750 MHz 1710 1785 MHz 30 dBm 101 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1690 1710 MHz 30 dBm 101 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1785 1805 MHz 1 MHz 1690 MHz 15 dBm 101 dBm CW carrier 1805 MHz 12750 MHz IV 1710 1755 MHz 30 dBm 101 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1690 1710 MHz 30 dBm 101 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 1755 1775 MHz 1 MHz 1690 MHz 15 dBm 101 dBm CW carrier 1775 MHz 12750 MHz 824 849 MHz 30 dBm 101 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 804 824 MHz 30 dBm 101 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 849 869 MHz 1 MHz 804 MHz 15 dBm 101 dBm CW carrier 869 MHz 12750 MHz VI 810 830 MHz 30 dBm 101 dBm 10 MHz WCDMA signal 840 860 MHz 1 MHz 810 MHz 15 dBm 101 dBm CW carrier 860 MHz 12750 MHz Note The characteristics of the W CDMA interference signal are specified in Annex l Table 4 11 Blocking performance requirement for Wide Area BS when co located with BS in other bands Interfering Signal mean
408. rm it by pressing ENTER Note You can restore the standard limit lines of the R amp S FSQ using the following steps gt Press the key The softkeys for selecting measurements in spectral mode will appear gt Press the SPECTRUM EM MASK softkey The R amp S FSQ will measure the SPECTRUM EMISSION MASK The softkeys for configuring this measurement will appear gt Press the RESTORE STD LIMIT LINES softkey Confirm the query RESTORE LIMIT LINES YES NO by pressing ENTER Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu_ are described in Chapter 2 section General Routines If the peak list is empty the instrument will not return any list via the IEEE bus A read operation performed after requesting the list will thus result in a timeout In the program the status register is queried to circumvent the timeout The routines used for this purpose have been tested on an IEEE bus card from National Instruments The routines might need to be modified for use with cards from other manufacturers pp A etta a i local structures one element of the peak list as returned by the FSQ da typedef struct float frequency a Hz frequency of peak m float level uem dB level of peak ur float delta iss dB delta to limitline e peak value EE A void MeasureSpectrumEmissionMask void AA measure the spectrum emission m
409. rned value FSMU WARNING or FSMU OK 1166 3363 12 1 29 E 1 Notes on programming examples R amp S FSMU W User interface Data is input and output by one central function Fsmu MessageBox gt Implementation via LabWindows CVI Outputs the two strings and waits for a mouse click iix adjacent adjacent 62 alternate 98 alternate 61 2nd alt B1 2nd alt B2 Fig 1 20 Example of the Fsmu MessageBox LabWindows CVI version Implementation via ANSI C Outputs the two strings and waits for ENTER Ini x 92 Bts Emulation COFF Ende default 91 5 running xxx User Info Set BIS to Test Model 1 Max Power all carriers on if multi carrier BTS hit lt return gt to continue Result e ACLR measurement 0 1 gt adjacent adjacent alternate alternate 2nd alt 2nd alt m hit lt return gt to continue Fig 1 21 Example of Fsmu MessageBox ANSI version Declaration void Fsmu MessageBox const char title const char message l Parameters title otring of the header message Output string Returned value None Fsmu_HideMessageBox Auxiliary function for Fsmu_MessageBox lt is called by the callback function of the OK button and sets the s MessageBoxFlag flag to 0 The routine is only needed in the implementation with LabWindows CVI Declaration void Fsmu HideMessageBox void Parameters None Returned value None 1166 3363 12
410. rrier 4 3 pairs Of adjacent channels ar count Ie inum of carriers num of Carriers gt lp 2120 3 2 unknown 4 101 E 1 Test Case 6 5 2 2 Adjacent Channel Leakage Power Ratio ACLR R amp S FSMU W count d should be sdn Sprint tmp String format error COUNT num OF Carriers L 3 2 5 strcat result string tmp string 3 for lindex 0 7 Jandex lt num of carriers lindex sprintr cmp string Ch eld 27 2f dBmin lindex results lindex Strcac result string mp string gt lrndex num of Carriers y total power is only displayed in multi carrier environment 125 Quum Of Carriers 2 1 sprintr tmp string total results lindex strcat result String j alsi ORM ni tup String sprintf tmp string lower adjacent 7 2f dB n results lindex Strcat result string Emp String j sprinti tmp string upper adjacent 7 2rf dB n results lindex strcat result string Lp String J sprintf tmp string lower alternate 7 2f dBin results lindex Strcat result String tmp String Jj sprintf tmp string upper alternate 7 2f dB n results lindex Strcat result string cmp String j Sprintti EMP string lower 2nd alt al Du results lindex strcat result String Emp string 7 Sprintrt EMP string upper 2nd Slt eL dibus results lindex StECHL result string
411. rtln analyzer FORMat REAL 32 TRACe DATA Trace2 A a mmm read in d ESmu 16Rd analyzer ib string 2 5 222 skip the get length of next field length Of data 2b String DL U 7 nee read in lll length Psema 1bRad analyzer ib string length of data j ib string length of data NO length of data at l 15 String j pa a IE d MEME Ee ree read in all data Fsmu ibRkd analyzer char amp result summary length of data JE reete irt eim En ira medie read in trailing LF from FSQ Fsmu ibRd analyzer 10 String 1 7 A Eee Store the result max power tml quick result summary total power Ro M sn SS measure max code channel power A A E set base station to test model 2 Fsmu MessageBox rrr User INIO 9 Set BTS to Test Model 2 Max Power E iEv mi Ei clear status registers Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CLS A wait for next external trigger and for result Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiate IMMediate OPC Femu 1DRG analyzer 2b String erzeor 1D string A rasa e status questionable register indicates sync Fsmu ibWrtln anal
412. rved 5 If handling the product yields hazardous substances or fuels that must be disposed of in a special way e g coolants or engine oils that must be replenished regularly the safety instructions of the manufacturer of the hazardous substances or fuels and the applicable regional waste disposal regulations must be observed Also observe the relevant safety instructions in the product documentation 6 Depending on the function certain products such as RF radio equipment can produce an elevated level of electromagnetic radiation Considering that unborn life requires increased protection pregnant women should be protected by appropriate measures Persons with pacemakers may also be endangered by electromagnetic radiation The employer is required to assess workplaces where there is a special risk of exposure to radiation and if necessary take measures to avert the danger 7 Operating the products requires special training and intense concentration Make certain that persons who use the products are physically mentally and emotionally fit enough to handle operating the products otherwise injuries or material damage may occur It is the responsibility of the employer to select suitable personnel for operating the products 8 Prior to switching on the product it must be ensured that the nominal voltage setting on the product matches the nominal voltage of the AC supply network If a different voltage is to be set the po
413. rying Out a Measurement The steps for measuring the maximum total power with test model 1 are found in the section Base station output power on page 4 11 The steps for measuring the channel power of the channel having code number 120 are listed below 1 Set the BS to the basic state Test model 2 oet the frequency for example to M Maximum output power oet and note the scrambling code owitch off antenna diversity mode 2 Set the R amp S FSQ to the basic state oee Chapter 3 section Basic State of the R amp S FSQ for Measurements on 3G Base Stations We recommend using external triggering to increase the measurement speed but this is not absolutely necessary Internal reference frequency 3 Set the R amp S FSQ to multicarrier mode opt Skip this item if there is only one carrier Single Carrier Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear gt Press the NEXT key The side menu for the settings will open Press the MULTI CARR ON OFF softkey The green marking will switch from OFF to ON and the R amp S FSQ will be in multicarrier mode 4 Set the scrambling code Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the SCRAMBLING CODE softkey Enter the scrambling code for the base station as a hexadecimal number Range of values 0 to 1FFF Enter hexadecimal numbers by preceding them with a decimal point Examp
414. se The baseband B signal is disturbed by the mod ules FADER A or AWGN A depending on the test case e the scrambling scheme e the base station power class In the right upper corner a graphic plot symbolizes the interference scenario defined by power level and freuqency offset Test cases where R amp S SMU hardware equipment is not sufficient are shown in grey color but are not selectable RF power and frequency limitations of the R amp S SMU hardware equipment restrict the set ting ranges The test cases require at least a basic configuration including e R amp S SMU K42 Digital standard 3GPP FDD e R amp S SMU B11 Baseband generator Arbitrary Waveform Generator with 16 64 MSamples e R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main module e R amp S SMU B10x RF path 100 kHz x GHz e R amp S SMU K62 Additive White Gaussian Noise when a AWGN signal is required 8 3 1 Multipath Fading Case 1 General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto Diversity Off X Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF Port A Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex 0 Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power Class Wide Area BS Power dBm 0 99 0 995 1 1 005 1 01 Frequency GHz Fig 1 11 Upper panel part 1166 1560 12 1 13 E 1 Information about the R amp S SMU R amp S FSMU W Test Case Edit Mode Tri
415. se Wizard Panic adeia 4 178 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiON coocccocccocncocnconnconncconcnononanonanos 4 181 Structure of the Measurement occocccccncccncccncccncconcconocanoconoconocnnnonnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 182 Settings on the Base Station coocccccncccncccncconoconcconoconoconocanocannonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 182 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent occoccccccccccccccccncncocnconncnnnonnncnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 4 183 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS coocccocccocncocncccncconcconocanoconocanocononoss 4 183 Tips ANG Special Mts ico 4 183 Sample Proglasena a a i aa aa i aa Iethate ut bestens aaie Peta dem a aaa 4 184 Test Case 7 5 Blocking Characteristics coocccocccocccocnconnconnnonnnonnnonnnonnnonnconncnnnnnancnnnonanos 4 188 TOS Sas TTD PS 4 188 A A oe o 4 188 Recommended CO MOINS PR RE 4 188 Test Case Wizard Panel nia 4 189 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiON cooccconncccncocncccncooncconocononanonanos 4 198 Structure of the Measurement ocoocncccncccncccncccncconcconoconoconoconnonnnnnnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonannns 4 199 Settings on the Base Station occcconccccnnoconccccncconnoconnonannonannonannnnnnonannonannonannnnaninns 4 199 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent occocccocccnccccccccncnconnconocnnnnnnnonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnonnnonanos 4 200 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS coocccocncocncocncocnc
416. se deber tener en cuenta de exclusivamente autorizar para el uso de los productos a personas p ritas o debidamente minuciosamente instruidas con los conocimientos citados Si fuera necesaria indumentaria de seguridad para el uso de productos de R amp S encontrar la informaci n debida en la documentaci n del producto en el cap tulo correspondiente S mbolos y definiciones de seguridad Cuidado Informaciones T T Elementos de para Peligro de Advertencia Conexi n a T Conexi n E P Conexi n construci n maquinaria golpe de Superficie conductor a masa i a tierra con peligro de con uns peso corriente caliente protector conductora carga de gt 18kg electroest tica Ver manual de instrucciones del uso El aparato est Corriente Corriente protegido en su potencia EN Indicaci n Corriente MARCHA PARADA Stand by dd alterna AC oo paca doble refuerzo 1171 0000 42 02 00 p gina 1 Informaciones de seguridad Tener en cuenta las informaciones de seguridad sirve para tratar de evitar da os y peligros de toda clase Es necesario de que se lean las siguientes informaciones de seguridad concienzudamente y se tengan en cuenta debidamente antes de la puesta en funcionamiento del producto Tambi n deber n ser tenidas en cuenta las informaciones para la protecci n de personas que encontrar n en otro cap tulo de esta documentaci n y que tambi n son obligatorias de seguir En las informaciones de seg
417. se of the cable to the R amp S FSQ The frequency response measured during this step is stored in the R amp S FSQ as a transducer table or transferred to the R amp S SMU as a user correction table It can then be used for frequency correction of the devices 1166 1560 12 3 6 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Correction of the Frequency Response of the Test Setup Storing the Correction Values In the R amp S FSQ The currently displayed measurement trace can be stored in the R amp S FSQ directly as a transducer table lt can then be used in subsequent measurements to correct the frequency response of the test setup The measurement trace can be saved as a transducer table only if the number of sweep points is not greater than 625 1 Store trace values as correctiontable Press the NETWORK hotkey The softkeys for configuring the network mode will appear Press the SOURCE CAL Y softkey The softkeys for performing the calibration will appear Press the SAVE AS TRD FACTOR softkey Pressing this softkey creates a transducer factor of up to 625 points out of a normalized measurement trace The number of entries in the transducer table can be defined by means of the softkey SWEEP COUNT The frequency points are spaced with equal distances between the start and stop frequencies The transducer factor can be edited by means of the softkey TRANSDUCER in SETUP menu SAVE AS TRD FACTOR is available only if normalization is switched on In the R amp S
418. simulation only af PEE bts scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code of BTS in hex not EIE smu trigger delay 0 y Erame trigger o SMU imn chips A double froqueney offset AR 7i MHz interterer frequency offset UE AA ati leave the following variables untouched f A a variables Lor GPIB DUS 2 2 gt 29 2 22 2 p542 K char ib sering FEOOOT 3 PE o strinos writ en Eo dgprb bus m TN analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer AJ Int generator GPIB handle for Generator f TE status L Of service register a EINE SaveTimeOut save value when changine device s default time out via ibtmo XJ E ia calculation und result gt 252 gt 9 5 22 E char result string 10000 7 7 ascii String of result message P tirga CRIU di Trequency O OSS G F FE GHa Of Transmitter mf dl ul duplex 0 00768 GHz receiver freq is lower KJ uplink level FR O F dBm x smu trigger delay 38380 7 chips y tendif 1166 1560 12 4 184 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases ju ETEN EEE AE E LM ee t LE GENSER x SS i Steps Tor Carrying Ola MOegSSUreNenb 7 dr LL la Ber the Bis Co tus beste State san Au ESsmu MessageBox Pp User nto 4 Enttralize the BTS An Set the scrambling scheme n Set the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel 122 kbps An VOWLeCch Ott the TPO TanctELON Nn Set the frequency for example to M n Connect frame trigger of BTS to SMU Trigger 1
419. smu trigger delay 0 Trame tr1gger tO SMU in chips nU Pe sea aaa So leave the following variables untouched Tur EA E variables for GPL DUS x char 1b String LIO DOT 3 FF SEvinGs wiit enn togpib bus EA int analyzer GPIB handle for Analyzer 4 Tum generator GPIB handle for Generator Tur Tam status POF Service Hegqister NE LOT SaveTimeOut save value when changine device s default time out via ibtmo n 7 SS SS SS Calculation and result 22 2 2 202 0 d char result string 10000 7 4 ascii string of result message mE tifdef CRTU al Frequency MUDO F GHz Of transmitter i dl ul duplex 0 00768 GHz receiver freq is lower ara uplink level 20 0 dBm 2 smu trigger delay 38380 PE Chips SU tendif P aer T cL LE x B a S 2 2 REFERENCE SENSITIVITY LEVEL e 2 4 qe EE MET SSeS Steps Lor Carrying Out d Messureneno eer ES T a SEE Ta SS the BIS xo the Das C State esse SOS s ESMU MessageBox mes User LALO Wu Initialize the BTS n Set the scrambling scheme n Set the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel 124 KDDS xm Switch Off the TPC functios Xn Set the frequency for example to MAn Connect frame trigger of BTS to SMU Trigger 1 2 Set the SMU to the basic state X Lt Ini
420. specially trained personnel Prior to performing any work on the product or opening the product the 1171 0000 42 02 00 product must be disconnected from the supply network Any adjustments replacements of parts maintenance or repair must be carried out only by technical personnel authorized by Rohde amp Schwarz Only original parts may be used for replacing parts relevant to safety e g power switches power transformers fuses A safety test must always be performed after parts relevant to safety have been replaced visual inspection PE conductor test insulation resistance measurement leakage current measurement functional test As with all industrially manufactured goods the use of substances that induce an allergic reaction allergens e g nickel such as aluminum cannot be generally excluded If you develop an allergic reaction such as a skin rash frequent sneezing red eyes or respiratory difficulties consult a physician immediately to determine the cause Sheet 2 Safety Instructions 4 If products components are mechanically and or thermically processed in a manner that goes beyond their intended use hazardous substances heavy metal dust such as lead beryllium nickel may be released For this reason the product may only be disassembled e g for disposal purposes by specially trained personnel Improper disassembly may be hazardous to your health National waste disposal regulations must be obse
421. steps Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal DPCCh TPC SDATa PDSTeps 0 10007 Sets the controling TPC pattern for verification of the base stations power control steps The user can select from e Single Power Steps 01 pattern A 01 pattern is sent periodically for measurement of the transmitter power control step tolerance e Aggregated Power Steps 00000000001111111111 A 00000000001111111111 pattern is sent periodically for measurement of the transmitter aggregated power control step range after 10 consecutive equal commands e Maximum Power All 1 if User Definable A continuously sent power up command will force the base station to maximum power e Minimum Power All 0 if User Definable A continuously sent power down command will force the base station to minimum power e Pattern if User Definable After selecting the pattern item a box opens on the right side to enter an arbitrary power control pattern that will be sent periodically e Data List if User Definable After selecting the data list item a box opens on the right side to enter an arbitrary power control pattern stored in the R amp S SMU data list format that will be sent periodically In case of According to Standard the items Maximum Power Minimum Power and Pattern are disabled Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal DPCCh TPC RDATa SINGle AGGRegated ONE ZERO PATTern DLISt
422. t save value when changine device s default time out via ibtmo A ME EI SS Calculation sana result ue ccce 2 char result string 10000 7 ascir String of result message m ifdef CRTU al Erequency OIlSoO 3 GHZ Of transmitter ari dl ul duplex 000768 j7 GHz receiver freq is Lower A Uplink level 20 05 dBm my smu trigger delay 38380 Jae Chips ub tendif y A C x Ji A A o id DYNAMIC RANGE RU a Steps Tor Carrying Out a Measurement eres Aa P RRR re Is See toe Bis Co Che beste State queue esee AF Foma MessageBox Pp User nto eee Enttralize the BTS in Set the scrambling scheme n Set the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel Aad KOS An Set the frequency Tor example to MAn Connect frame trigger of BTS to SMU Trigger 1 2 Set the SMU to the basic state X t Initialize the SMU by pressing the the PRESET Key PA Fsmu InitSmu amp generator Femu DWrPrtlm generator TARSI 3 if 0 Pe SSeS SSS ese Trigger slope POSi tive or NEGats ye eese ap Fomu bDWrtln generator SINPult TRIiGger BBANG SLOPe POSsitive Fsmu ibWrtln generator INPut TRIGger BBANd SLOPe NEGative endif Be See i ese Switch Ont the Generator Re channel B only eeeeee ae
423. t Trigger Contriouractlon and select Auto e9 s Esmu sbWrctlr generator 290URTBBIWOGPITOSZOI41I TRIGger AUTO j descr eee seb Marker Configuration and Select ANULO a A Fomu 2DWPtIm generator 290U0R BB WSGPITOZOIATI TRIGger QUTPUE AUTO 5 po Sea eae oet Baseband A Signal Routing Lo RE Output port A Fomu ibWwrela generator 290UR IBBTWSGPITO29141 8OUIe A 5 pe LEE Eater oorgmpolgne Codey Seramb ling Mode 2 x FE Sq prints an integer in hex at Least one digit e95 955 54 4 api Sprint ib string TSOURSBBIWOGPILIOZSITL OSCODe 1x 1166 1560 12 4 225 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W ue scrambling code 7 Fome LoWeeln generator 10 String y Femu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 SCODe MODE LONG d a Enter the Power Class Of the BTS nder test e AF Femu bWrtln generator 290UR BBEIWOSGPS TS2DIAISBSPCIlass MEDIUM 7 A AS e aaa Beer RE Perequeney O ees a Set SMU to the UL frequency of the base station 2 2H gt gt E Sprintr 215 string S950URIBB IWOGP TS25141 WOlGnaltEREO g GHz cL frequency T dl uL duplex FEsmu bWrtlnm generator xb String a cue Seu the BER EGO SU Inserted ber 0 01 eem eec EOS ra SPLINE LO String USOOURSBB INOSGP ITS2DIJAITWSDGUuaL DBEPDOnh DERRIBITSRALE sg smu inserted Der Femu 1bWetla generator rib string SN eM Press APPLY SS Cenas SS SO O O OS a T
424. t parameters of the wizard panel read as follows Wanted Signal State Enables Disables the signal generation of the wanted 3GPP signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal STATe ON OFF Reference Measurement Sets the reference measurement channel The user can choose from Channel e RMC 12 2 kbps 12 2 kbps measurement channel e RMC 64 kbps 64 kbps measurement channel e RMC 144 kbps 144 kbps measurement channel e RMC 384 kbps 384 kbps measurement channel e AMR 12 2 kbps channel coding for the AMR coder In case of According to Standard the choice is fixed to RMC 12 2 kbps Remote control command OOUBSBB W3SGP ITS25141 WeSlIGnal DPDCh CCODing CCODrzmg TYPE M12K2 M64K M144k M384k AMR 1166 1560 12 4 207 E 1 Receiver Test Cases RF Frequency Power Level Interferer Bandwidth Type CW Carrier State CW Frequency Offset CW Power Level 1166 1560 12 RES FSMU W Sets the RF frequency of the wanted signal Remote control command SOUR lt BB W3GP TS525141 WSIGnal FREO 100 0 KHz 6 0 GHz Displays the RF power level of the wanted signal in case of Accord ing to Standard e 115 dBm when Wide Area BS e 105 dBm when Medium Range BS e 101 dBm when Local Area BS In case of User Definable the user can enter an arbitrary power level figure
425. t sections and will not be repeated here Test Setup Spurious Emissions Category A B EVM and Spectrum Emission Mask These measurements can be performed using the standard test setup see Chapter 3 section Standard Test Setup with R amp S FSQ Only the FSQ is required to perform the measurement Internal triggering FREE RUN and the internal reference frequency of the R amp S FSQ are sufficient When you are selecting the attenuator R1 recall that the frequency range must suffice up to 12 75 GHz R amp S FSQ26 and higher or 8 GHz R amp S FSQ8 or 3 6 GHz R amp S FSQ3 Base Station ES TX Signal R1 value see text AA 37 Interfering Signal Fig 4 58 Test setup for transmit intermodulation The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not exceed 30 dBm The value of the attenuator R1 must be chosen accordingly The continuous input power on the R amp S SMU may not exceed 0 5 W 27 dBm The circulator must have suitable insulation unknown 4 125 E 1 Test Case 6 6 Transmit Intermodulation R amp S FSMU W Protection of Services Co Existence Co Variance The following measurements are extremely demanding in terms of the expected measurement dynamic range of the spectrum analyzer and require the use of external filters Protection of the BS receiver of own or different BS Co existance with other services Co location with other services f y transmit band 9 ato gt 60 dB value see text Interfer
426. t the max permissible R amp S FSQ input level of 30 dBm is not exceeded Base Station TX signal Value see text P Fig 2 6 Standard test setup for measurements with the R amp S FSQ The input power on the R amp S FSQ must not exceed 30 dBm Attenuator R1 must be dimensioned accordingly 1166 1560 12 2 6 E1 R amp S FSMU W Test Setup with the Two channel R amp S SMU Test Setup with the Two channel R amp S SMU The R amp S SMU can be equipped with two optional RF outputs In addition to the uplink signal of the R amp S SMU one or more interferers can then be generated Fig 2 7 shows the testup commonly used for most measurements The outputs of the R amp S SMU are routed directly to the receiver of the base station via a power splitter Frequency Ext frequency standard Base Station TX signal Value see text RX signal Trigger Fig 2 7 Basic setup with the R amp S FSQ and the two channel R amp S SMU 1166 1560 12 2 1 E 1 Default Instrument Settings R amp S FSMU W Default Instrument Settings This section describes instrument settings that are frequently used These settings must be made to enable the instruments to carry out the measurements directly Optional steps are marked with opt where applicable Default R amp S FSQ Setting for Measurements on 3GPP Base Stations 1 Reset the instrument gt Press the key The instrument is in its default
427. t the trigger to external Press the TRIG hotkey unknown 4 39 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps R amp S FSMU W The softkeys for configuring the trigger will appear gt Press the EXTERN softkey This will set the R S FSQ for external triggering gt Press the TRIGGER OFFSET optional softkey Enter the desired trigger offset with the desired unit in the input field using the keypad 6 Set the channel 120 30 ksps gt Press the RESULTS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the measurement results in the code domain will appear Press the SELECT CHANNEL softkey and enter 120 128 as the channel number The channel at the far right on the screen will be marked in red Choose multiframe mode Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the key The side menu for the settings will open gt Press the MULTI FRM CAPTURE 4 softkey The softkeys for configuring the multiframe measurement will appear Press the CAPTURE LENGTH softkey Enter the desired number of frames in the input field using the keypad 8 Select Single Sweep and prepare the R amp S FSQ for the measurement Press the key The side menu for the settings will open Press the MSINGLE SWEEP softkey This will set the R amp S FSQ for a single sweep so it is waiting for a trigger Torestart a measurement press the CONTINUE SGL SWEEP softkey The softkey will be colored in gree
428. ta rates Data rate Signal level for Wide Signal level for Me Signal level for Local Area BS dium Range BS Area BS Fig 4 121 show an achieved example signal flow within the SMU after pressing the Apply Settings button Marker 1 Radia Frame z Radio Frame 3 Radio Frame _ 4 Radia Frame Fading A RF A Mod A config config contig TRIGGER 1 jv On On IMP Graphics config config config On On Baseband B Fading B AWGN IMP B RFiA Mod B config config config contig On On On DigMod Std Del IMP NET BERT Fig 4 121 Routing of baseband A to RF port A and B in case of BLER test 1166 1560 12 4 248 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases In case of routing to path A B the RF port A B holds a corrupted reference measurement channel signal In case of BLER tests both RF ports are active and can be connected to the base station for diversity reception The test setup pictured in Fig 4 122 is suitable to verify the base station internal BER and BLER calculation Base Station under test RX A SMU RF A BS tester SMU RF B a Functional Set up for Verification of the internal BLER calculation for BS with Rx diversity Base Station under test BS tester RX A b Functional Set up for Verification of the internal BER calculation Fig 4 122 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A Varia
429. tation ie le a Ra id 4 162 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent ocoocccncncccncocncocncocnnocnnocnnonnnonnnnonononononcnancnancnns 4 162 Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS ccocccocccocncocncocnconnconncconocanocanonononoss 4 163 MOS ANG Special gro CER me 4 163 Sample zd 010 aN Dee eer een S 4 163 Test Case 7 3 Dynamic Range uu ioco ooa oe i nsu eto aa bc eui ae ltda 4 167 AS S center eat Meet UI DE Med ea uL uM 4 167 A euo du rums ca ED cM tls E cuc d on Diar ce EE 4 167 Recommended OPTIONS ansainnu e aaa adas 4 167 Test Case Wizard Panel nia FOR bats 4 168 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiON coocccocccocncccncccncocncconocanonaninanos 4 171 Structure of the Measurement oocoocncccncccncccncccncconoconoconoconoconnonnnonnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 171 Settings on the Base Station 1 celsis nnne nennen nnn nnne nnus 4 172 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent ocoocccncncccncocncocncocnnocnnonnnonnnonnnonncnnncnnnononcnancnns 4 172 1166 1560 42 4 3 E 1 Contents R amp S FSMU W Interpretation of the Measurement ResSultS ooccocccocccocncocnconnconnconnconnncanocanonnonons 4 172 TipsaAnd Special TICKS oino HERMES 4 173 SAMPE ed O16 AT a Oe ea oe RM 4 173 Test Case 7 4 Adjacent Channel Selectivity leeren 4 177 Test UMOS uineas o oda coito 4 177 TES PSU Ninas la tese 4 177 Isecommended ODIIOFIS cid lio dice a a 4 177 Test Ca
430. tcase panel for According to Standard 1166 1560 12 4 246 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Egi 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 8 6 Verification of Internal BLER 8 6 Verification of Internal BLER General Settings Edit Mode User Definable Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto Diversity Off M Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF Port A Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex 0 scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power dBm 0998 0 999 1 1 001 1 002 Frequency GHz State On J Reference Measurement Channel RMC 12 2 khps y RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 111 00 dBm Block Error Rate 0 0000 Bit Error Rate 0 000 000 0 Fig 4 120 Test case panel for User Definable The input ouput parameters of the wizard panel read as follows Wanted Signal State Enables Disables the signal generation of the wanted 3GPP signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal STATe ON OFF Reference Measurement Sets the reference measurement channel The user can choose from Channel e RMC 12 2 kbps 12 2 kbps measurement channel e RMC 64 kbps 64 kbps measurement channel e RMC 144 kbps 144 kbps measurement channel e RMC 384 kb
431. tched off Declaration void Fsmu SmuDiversity int ud int mode Parameters ud GPIB handle of the generator mode 0 to 2 Returned value None Fsmu SmuChannelPower The level of the specified channel is set to the desired power Channel numbers less than 1 are set to channel 1 channel numbers greater than 138 are set to channel 138 Analogously the power is limited to values between 80 dBm and 0 dBm Declaration void Fsmu SmuChannelPower int ud int channel double level Parameters ud GPIB handle of the analyzer channel Channel 1 to 138 for which the power is to be set level Desired power in dBm 80 to 0 Returned value None Fsmu SmuRfRelPower Increases or decreases the RF power of the R amp S SMU by the specified value Note The parameter is not checked Declaration void Fsmu SmuRfRelPower int ud double level Parameters ud GPIB handle of the generator level Desired power change in dB Returned value None Fsmu SmuOn owitches on channel A of the R amp S SMU s RF output Declaration void Fsmu_SmuOn int ud Parameters ud GPIB handle of the generator Returned value None Fsmu Smu3GPPOn The function writes a string from the buffer buf to the device with the handle ud The output ends with the characters O If an error occurs during this process it is reported to the user This function is an enhancement compared with the National Instruments functions owitches on the 3GPP mode of the R amp
432. te the scrambling code owitch antenna diversity mode on or off note the mode 2 Set the R amp S FSQ to the basic state oee Chapter 3 section Basic State of the R amp S FSQ for Measurements on 3G Base Stations We recommend using external triggering to increase the measurement speed but this is not absolutely necessary External reference frequency see Chapter 3 section Reference Frequency 3 Use the external reference frequency in the R amp S FSQ Pressthe SETUP key The side menu for the settings will open Press the REFERNCE INT EXT softkey The green marker will change from INT to EXT and you can enter the frequency of the external reference in the input field in the range from 2 MHz to 20 MHz If the red EXTREF marker on the left edge of the screen lights up after a few seconds then the external reference frequency source is either not connected or is not a suitable source see section Tips and Special Tricks on page 4 144 4 Set the R amp S FSQ to multicarrier mode opt Skip this item if there is only one carrier Single Carrier Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Pressthe NEXT key The side menu for the settings will open Press the MULTI CARR ON OFF softkey The green marking will switch from OFF to ON and the R amp S FSQ will be in multicarrier mode 5 Setthe scrambling code Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring t
433. tennas Quotation from 1 The total power dynamic range is the difference between the maximum and the minimum output power for a specified reference condition Test Setup As the test of frequency error is performed in connection with test case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude the description of the test setup and all of the recommended options can be found within the chapter of test case 6 7 1 See chapter 6 7 1 for further details unknown 4 73 E 1 Test Case 6 5 1 Occupied Bandwidth R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 1 Occupied Bandwidth Test Objective This test is used to verify whether the transmitted power of the base station is concentrated in the specified frequency band Quotation from 1 The occupied bandwidth is the width of a frequency band such that below the lower and above the upper frequency limits the mean powers emitted are each equal to a specified percentage 2 of the total mean transmitted power The value of 2 should be taken as 0 5 Test Setup The measurement can be performed using the standard test setup see Chapter 3 section Standard Test Setup with R amp S FSQ Only the R amp S FSQ is required to perform the measurement Internal triggering FREE RUN and the internal reference frequency of the R amp S FSQ are sufficient Base Station TX signal Value see text M Fig 4 28 Test setup for Occupied bandwidth The input power on the R amp S FSQ may not
434. ternal reference frequency source is required for the R amp S FSQ The following figure shows how to connect the external reference frequency source Frequency standard Base Station ext frequency iP Fig 4 66 Test setup for Error Vector Magnitude The measurement can be performed without any additional options Variation in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T Set the base station to the maximum output power and then to the maximum output power 18 dB The test is performed using test models 1 4 and 5 Test model 5 is used only if the base station supports HSDPA If the base station supports at least one of the two diversity modes Space Time Transmit Diversity STTD or Closed Loop Diversity then the measurement has to be performed on both transmission antennas with diversity activated unknown 4 138 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 7 1 Error Vector Magnitude EVM Peculiarities for Multicarrier When measuring under multicarrier conditions the parameters EVM power and frequency error of one carrier are measured while the others are switched on The following figure represents a sample configuration TNNT ILLU EXT T ILI Fig 4 67 Configuration of a multicarrier signal for measurement of the EVM The measurement in the R amp S FSQ takes place on the carrier whose frequency the R amp S FSQ is set to
435. that the frequency response of the test setup remains Fig 3 3 shows the connections 1166 1560 12 3 3 E 1 Correction of the Frequency Response of the Test Setup R amp S FSMU W Auxillary Cable Fig 3 3 Test setup during normalization The auxiliary cable that is shown must be reused in all of the further measurement procedures All of the required steps are listed below 1 Set the network mode Press the NETWORK hotkey The softkeys for configuring the network mode will appear Press the NEXT key The side menu for the settings will open 2 Setthe generator Press the EXT SOURCE Y softkey The softkeys for configuring the external generator will appear Press the SELECT GENERATOR softkey The selection menu for configuring the external generator will appear gt Select the generator SMU03B31 in the menu under Type Select the TTL Interface in the menu under IFC Press the FREQUENCY SWEEP softkey The selection menu for configuring the frequency sweep will appear gt Inthe menu under State press ENTER to activate the frequency sweep gt Inthe menu under POWER dBm set the desired output level of the R amp S SMU Press ESC twice This will cause the two menus to disappear Press the EXT SRC ON OFF softkey The green marker will switch from OFF to ON and the frequency sweep will be initiated 3 Setthe frequency range Press the FREQ hotkey The softkeys for entering the sweep fr
436. the Intermodulation Characteristics measurement 1166 1560 12 4 211 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Parameter Value Frequency B MandT RMC 12 2 kbps Scrambling code Any oet the frequency to B M and T during the course of the measurements Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BTS to the basic state Initialize the BTS oet the scrambling scheme oet the BTS to receive the Reference Measurement Channel 12 2 kbps oet the frequency for example to M 2 Set the SMU to the basic state Initialize the SMU by pressing the the key unless some settings e g in terms of I Q and RF blocks have to be kept 3 Set the test case wizard Press Test Case and select Test Case 7 6 The panel adapts to its test case Press Edit Mode and select According to Standard This selection guides the user close to TS 25 141 Press Trigger Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Marker Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Baseband A Signal Routing and select which RF output port A or B is connected to the BTS Enter Scrambling Code Scrambling Mode according to the BTS scrambling scheme Enter the Power Class of the BTS under test Press RF Frequency and enter the same frequency e g M the BTS h
437. the PEAK LIST and PEAK EXCURSION softkeys The possible range is from O dB to 80 dB The default value is 6 dB Peaks are not displayed Cause Peaks in the trace are displayed only in Single Sweep mode Remedy owitch the INS over to Single Sweep mode Press the key The sweep configuration menu will appear Press the SWEEP SINGLE softkey The INS will switch over to single sweep Cause Peaks are displayed only if their level is greater than Limit Line Margin Peaks below this limit are not displayed Remedy Increase the margin Press the MARGIN softkey Enter the desired distance of the peaks from the limit line in the input mask The subsequent search for peaks will take into account only those peaks with an amplitude that is at least equal to the value of the limit line margin unknown 4 86 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask Too many or too few peaks are found Cause You need to modify the Peak Excursion Modify Peak Excursion Press the key The menu for configuring the marker measurement functions will appear gt Press the PEAK LIST softkey The menu for the peak list of the basic INS will appear and the INS will display the peak list Press the PEAK EXCURSION softkey Enter your value in the input field Using your own limits Cause Selection of the limit line is handled in the R amp S FSQ based on the measured power of the base station If the po
438. the Parameters of the Base Stati0N c oocccoccnccccnccnnnconnconononannconcnonanonos 4 62 1166 1560 42 4 1 E 1 Contents R amp S FSMU W Peculiarities for Multicarrier oocooccconncccncccncccnoconoconoconoconoconoconocanocanonanonnnonanonaninan 4 63 Structure of the Measurement ocoocccocccocccocccoccnocnnocnnonnnonnnonnnnononononononononanonanonnnnnanonanes 4 64 Settings on the Base Station oocccocccocccocccoccconnconononnnonnnonnnnonnnononononononanonanonanonanonanes 4 65 Steps for Carrying Out a MeasureMent occooccccccoccccccccncccnnnconnconnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnonenennnnnnos 4 65 Interpretation of the Measurement ResultS cooocccocccocccocccocncocococncocnnocncncncnnnnonanos 4 67 Hpsand Special js AMA ays osaen vee tacny mans eienatesayeeseeeeuiess 4 67 Sample OFA yes torrccnt ride til 4 68 Test Case 6 4 4 Total Power Dynamic Range ccoccccoccccccnccccnconcncnncncnnnnnncnnnncnonaronnnnnnanonnnoss 4 73 TOSLODIGCHVO iia daa 4 73 MOST eibi 4 73 Test Case 6 5 1 Occupied Bandwidth cooccoocncccncccncccncconoconocanocanoconoconocannonnnonnnnnnnnnnnnns 4 74 A TL 4 74 A HH cM Rm 4 74 Variation in the Parameters of the Base StatiON ocoooccconcconcconnconnconnconncocnnnnncnnnnos 4 74 Peculiarities for Multicarrier oocoocccocccccncccnoccnoconoconoconoconocononononanonanncnnonanonanonaninons 4 74 Structure of the Measurement ccoocccocccocccocccocncocnnocononnnonnnonnnn
439. the measurement results in the code domain will appear Press the ADJUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S FSQ will make a measurement of the power of the base station and will set the reference level and the attenuator to their optimum values unknown 4 22 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 2 2 CPICH Power Accuracy 6 Set the code channel You can skip this item after a reset since the CPICH is always selected after a reset Press the RESULTS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the measurement results in the code domain will appear Press the SELECT CHANNEL softkey and enter 0 256 as the channel number The CPICH is defined as channel code 0 it has a spreading factor of 256 15 kbit s 7 Select the CPICH slot Press the SELECT CPICH SLOT softkey The menu for making the settings will appear Enter the desired CPICH slot Range of values 0 to 14 no particular CPICH slot is specified in the standard 8 Read off the result gt The result is displayed continuously and can be read off under Channel Power Abs in the Result Summary A Code Power Relative SE 15 keeps Chan Code oO CP Z l4 GHs CPICH Slot 2 Chan Slot 2 EE EE NEN SAP EXE EN EN E APA TN 1 Start Ch oO 64 Ch Stop Ch 511 Result Summary SR 15 ksp Chan Code oO CP Z l4 GHs CPICH Slot E Chan Slot 2 GLOBAL RESULTS Total Power 43 40 dExo Carrier Freq Error 35 85 Hz Ret 54 5 dEm Trigger to Frame 3 021273 me
440. the single base station receiver port The SMU will start signal generation by the first BS frame trigger sent to trigger port Trigger 1 1166 1560 12 4 245 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the option R amp S FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main mod ule R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and is required to set up the R amp S SMU Test Case Wizard Panel The Fig 4 119 and Fig 4 120 show the input parameters for both kinds of Edit Modes According to Standard and User Definable EE 3GPP FDD Test Cases According to TS 25 141 8 6 Verification of Internal BLER ER E x 8 6 Verification of Internal BLER General Settings Edit Mode According to Standard Trigger Configuration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto 100 110 m E 120 Diversity Off Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF Port A E ES Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex 0 Scrambling Mode Long Scrambling Code Power Class Wide Area B5 0 9398 0 999 1 1 001 1 002 Frequency GHz State On Reference Measurement Channel RMC 12 2 kbps RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz Power Level 111 00 dBm z Block Error Rate Fig 4 119 Tes
441. then on a frame basis and FSQ is re triggered at start of new pattern P Fsmu InitSmu amp generator A eec euet evaluation needs 10 steps af dynamic steps 10 dynamic steps 10 7 dynamic frames 1 2 dynamic steps 15 A AA create and fill the data list select a data list create it if it does not exist Fomu ibWrtln generator SBBSDMSDEhIStSORBbOct TPC LIST start a new list and fill preamble data into it fill exactly lio TPC DITS an Do send exactly lt preamble Irames Frames use more or less TPC bits here to fine adjust starting point of measurement with FSQ Femu ibWrtln generator BB DM DLISt DATA jj He Mes ME LES Mi Es E as A Ms ey as Ds Ms Sa EE unknown 4 48 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control Steps a AR send 0 up to preamble length 1 frames with TPC 1 this loop is not entered in standard configuration a7 plant 660 1 7 for frame index 0 frame index lt preamble length 1 frame index Fsmu ibWrtln generator BB DM DLISt DATA APPend 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 strcpy ib string BB DM DLISt DATA APPend ior slot index 07 slot index lt dynamic steps slot undexr strcat 15 String B mor slot index 0 plor index lt dynamic steps slot 2ndgex t SEroat 10 String 4 7 10r slot indes U Slot index dynamic frames Io 2 dynamic Steps
442. thin the options for 3GPP FDD uplink and 3GPP FDD downlink In downlink FSQ does not separate between primary and secondary scrambling code numbers So if a signal has primary scrambling code 0 O shall be entered for the scrambling code into FSQ If the signal uses secondary scrambling codes 0 to 14 which are connected with primary scrambling code 0 scrambling code numbers 1 to 15 shall be entered Primary scrambling code 1 has the number 16 the corresponding secondary code range from 17 to 31 and so on Whereas a 3GPP FDD uplink signal contains the signal from one mobile station only a 3GPP FDD downlink signal normally is composed of signals channels used for several mobile stations In order to make sure each 1166 1560 42 4 2 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Overview of the standard mobile station can only receive that part of the composed signal that is designated for it the several channels are each spread with a code out of a set of orthogonal spreading codes In general the number of spreading codes that can be assigned corresponds to the length of the spreading codes used within the system to ensure orthogonality between the channels For example if a spreading code length of 512 the maximum length for 3GPP FDD is used 512 spreading codes corresponding to 512 customer signals can be assigned To set the transmission rate of the channels exactly to the needs of the customer 3GPP FDD specifications define the use of varying symbol rates The r
443. tialize the SMU by pressing the the PRESEI Key eset aay Fsmu InitSmu amp generator Fomu 1bWretLa generator TARSI 7 if 0 e SSeS e Trigger slope POSitive or NEGata ye i Fomu bWrtln generator SINPUL TRIGger BBANGO SLOPe POSItlve Fsmu ibWrtln generator INPuLt TRIGger BBANd SLOPe NEGative tendif dr i E Switch On the generator REF channel A only s d Fsmu 2bWrclin generator 90UTPULI SIATe ON Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator A eR de Jw Set tie test Case Wizard see MESE T 1166 1560 12 4 164 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Uy edente aaa Eater lest Cases Test Case ics eee ccce eue AF Fom TOWEL generator 290URTBBIWOGPSTISZOTAISTCASe TCZ 7 E EE Seu Badr MUS Do ACCOrd ug vO Standards ss sesos e Fsmu ibWrtln generator SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 EMODe STANdard ii sel Trigger Conr igrat on and select AUTO SS a Fomu 2DWPEtIN generator 290URTBBIWSGPSTOZOIATTRIGger AUTO 4 mo Se Saar Set Marker Contiguracvion ana Select Auto eee d Esmu 2bWrtlm generator 290URTBBTWOGPTITO OIAISTRIGger OQUTPUE AUTO 7 ees See eae oet Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Output port A 7 Femu SDWrtln generator tS0UR BBI3W gt GP gt TS20141 ROUTE A 7 DIOS Sees Enter Sorsmbling Goose Seremb gt Ling Mode see E p Sl prints sn inl leger rn hex at Least one digit 2 2 a Springs 2b string 29500RSBBIWOGP ITISZ29IAI
444. tical Testing where test conditions in terms of test methods and test conditions are defined Tips and Special Tricks Ensure that the RF blocks are switched on while the measurement procedure is running Since the test case wizard does not activate or deactivate the RF ports these have to be switched on before or after the Apply Settings button is pressed The signal quality can be enhanced or for test purposes modified by additional settings in the impair ments section of the AWGN block in the I Q modulator block and in the RF block Usually the test case wizard does not alter these settings In case of an channel coded signal e g an RMC is activated the base station that triggers the SMU signal generation shall emit an SFN System Frame Number mod 4 periodic trigger A simple SFN periodic trigger probably will disturb the channel coding scheme Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 6 section General Routines fx KKXXKXXKXKXKXXKXKXXKXXXKXXXKXKXKXKKKKKKKKAKKKAAKAKAAAARARAAA AAA RARA AAA AAA AA AAA RAR Module DemodulationOfRachMessagelInStaticPropagationConditions c COPYyELQMEs c 2004 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH Co KG me PrOyeou FSMU Description measures demodulation of RACH message in static propagation ze conditions according to test case 9 9 29 KK KK Ck Ck Ck kCk kCk kk Ck kk kk kCk kk Ck Ck k k k kk kk Ck Ck k kk kk kk kk Ck k
445. tings Advanced Ww PCMCIA GPIB Socket Number O Bus Mumber 0 Interface Name Termination Methods areo al Sale etes ws GPIB Address Terminate Read on EOS AR Set EDI with EOS on write F bit EDS Compare Secondary NONE jo EOS Byte D Timeout sec F v System Controller Fig 1 18 Recommended standard settings of the GPIB card Send EOI at end of Write must be activated Terminate Read on EOS must be deactivated SET EOI with EOS on Write must be deactivated oystem Controller must be activated The other settings are system dependent The displayed values are the defaults The following settings are recommended in the Advanced tab NI GPIB Configuration ajx Ww PCMCIA GPIB Bus Timing 500nsec m Parallel Poll Duration Default r Cable Length for H5 488 Eji m Automatic Serial Polling v Assert REM when SC Fig 1 19 Structure of example programs Automatic Serial Polling must be deactivated Assert REN when SC Remote Enable must be activated The other settings are system dependent The displayed values are the defaults 1166 3363 12 1 21 E 1 Notes on programming examples R amp S FSMU W Functions for the R amp S FSQ The functions are used for initializing and resetting the instrument In addition conversion routines for converting the results of the R amp S FSQ to C structures are also included Fsmu_InitFsq Initializes the access to the GPIB bus for th
446. tion in case of Accord ing to Standard W CDMA Interferer another reverse link 3GPP signal determined by e mode DPCCH DPDCH e DPDCH with 240 ksps 0 dB relative power PRBS23 data source e DPCCH with 5 46 dB relative power and slot format 2 e Same scrambling code as the wanted signal The WCDMA signal is replaced by a CW interferer when the interferer RF frequency is outside operating band CW Carrier GMSK signal 2 0833 kHz bandwidth PRBS9 data source In case of User Definable the user can freely choose among the inter ferer signal types and may also activate a QPSK signal 3 84 MHz bandwidth root cosine filter 0 22 PRBS9 data source as an alternative Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 IFSignal TYPE WCDMa GMSK CW QPSK Table 4 7 Interferer power level ambiguity in case of colocated basestation interference a Blocking performance requirement for Medium Range BS when co located with BS in other bands Co located BS type Center Frequency of Interfering Signal Interfering Signal mean power b Blocking performance requirement for Local Area BS when co located with BS in other bands Co located BS type Center Frequency of Interfering Signal Interfering Signal mean power 1166 1560 12 4 192 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Table 4 8 Blocking characteristics for Wide Area BS Operating Center Frequency of Interfering Signal Wanted Signal Minimum Offset of Type of Interfer Band
447. tion in the Parameters of the Base Station The measurement must be made at the three frequencies B M and T The RMC data rates are 12 2 kbps 64 kbps 144 kbps and 384 kbps 1166 1560 12 4 249 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Structure of the Measurement The following diagram illustrates the structure of a measurement Note The measurement must be made at frequencies B M and T This is represented in the diagram using f B M T The data rate variations are denoted by r 12 2 64 144 384 8 6 Verification o the Internal BLER Calculation Init BTS Init SMU Set BTS to f Set BTS to RMC r kbps Set SMU Test Case Wizard Trigger SMU Measure BLER r 12 2 64 144 384 Fig 4 123 Structure of the Verification of the Internal BLER Calculation measurement 1166 1560 12 4 250 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Settings on the Base Station The following table lists the settings to make on the base station Parameter Value Frequency B MandT RMC 12 2 kbps 64 kbps 144 kbps 384 kbps Scrambling code Any Set the frequency to B M and T and the RMC data rates to 12 2 kbps 64 kbps 144 kbps 384 kbps during the course of the measurements Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BTS to the basic state Initialize the BTS oet the scrambling scheme oet the frequency for example to M 2 Set the SMU to the basic state Initia
448. tion measures the verification of the internal BER calculation i according to test case 8 6 KK KK kk KK kCk kk Ck k ck kk kk kCk Ck k k kk kk kk kk k kk kk kk kk kck k kk kk kCk Ck k k kk kk kk kk ck ck ck kk kk ifdef CVI this is needed by Labwindows CVI compiler only a include lt ansi_c h gt else UONNSI Q Gcompilers 7 tinclude lt stdlib h gt pelo B include lt stdio h gt Je Sprint 7 include lt string h gt SECA Strilen 7 tendif include fsmu global h tinclude 3gpp tests h EEE AAA void MeasureVerificationOfTheInternalBlerCalculation void KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK measures the verification of the internal BLER calculation ACKCkCk kk kCk kCkCk Ck kk k kk kCk kk Ck k k kk kk kk kk k kc k kk kCk kk Ck k k k k kk kk kk KK k kk kk kk ck ck kc k ck k k kk kk kk viscera ecce Se eese vaca Les c re ri 1166 1560 12 4 252 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases y SS change the following variables according to your needs aA double dl frequency 2 4 IIGHz ot transmitter mr double dl ul duplex ep l9 PP GHz eceiver freg is lower a int ue scrambling code 0x00 scrambling code of UE in hex ab Je used Tor simulation only sa int bts scrambling code 0x0 scrambling code of BIS in hex my INE smu trigger delay 0 p Erame t1199ger EO SMU im chips a PE xecsinenienM Soe leav
449. tln generator INPut TRIGger BBANd SLOPe NEGative tendif QU NEU owitcoh on the generator RE channel A and B 99 5 Sur Fsmu ibWrtln generator OUTPutl STATe ON Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator Femu ibWrtln generator O0UIPut2 9STATe ON 1166 1560 12 4 274 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors generator DAE EE ow SEE DU Last Case Wizard gt OS e AR Enter Test Cases Test ase duo SST hee ud Femu bWrcln generator S90URTBBTWSGP TSO29141 TCASe TC895 7 Sea See uc See Ed Le Mas DO According to standard Au Fsmu ibWrtln generator SQOUR BB W3GP TS5259141 EMODe STANdard EE oet Trigger Conrriouractlon dnd select Auto e nr Esmu sbWrctlr generator 290U0RTBBIWOGPITOZOIAI TRIGger AUTO 7 s decree Set Marker Configuration and select AULO deeem A Femu 2DWPtIm generator 290U0RSBBIWOGPITOZOTLATI TRIGgerQ QUIPUE AUTO Ae Se See eae Seu os talves Cy o n 9 ose o ae eae ae a See ed Femu 1bWrtim generator 90URiBBTWSGP TS29141 R8XD1versrty ON 7 jm nee a x Encer Serrano ing Codey Sorasmbllng Mode eee FE Se prints an integer in hex at Least one digit te ap Sprintti ib string 90URSBBIWOGPULISZ2OILATILSSCODeSlx ue scrambling code Fomu sbWrtiln generadtor 10 string Fomu ibWrtln generator 950U0RZSBB WSGPeTS925141 9CODe MODE LONG 7 E A E Enter the Power Class or the BI
450. to its test case Press Edit Mode and select According to Standard This selection guides the user close to TS 25 141 Press Trigger Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Marker Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Baseband A Signal Routing and select which RF output port A or B is connected to the BS Enter Scrambling Code Scrambling Mode according to the BS scrambling scheme Enter the Power Class of the BS under test Press RF Frequency and enter the same frequency e g M the BS has set to Enter the Slot Format DPCCH of the UL signal Enter the Overall Symbol Rate DPDCH Enter the Power Ratio DPCCH DPDCH Enter the Propagation Delay Enter the TPC Start Pattern Enter the number of Power Up Steps and Power Down Steps in case of Maximum Power Less n Steps is previously selected Enter the TPC Repeat Pattern Press Apply Settings The R amp S SMU is now ready to start signal generation Base station Set the frequency of the base station and activate the base station Read off the result on the R amp S FSQ 1 Set the desired result presentation and reference level on the screen Press the RESULTS hotkey The menu for the various evaluation types will appear Press the POWER VS SLOT softkey A barchart will appear on screen B showing the power of the individual slots Press the S
451. to the basic state Initialize the R amp S SMU by pressing the the key unless some settings e g in terms of l Q and RF blocks have to be kept Set the R amp S FSQ to the basic state Initialize the R amp S FSQ by pressing the the key Set the test case wizard Press Test Case and select Test Case 6 6 The panel adapts to its test case Press Edit Mode and select According to Standard This selection guides the user close to TS 25 141 Press Trigger Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Marker Configuration and select Auto This selection applies to this measurement description Press Baseband A Signal Routing and select which RF output port A or B is connected to the BS Enter Scrambling Code Scrambling Mode according to the BS scrambling scheme Press RF Frequency and enter the same frequency e g M the BS has set to Enter the Power Level of the base station Enter the Frequency Offset of the interferer signal Press Apply Settings The R amp S SMU is now ready to start signal generation Set the R amp S FSQ to frequency M Y VV VV V V 6 Start the measurement gt Send a start trigger impulse to the R amp S SMU and R amp S FSQ The R amp S SMU will start signal generation and the R amp S FSQ its measurement procedure Calculate the result gt The R amp S FSQ calculates the out of band emission and the spurious emission unknown 4 132 E 1
452. ts validity Declaration static int Fsmu ibOnl int ud int mode Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device mode O driver for the device is released Not 0 driver is not released Returned value Value of the variable ibsta Fsmu ibConfig General configuration function used in the present examples to switch off autopolling of the driver If autopolling has already been deactivated in the driver this function is not needed Declaration static int Fsmu ibConfig int ud int option int value Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device option Option of the driver to be configured value Value for the option with which the driver is configured Returned value Value of the variable ibsta Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors Queries the error queue of the specified device and displays the entries The entry O no error is not displayed The function can be used for debugging a program in order to locate faulty GPIB strings quickly Declaration int Fsmu DeviceCheckSystemErrors int ud Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device Returned value None Fsmu WaitForDevice Waits until a device has completed the preceding task The function performs this by sending an OPC to the device and waiting for its response If a timeout or other error occurs it is reported to the user and F5MU WARNING is returned otherwise FSMU OKis returned Declaration int Fsmu WaitForDevice int ud Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device Retu
453. u InitFsq amp analyzer Fsmu SetuplnstrumentFsq analyzer A a nann set instrument to internal Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer TRIGgerl SEQuence SOURce IMMediate Switch on 3GPP FDD BTS measurement this sets the instrument to continous sweep implicitely T pd eec M M J Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INSTrument SELect BWCD Besse dca 44 5o25 single sweep Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer INITiatel CONTinuous OFF pe as different measurements for single and multi carrier af LEsmu GetMultiCarrier A ae eee eee eee ee eee x AA Ae single carrier BTS ee x Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe OFF 5 a set FSQ to measure single carrier aclr Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower MEASurement ACLR pe imm miim single carrier ACLR Fsmu ibWrtin analyzer SENSel POWer ACHannel PRESet ACPower measure power of carrier and 3 adjacent channels Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe POWer ACHannel ACPairs 3 set the instrument to the frequency of the base station do this after setting the measurement mode to suppress automatic settings of
454. uence SOURce EXTernal ibWrtln analyzer TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff 100us Set FSQ to Single or Multi Carrier mode af Esm u GetMultiCarrser Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe ON else Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe OFF RRA RAR set FSQ to code domain power measurement Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower MEASurement WCDPower M m set scrambling code 1x prints an integer in hex at least one digit y sprintf ib string SENSe CDPower LCODe VALue H 1x Fsmu scrambling code ibWetin analyzer XD String 7 SUSO use auto detection of test model best results in most cases alternatively use predefined test model 2 b or 5 as appropriate m Femu 1bDNUPtIm analyzer Pemu DNILIH analyser CONPISUrGSNCDPOWer sTorCIABJersrATe ON 7 A Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS CTABle STATe OFF pp Gesnerus Ee set antenna diversity to antenna OFF Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower ANTenna OFF A ARA select code 120 128 480 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower CODE 480 fJ a select any slot between 0 and 14 here 2 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SENSe CDPower SLOT 2 TA Sas SS Measu
455. uirement narrowband for Wide Area BS Operating Center Frequency of Interfering Signal Wanted Signal Minimum Offset of Type of Interfering Band Interfering Signal mean power mean power Interfering Signal Signal GMSK modulation as defined in TS 45 004 Table 4 15 Blocking performance requirement narrowband for Medium Range BS Operating Center Frequency of Interfering Signal Wanted Signal Minimum Offset Type of Interfering Band Interfering Signal mean power mean power of Interfering Signal Signal Il 1850 1910 MHz 42 dBm 105 dBm 2 7 MHz GMSK modulated Hl 1710 1785 MHz 42 dBm 105 dBm 2 8 MHz GMSK modulated IV 1710 1755 MHz 42 dBm 105 dBm 2 MHz GMSK modulated V 824 849 MHz 42 dBm 105 dBm 2 7 MHz GMSK modulated GMSK modulation as defined in TS 45 004 12 1166 1560 12 4 196 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases Table 4 16 Blocking performance requirement narrowband for Local Area BS Operating Band Center Frequency of Interfering Signal 1850 1910 MHz 1710 1785 MHz 1710 1755 MHz 824 849 MHz 37 dBm 37 dBm 37 dBm 37 dBm Interfering Signal mean power 101 dBm 101 dBm 101 dBm 101 dBm Wanted Signal mean power Minimum Offset of Interfering Signal Type of Interfer ing Signal GMSK modulated GMSK modulated GMSK modulated GMSK modulated Fig 4 94 and Fig 4 95 show an achieved example signal flow within the SMU after pressin
456. ule R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and e R amp S FSMU B3 consisting of R amp S SMU B14 Fading simulator R S SMU B152x Fading simulator extension R amp S SMU K71 Dynamic Fading are required to set up the R amp S SMU Test Case 8 9 1 CPCH Access Preamble and Collision Detection Preamble Detection in Static Propagation Conditions This test case is identical to test case 8 8 1 except from the CPCH Preamble used instead of the RACH preamble Test Case 8 9 2 CPCH Access Preamble and Collision Detection Preamble Detection in Multipath Fading Case 3 This test case is identical to test case 8 8 2 except from the CPCH Preamble used instead of the RACH preamble 1166 1560 12 4 271 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case 8 9 3 Demodulation of CPCH Message in Static Propaga tion Conditions This test case is identical to test case 8 8 3 except from differing E No ratio requirements and the CPCH Message demodulated instead of the RACH Message Test requirements in AWGN channel Transport Block size TB and TTI in frames 168 bits TTI 20 ms 360 bits TTI 20 ms Eb No for required E No for required E No for required Eb No for required BLER lt 107 BLER lt 107 BLER lt 10 BLER lt 107 BS with Rx Diversity 4 5 dB 5 4 dB 4 3 dB 5 2 dB BS without Rx Diversity 7 5 dB 8 4 dB 7 3 dB 8 2 dB Transport Block Size TB Sets the Transport Block Size The user can sel
457. uration Auto Ext Trigger 1 Marker Configuration Auto o o SY Baseband A Signal Routing To Path and RF PortA Basestation Configuration Scrambling Code hex 0 Long Scrambling Code Eb 00 MEESEEEEP a o ono Senne oe Power dBm 110 PEN ie 73 ee er p m oe Scrambling Mode 130 0 99 0 995 1 1 005 1 01 Frequency GHz State On Reference Measurement Channel RMC 12 2 kbps RF Frequency 1 000 000 000 00 GHz v Power Level 29 80 dBm On 16 80 dB Power Level within 3 84 MHz BW 73 00 dBm z Fig 4 80 Test case panel for User Definable 1166 1560 12 4 168 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Receiver Test Cases The input ouput parameters of the wizard panel read as follows Wanted Signal State Reference Measurement Channel RF Frequency Power Level read only in case of According to Stan dard AWGN State C N Power Level within 3 84 MHz BW read only in case of According to Standard 1166 1560 12 Enables Disables the signal generation of the wanted 3GPP signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 WSIGnal STATe TON OFF Sets the reference measurement channel The user can choose from e RMC 12 2 kbps 12 2 kbps measurement channel e R
458. uration menu will appear again 7 Switch on baseband generation Select State The signal will be computed and OFF will change to ON 6 Read off the result on the R amp S FSQ 9 Activate differential display Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the POWER DIFF ON OFF softkey The display will switch to differential mode and the green marker will switch from OFF to ON 10 Set the reference level on the screen Press the SCREEN B hotkey Screen B will be activated and the hotkey labelling will switch to SCREEN B Press the REF VALUE POSTION softkey Use the Rotary knob to set the reference position to the optimum value approx 50 11 Read off the measured values gt Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all of the power steps 12 Set the desired frame Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the hardkey The side menu for further input of the settings will appear gt Press the MULTI FRM CAPTURE 4 softkey The submenu for multiframes will appear Press the FRAME TO ANALYZE softkey Enter the desired frame in the input field and confirm your input with ENTER 13 Search for the minimum and maximum peak gt Press the MARKER gt softkey Use the Rotary knob to move the marker to CPICH slot O see figure or just input 0 and unknown 4 45 E 1 Test Case 6 4 2 Power Contr
459. uridad actuales hemos juntado todos los objetos vendidos por Rohde amp Schwarz bajo la denominaci n de producto entre ellos tambi n aparatos instalaciones as como toda clase de accesorios Palabras de se al y su significado PELIGRO Indica un punto de peligro con gran potencial de riesgo para el ususario Punto de peligro que puede llevar hasta la muerte o graves heridas ADVERTENCIA Indica un punto de peligro con un protencial de riesgo mediano para el usuario Punto de peligro que puede llevar hasta la muerte o graves heridas ATENCI N Indica un punto de peligro con un protencial de riesgo peque o para el usuario Punto de peligro que puede llevar hasta heridas leves o pequefias CUIDADO Indica la posibilidad de utilizar mal el producto y a consecuencia da arlo INFORMACI N Indica una situaci n en la que deber an seguirse las instrucciones en el uso del producto pero que no consecuentemente deben de llevar a un da o del mismo Las palabras de se al corresponden a la definici n habitual para aplicaciones civiles en el mbito de la comunidad econ mica europea Pueden existir definiciones diferentes a esta definici n Por eso se debera tener en cuenta que las palabras de se al aqu descritas sean utilizadas siempre solamente en combinaci n con la correspondiente documentaci n y solamente en combinaci n con el producto correspondiente La utilizaci n de las palabras de se al en combinaci n con productos o docu
460. uring the course of the measurements unknown 4 11 E 1 Test Case 6 2 Base Station Output Power R amp S FSMU W Steps for Carrying Out a Measurement 1 Set the BS to the basic state Test model 1 oet the frequency for example to M Maximum output power Any scrambling code Put the R amp S FSQ in the basic state for measurements on 3G base stations oee Chapter 3 section R amp S FSQ Basic State for Measurements on 3G Base Stations Internal trigger FREE RUN Internal reference frequency Setthe R amp S FSQ to multicarrier mode opt Note Skip this item if there is only one carrier Single Carrier Press the SETTINGS hotkey The softkeys for configuring the code domain parameters will appear Press the key The side menu for the settings will open Press the MULTI CARR ON OFF softkey The green marking will switch from OFF to ON and the R amp S FSQ will be in multicarrier mode Set the power measurement in the R amp S FSQ Press the key The softkeys for selecting measurements in spectral mode will appear gt Press the POWR Y softkey The power measurement will be performed and the submenu for the power measurement will appear Choose the optimum setting for the reference level and input attenuator of the R amp S FSQ Press the ADJUST REF LVL softkey The R amp S FSQ will make a measurement of the power of the base station and will set the reference level and the attenuator to their opti
461. ust the interference signal Remote control command COOOUR BB WSGP TS25141 BSSi ignal EREQ 100 0 KHz 4 6 0 GHz Sets the RF power level of the base station Remote control command SOSQURSBBESWOGESTS25T41e9B5S1 gnalt POW 145 0 dBm ss 20 00 Bm Enables Disables the signal generation of the interfering 3GPP signal In case of According to Standard the state is fixed to On In case of User Definable the user may switch Off the state Remote control command QSOURSBBIWSGP TS25141s7TIESTghalssSTATe ON OFE Sets the interference signal by a list from the test models defined in TS 25 141 All Test Models refer to the predefined R amp S SMU downlink configurations The user can choose from e Test Model 1 64 DPCHs e Test Model 1 16 Channels e Test Model 1 32 Channels e Test Model 2 e Test Model 3 16 Channels e Test Model 3 32 Channels e Test Model 4 e Test Model 5 38 Channels e Test Model 5 28 Channels e Test Model 5 8 Channels In case of According to Standard the choice is fixed to test model 1 with 64 DPCHs Remote control command SOUR BB W3GP TS25141 IFSignal SETTing TMODel BSTation TM164 TM116 TM132 TM2 TM316 TM332 TM4 TM538 TM528 TM58 oets frequency offset of the interference signal versus the wanted signal RF frequency In case of According to Standard the choice is limited to e 15 MHz e 10 MHz e 5 MHz e 5 MHz e 10 MHz e 15 MHz In case of User D
462. ut mixer note the following e The higher the level at the input mixer the greater the signal to noise ratio of the measurement e The lower the level at the input mixer the greater the intermodulation ratio of the R amp S FSQ e The maximum permissible level at the input mixer is 5 dBm levels above this will produce an OVLD see the section Error The Instrument is Overdriven on page 1 5 e All of the spectral components of the input signal contribute to the input level For measurements in the code domain the input attenuator is set so that the maximum level of the input signal at the mixer is just below the 5 dBm threshold In this case the value of the attenuation produced by the input attenuator is computed using the following formula arat dB P dBm 5 dB where Arfatt RF attenuation set using the attenuator RF Att Linmax Peak input level referenced to 1 mW Lo Level at the input of the first mixer for full drive referenced to 1 mW 1166 1560 12 1 3 E 1 Information about the R amp S FSQ R amp S FSMU W Obtaining an Optimum Setting for the R amp S FSQ s Reference Level The signal being measured passes from the input mixer to the IF filter where it is filtered with the set resolution bandwidth At the output of the IF filter the signal is sampled with an A D converter and digitally processed in the following detector unit By indicating the reference level the gain in the IF filter is set so that the A D c
463. ut of the receiver Locations of the erroneous bits shall be randomly distributed within a frame Erroneous bits shall be inserted to the data bit stream as shown in figure 7 1 Informatio BER CRC TrBk concatenation Channel Radio frame 1st interleavin data insertion gt attachment Code block segment coding gt equalisation gt 9 Radio frame TrCH Physical Physical gt segmentation gt ate matenna gt multiplexing gt channel gt gt 2nd interleaving gt channel gt PhCH segmentation mapping Fig 4 104 BER insertion into the information data Test Setup The test setup pictured in Fig 4 105 is suitable to verify the base station internal BER and BLER calculation Base BS frame Station trigger 6666 RF signal B RF signal A Fig 4 105 Test Setup according to TS 25 141 for Baseband A Signal Routing to RF Port A In case of no diversity measurements a single RF port A or B depends on the Smus routing scheme is con nected to the single base station receiver port The SMU will start signal generation by the first BS frame trigger sent to trigger port Trigger 1 Recommended Options The basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W is sufficient to set up the R amp S SMU completely 1166 1560 12 4 217 E 1
464. utton is pressed The signal quality can be enhanced or for test purposes modified by additional settings in the impair ments section of the AWGN block in the l Q modulator block and in the RF block Usually the test case wizard does not alter these settings In case of an channel coded signal e g an RMC is activated the base station that triggers the SMU signal generation shall emit an SFN System Frame Number mod 4 periodic trigger A simple SFN periodic trigger probably will disturb the channel coding scheme Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 6 section General Routines 5 KKXKXXKXXKXKXKXXKXKXXXKXKXXKXKKXKXKKKKKKKKAKKKAKAKAAAARARAAARARAAARARAAKAARAAAAAAAA Kk KK Ko A AAA X Module pomodulationorDoblnsotetroBPropagationCornditions e e dUODUVE TOt c 2004 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG a Project FSMU Description measures demodulation of DCH in static propagation condrtrions acocorbPdring to test case 9 2 1 KK KK Ck Ck k kk kCk kk Ck k Ck kk kk kk Ck k Ck kk kk kk kk k k ck kk kk kk Ck k k kk kk kCk kk k kk kk kk kk ck ck ck kk kk ifdef CVI this is needed by Labwindows CVI compiler only E include lt ansi_c h gt else 5 ANSI SC compilers 7 include lt stdlib h gt atoi include lt stdio h gt FE SpPrrate e incide lt Sstrindg gt pw S quodi Sir Lem ue endif inClude fsmu global h include
465. ved Ep No Received E No Required BLER for BS with Rx diversity for BS without Rx diversity 12 2 kbps n a 7 8 dB n a 11 4 dB lt 10 7 8 dB 11 4 dB 10 8 6 dB 12 3 dB 10 64 kbps 4 0 dB 7 7 dB lt 10 4 4 dB 8 3 dB 10 4 7 dB 9 1 dB 10 144 kbps 3 4 dB 6 6 dB lt 107 3 8 dB 7 3 dB lt 10 4 2 dB 7 8 dB lt 10 384 kbps 3 8 dB 7 1 dB lt 107 4 2 dB 7 8 dB 107 4 8 dB 8 5 dB 10 Recommended Options Besides the basic configuration R amp S FSMU3 W R amp S FSMU8 W or R amp S FSMU26 W the options e R amp S FSMU B1 consisting of R amp S SMU B203 2nd RF path 3 0 GHz R amp S SMU B13 Baseband main module R amp S SMU K62 Additive white Gaussian noise R amp S SMU B36 High output power and e R amp S FSMU B3 consisting of R amp S SMU B14 Fading simulator R S SMU B152x Fading simulator extension R amp S SMU K71 Dynamic Fading are required to set up the R amp S SMU 1166 1560 12 4 241 E 1 Receiver Test Cases R amp S FSMU W Test Case 8 3 4 Demodulation of DCH in Multipath Fading Case 4 Conditions This test case is identical to test case 8 2 1 except from the channel simulation that is set to Multipath Fading Case 4 and Ej N test requirements Eb NO Test requirements in multipath Case 4 channel for BS with Rx diversity for BS without Rx diversity ws M 4d 9 o had 9 mem Mad 9 qunm mue 9 0 sem mae
466. vior and end of string behavior to the specified values All specifications should remain unchanged except the value for the primary address Declaration static int Fsmu ibDev int boardlD ant pad int sad int tmo int eot int eos Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device pad Primary address of the device sad Secondary address of the device tmo Timeout for the device eot EOI behavior for the device eos End of string behavior for the device listen Pointer to the response of the function Returned value Value of the variable ibsta Fsmu_ibLn The function checks whether a device with the specified primary and secondary address can be addressed via the specified device handle If no device can be addressed O is stored in the parameter 1isten otherwise a value unequal to 0 Declaration static int Fsmu_ibLn Lire Ud WIL Dady VAG Sade Short IS pen 3 Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device pad Primary address of the device sad Secondary address of the device listen Pointer to the response of the function Returned value Value of the variable ibsta 1166 3363 12 1 28 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Notes on programming examples Fsmu ibLoc Switches the device to local Declaration static Int Femu 1pLog inc wd s Parameters ud GPIB handle for the device Returned value Value of the variable ibsta Fsmu_ibOnl The channel for the specified device is closed and all resources for the device released The GPIB handle loses i
467. we get 200 Execution error Function not available TRACe FINali d unknown 4 121 E 1 Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions R amp S FSMU W if serial poll amp 0x04 we read in the error queue to empty it Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer SYSTem ERRor Femu 2bhd analyzer 1b String SiZzeor 10 string 7 SUECaL result String no peaks found JA SaaS aes if bit 5 is set data are available af serial poll amp 0x19 ee read in the data in binary format format OI Dinary data fdlll lt data gt jg start identifier a one ascii digit defining the length of the next field III ascii digits defining the number of bytes which follow dl number of l s is defined by d see above no terminating 0 lt data gt data in 4 byte ieee float format dj can directly stored in a bloat field n A A ee A ey ee O iS ee PA A Eu a skip the Femu 2bhd analyzer 10 string 1 j A en ee rit read in de ls Fama 1bRd analyzer 16 string 1 7 a esses read in lll length lengrh or data 1b String 9 9 3 Femy IDRA analyzer 20 String Length of data j ib string length of data 0O length of data atoi 150 String pa A read in data with one call Pemu ibRd analyzer pk values Length of data j read in trailing L
468. wer class of the base station does not agree with the measured power then the user can specify a fixed value for the limit line Remedy Press the key The softkeys for selecting measurements in spectral mode will appear gt Press the SPECTRUM EM MASK softkey The R amp S FSQ will measure the SPECTRUM EMISSION MASK The softkeys for configuring this measurement will appear gt Press the LIMIT LINE MANUAL softkey Select one of the proposed limit lines in the selection box Cause You wish to use your own limits that do not comply with the standard Remedy Depending on the power class the R amp S FSQ selects one of the following limit lines Power Limittine Note P 43 dBm 3GBAA Absolute limits 39 dBm P lt 43 dBm 3GBBA Absolute limits fo lt 7 5 MHz 3GBBR Relative limits fore 7 5 MHz 31 dBm P 39 dBm 3GBCR Relative limits 31 dBm 3GBDA Absolute limits The limit lines can be modified if necessary Press the key Select the desired limit line e g 3GBAA in the selection box Press the EDIT LIMIT LINE softkey The form for editing the selected limit line will appear After you finish Press the SAVE LIMIT LINE softkey A dialog for entering the name will appear Leave the suggested name as it is and press ENTER unknown 4 87 E 1 Test Case 6 5 2 1 Spectrum Emission Mask R amp S FSMU W When you see the query Limitline exists Overwrite Cancel you should also confi
469. wer fuse of the product may have to be changed accordingly 9 Inthe case of products of safety class with movable power cord and connector operation is permitted only on sockets with earthing contact and protective earth connection 1171 0000 42 02 00 10 11 12 13 14 To 16 17 18 Intentionally breaking the protective earth connection either in the feed line or in the product itself is not permitted Doing so can result in the danger of an electric shock from the product If extension cords or connector strips are implemented they must be checked on a regular basis to ensure that they are safe to use If the product has no power switch for disconnection from the AC supply the plug of the connecting cable is regarded as the disconnecting device In such cases it must be ensured that the power plug is easily reachable and accessible at all times length of connecting cable approx 2 m Functional or electronic switches are not suitable for providing disconnection from the AC supply If products without power switches are integrated in racks or systems a disconnecting device must be provided at the system level Never use the product if the power cable is damaged By taking appropriate safety measures and carefully laying the power cable ensure that the cable cannot be damaged and that no one can be hurt by e g tripping over the cable or suffering an electric shock The product may be ope
470. y will disturb the channel coding scheme Sample Program Note All of the procedures with a name that begins with Fsmu are described in Chapter 6 section General Routines KKXKXXKXXKXKXKXXKXKXXKXXXKXXXKXKXKXKKXKXXKKXXXKKXKKKKAKKAKKKAKKAKAAKAAKAAAAAAAAAAAA Kk KK Ko MK Kk KK MK XR o X Module IntermodulationCharacteristics c Copyright c 2004 Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Project FSMU Description measures the intermodulation characteristics according to test case 7 60 KK KK Ck kk kk kCk kk Ck k Ck kk kk KK KK k kk kk kk kk k kk kk kk kk Ck k k kk kk kCk kk k kk kk kk kk ck ck ck kk kk taifdef CV this is needed by Labwindows CVI compiler only mU include lt ansi_c h gt else 7 ANGST SC compillerse Tinclude lt stdlib h gt J pod y include lt stdio h gt Lapin 7 finclude lt string h gt eterea strlen Ty endif include fsmu_global h include 3gpp tests h KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK AAA void MeasurelntermodulationCharacteristics void KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KK KKK KK KK KK KK measures the intermodulation characteristics KK KK kCk kCkCk Ck kk k kk kCk kk Ck Ck k kk kk kk Ck k k AAA oO RSS ve Lab lee eee ecu 5311722717325 a PE ee change the following variables according to your needs UE double dl frequency 2214 ss ow GHz Of transmitter du double dl uL duplex 0 19
471. yzer STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition Poma 1ibRdln analyzer ib String sizeot 1b string Status xbox 10 String y pp A A ee NO SYNC if 2nd bit is set y 2nd bit is set in status byte if sync failed a status 0x02 unknown 4 70 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 3 Power Control Dynamic Range Fomu MessegeBox 5 5 ERROR e Syne FAILED aborto Fsmu CloseFsq analyzer meets read in the summary result abs channel power see above for explanation Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer FORMat REAL 32 TRACe DATA Trace2 mena Rass E 545 read in d Fomu XDBd analyzer 10 String 2 3 pe asa skip the get length of next field length Of data xb String 1 0 7 A ei read in lll length Femu IDRA analyzer XD String length Of data ib string length of data NO length of data Atol ib string j A AAA AA AA E read in all data Fomu bHd analyzer char result summary length cof data M read in trailing LF from FSQ Fsmu ibRd anabvzer 10 String 1 y A teiie eite eimi store the result max power tm2 result summary power abs channel set abs power of code channel 120 to Pmax 28 dB set p
472. z LeOl L2 5 Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer ib string Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe5 FILTer TYPE NORMal Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe5 BANDwidth RESolution 1 MHZ Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe5 BANDwidth VIDeo 3 MHz Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe5 SWEep TIME 100ms Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe5 DETector RMS Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe5 RLEVel 10 dBm Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe5 INPut ATTenuation 10 DB Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe5 INPut GAIN STATe OFF Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe5 POINts DEFault Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe5 TRANsducer FSMU ibd Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe5 BREak OFF range 6 from fc2 12 5 up to 20 MHz above edge of band unknown 4 116 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 5 3 Spurious Emissions Sprintti 20 SECAS y LIST RANGe6 FREQuency STARt 7 1f MHz LESAELLSON y analyzer Q2 Strang y analyzer LIST RANGe6 FREQuency STOP 2190 MHz analyzer LIST RANGe6 FILTer TYPE NORMal analyzer LIST RANGe6 BANDwidth RESolution 1 MHZ Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe6 BANDwidth VIDeo 3 MHz Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe6 SWEep TIME 50ms Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe6 DETector RMS Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer LIST RANGe6 RLEVel 10 dBm Fsmu
473. ze the current measured trace with 1166 1560 12 3 5 E 1 Correction of the Frequency Response of the Test Setup R amp S FSMU W respect to the background memory stored under item 6 This will happen until you press NORMALIZE again 9 Determine the position of the reference line opt You can skip this item if there are no amplifiers present in the measurement path Press the REF VALUE POSITION softkey Enter the desired position in 9o in the input field or with the rotary knob e g 50 This will shift the position of the measurement trace on the screen so that measured values gt O dB can also be displayed The R amp S FSQ will show an image like the following example A REY 2 WEz re 20 dEn VEN 5 WE Ref 20 dEn r ACE 5 d 3WT 100 mi Stop 2 18 GHz Fig 3 5 ocreenshot after normalization Recording the Frequency Response of the Test Setup The second step involves recording the frequency response of the test setup This needs to be handled separately for each measurement path The R amp S FSQ and R amp S SMU are interconnected via each measurement path with the auxiliary cable A normalized measurement of the transmission behaviour of the test setup is then performed The transfer function of the measurement path is then displayed in the trace Fig 3 5 shows the connections Adapter P 50 able 13 j BI EID JLELEIE a Auxillary Cable Fig 3 6 Test setup when measuring the frequency respon
474. zeor ab sttingl 7 Fsmu_ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut PA AA Switch on the generator RF channel A only Fsmu ibWrtin generator OUTPutl STATe ON e M x initialize FSQ ene Jk A a a a e e a a eee x Fsmu InitFsq amp analyzer Fsmu SetupInstrumentFsq analyzer Set the instrument to the frequency of the base station sprintf ib string SENSel FREQuency CENTer g GHZ dl frequency Fomu 1bWrtln analyzer 10 string Switch on 3GPP FDD BTS measurement this sets the instrument to continous sweep implicitely y a e PS PP ey a en a gp ee eee ee Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INSTrument SELect BWCD A set instrument to single sweep Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiatel CONTinuous OFF fe Aaa set FSQ to code domain power measurement Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower MEASurement WCDPower Set FSQ to Single or Multi Carrier mode af Fomu GecMultzCarrier q Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe ON else Esmu bWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe OFF E AA ede cui du set BTS scrambling code 1x prints an integer in hex at least one digit unknown 4 58 E 1 R amp S FSMU W Test Case 6 4 2 Power Control
475. zeot ib strimg 7 Fsmu ibTmo generator SaveTimeOut A Ar O Switch on the generator RF channel A only Fsmu ibWrtln generator OUTPutl STATe ON ESmu DeviceCheckoystemErrors generator r A a eie initialize FSQ cene mec PR cident eee A eee eee eee ee e x Fsmu_InitFsq amp analyzer Fsmu_SetupInstrumentFsq analyzer set the instrument to the frequency of the base station sprintf ib string SENSel FREQuency CENTer g GHZ dl frequency Fsmu tbWrtinm analyzer 15 String switch on 3GPP FDD BTS measurement this sets the instrument to continous sweep implicitely a A A R Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INSTrument SELect BWCD A ARA set instrument to single sweep Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer INITiatel CONTinuous OFF 7 a e gunt set FSQ to code domain power measurement Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower MEASurement WCDPower A menm Single or Multi Carrier mode af Esmu GetMultiCarrier Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower BTS MCARrier STATe ON else Fsmu ibWrtln analyzer CONFigure WCDPower B

R&S®FSMU-W Operating Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

R&amp;S&reg;FSMU-W Operating Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

R&S®FSMU-W Operating Manual